Leading Autonomous Cyber AI
This document comprises a registration document (the “
Registration Document
”) relating to Darktrace plc (the
“
Company
”) prepared in accordance with the prospectus regulation rules (the “
Prospectus Rules
”) of the
Financial Conduct Authority (the “
FCA
”) made under section 73A of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (the “
FSMA
”). The Registration Document has been approved by the FCA as competent authority under the
UK Prospectus Regulation. The FCA only approves the Registration Document as meeting the standards of
completeness, comprehensibility and consistency imposed by Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The
Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is part of UK domestic law by virtue of the
European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended from time to time (the “
UK Prospectus Regulation
”) and
such approval should not be considered as an endorsement of the Company or the quality of the Shares that are
the subject of this Registration Document. This Registration Document will only be made available to the public
in accordance with the Prospectus Rules.
The directors of the Company, whose names appear on page 31 of this Registration Document (the “
Directors
”),
and the Company, accept responsibility for the information contained in this Registration Document. To the best
of the knowledge of the Directors and the Company, the information contained in this Registration Document is
in accordance with the facts and makes no omission likely to affect the import of such information.
This Registration Document should be read in its entirety. See Part 1: “
Risk Factors
” for a discussion of
certain risks and other factors that could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial
condition, results of operation and prospects.
Darktrace plc
(Incorporated under the Companies Act 2006 and registered in England and Wales with registered number 13264637)
The contents of this Registration Document are not to be construed as legal, business or tax advice. Each
prospective investor should consult his or her own lawyer, independent adviser or tax adviser.
This Registration Document may be combined with a securities note and summary to form a prospectus in
accordance with the Prospectus Rules. A prospectus is required before an issuer can offer transferable securities
to the public or request the admission of transferable securities to trading on a regulated market. However, this
Registration Document, where not combined with the securities note and summary to form a prospectus, does not
constitute an offer or invitation to sell or issue, or a solicitation of an offer or invitation to purchase or subscribe
for, any securities in the Company in any jurisdiction, nor shall this Registration Document alone (or any part of
it), or the fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied upon in connection with, or act as any inducement
to enter into, any contract or commitment whatsoever with respect to any offer or otherwise.
No representation or warranty, express or implied, is made and no responsibility or liability is accepted by any
person other than the Company and its Directors, as to the accuracy, completeness, verification or sufficiency of
the information contained herein and nothing contained in this Registration Document is, or shall be relied upon
as, a promise or representation by any of the Company’s advisers or any of their respective affiliates as to the past,
present or future. The delivery of this Registration Document shall not, under any circumstances, create any
implication that there has been no change in the business or affairs of the Company since the date of this
Registration Document or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
No person is or has been authorised to give any information or to make any representation not contained in or not
consistent with this Registration Document and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be
relied upon as having been authorised by the Company or the Directors. Without limitation, the contents of the
website of the Group do not form part of this Registration Document and information contained therein should
not be relied upon by any person.
The date of this Registration Document is 12 April 2021.
Notice to overseas shareholders
The ordinary shares (the “
Shares
”) of the Company referred to in this Registration Document have not been, and
will not be, registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “
U.S. Securities Act
”). The Shares
may not be offered or sold in the United States, except to qualified institutional buyers, as defined in, and in
reliance on, the exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act provided in Rule 144A
under the U.S. Securities Act (“
Rule 144A
”) or another exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act. Any sellers of the Shares may be relying on the exemption
from the provisions of section 5 of the U.S. Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Outside of the United States,
Shares may only be offered in offshore transactions as defined in Regulation S of the U.S. Securities Act.
No actions have been taken to allow a public offering of the Shares under the applicable securities laws of any
jurisdiction, including Australia, Canada, Dubai, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore and Switzerland. This
Registration Document does not constitute an offer of, or the solicitation of an offer to subscribe for or purchase
any of the Shares to any person in any jurisdiction to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in
such jurisdiction.
The Shares have not been and will not be registered or qualified for distribution by this Registration Document
under the applicable securities laws of Australia, Canada, Dubai, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore and Switzerland.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Shares may not be offered or sold in any jurisdiction, or to or for the account or
benefit of any national, resident or citizen in Australia or Japan or to any person located or resident in Canada.
The Shares have not been recommended by any U.S. federal or state securities commission or regulatory authority.
The foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of this Registration
Document. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offence in the United States.
The distribution of this Registration Document and the offer and sale of the Shares in certain jurisdictions may be
restricted by law, including, without limitation, the United States, Australia, Canada, Dubai, Hong Kong, Japan,
Singapore and Switzerland. No action has been or will be taken by the Company, its Directors or its shareholders
to permit a public offering of the Shares under the applicable securities laws of any jurisdiction. Other than in the
United Kingdom, no action has been taken or will be taken to permit the possession or distribution of this
Registration Document (or any other offering or publicity materials relating to the Shares) in any jurisdiction
where action for that purpose may be required or where doing so is restricted by law. Accordingly, neither this
Registration Document, nor any advertisement, nor any other offering material may be distributed or published in
any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws and
regulations. Persons into whose possession this Registration Document comes should inform themselves about
and observe any such restrictions. Any failure to comply with such restrictions may constitute a violation of the
securities laws of any such jurisdiction. In particular, no actions have been or will be taken to permit a public
offering of the Shares under the applicable securities laws of any jurisdiction, including the United States,
Australia, Canada, Dubai, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore, South Africa and Switzerland. Accordingly, subject to
certain exceptions, the Shares may not be offered, sold or delivered within the United States, Australia, Canada,
Dubai, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore, South Africa and Switzerland.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
––––––
PART 1
RISK FACTORS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
PART 2
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
PART 3
DIRECTORS, SECRETARY, REGISTERED AND HEAD OFFICE AND ADVISERS
. .
31
PART 4
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
PART 5
BUSINESS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
PART 6
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
. . . . . . . . . .
51
PART 7
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
PART 8
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
PART 9
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
PART 10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
138
PART 11
DEFINITIONS AND GLOSSARY
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
3
4
Part 1
RISK FACTORS
The Group is subject to a number of risks. The reader should carefully consider the risk factors associated with
the Group’s business and the industry in which it operates together with all information contained in this
Registration Document including in particular, the risk factors described below.
The risk factors described below are not an exhaustive list or explanation of all risks applicable to the Group. The
risk factors detailed below and additional risks and uncertainties relating to the Group that are not currently
known to the Group, or that the Group currently deems immaterial, may individually or cumulatively also have a
material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.
Risks relating to the Group’s business
The Group could be negatively impacted by the failure of its systems or compromise of its data, through cyber
attack, cyber intrusion, insider threats or otherwise.
As a provider of security solutions, the Group has in the past been, and may in the future be, specifically targeted
by bad actors for attacks intended to circumvent the Group’s own security capabilities. A successful attack or other
incident that compromises the Group’s own data or results in an interruption of service (whether or not customer
data is compromised) could have a significant negative effect on its operations, reputation, financial resources,
and the value of its intellectual property. In addition to traditional attacks, the Group, in common with other
organisations during the COVID-19 global pandemic, has also seen an increase in attempted phishing and social
engineering attacks. It cannot be guaranteed that any of the efforts undertaken by the Group to manage this risk
will be effective in protecting it from such attacks. If a successful attack on the Group’s information technology
system occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of the Cyber AI Platform’s security measures could be
harmed and the Group’s reputation and credibility could be materially damaged.
There is also a risk of internally generated misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or intentional or
accidental release or loss of information maintained in Darktrace’s information systems and networks. For
example, Darktrace could face an insider threat in the event an employee takes its intellectual property and posts
it on the internet or sells it, or if an employee puts a “backdoor” in the code or otherwise compromises the
platform. One of its appliances might be stolen and reverse engineered or parties may attempt to penetrate its
platform to gain access to its data and/or systems. Darktrace may experience threats to its data and systems,
including malicious codes and viruses, phishing and other cyber attacks. The number and complexity of these
threats continue to increase over time. The Group could be required to expend significant amounts of money and
other resources to repair or replace information systems or networks. In addition, it could be subject to regulatory
actions and/or claims made by individuals and groups in private litigation involving privacy issues related to data
collection and use practices and other data privacy laws and regulations, including claims for misuse or
inappropriate disclosure of data, as well as unfair or deceptive practices. While the Directors believe that the
Group has not experienced, from any source, any material system failure to date, if such an event were to occur
and cause interruptions to its operations, it could result in a material disruption of its development programs and
its business operations. To the extent that any cyber attack were to result in a loss of, or damage to, its data
applications, or inappropriate disclosure of financial or confidential information, Darktrace could incur liability.
Although the Group develops and maintains systems and controls designed to prevent these events from occurring
and has a process to identify and mitigate threats, the development and maintenance of these systems, controls
and processes requires ongoing monitoring and updating as cyber attacks become increasingly sophisticated.
Moreover, despite the Group’s efforts, the possibility of these events occurring cannot be eliminated entirely. In
addition, there can be no assurance that its internal information technology system’s efforts to implement adequate
security and control measures will be sufficient to protect against breakdowns, service disruption, data
deterioration or loss in the event of a system malfunction, or prevent data from being stolen or corrupted in the
event of a cyber attack, industrial espionage attacks or insider threat attacks which could result in financial, legal,
business or reputational harm, resulting in a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects.
5
If the Group is unable to develop and enhance its platform to adapt to the increasingly sophisticated nature of
cyber attacks, it could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
The Group’s customers operate in markets characterised by rapidly changing technologies and business plans,
which require them to adopt increasingly complex IT infrastructure that incorporates a variety of appliances,
software applications, operating systems and networking protocols. As the Group’s customers’ businesses,
technologies and IT infrastructure grow more complex, the Group expects them to face new and increasingly
sophisticated methods of cyber attack. In the face of this increased risk of cyber attack across a customer’s ever
expanding digital estate, the Group must ensure that its Cyber AI Platform effectively identifies and responds to
these advanced and evolving attacks without disrupting the performance of customers’ IT systems. As a result, the
Group is dependent upon its ability to respond to the rapidly changing needs of customers by developing or
introducing new offerings and by continually monitoring its platform for new methods of cyber attack.
In addition, any failure by the Group to anticipate and effectively respond to changes in the cyber security market,
develop new or enhanced technologies or processes or to extend the Group’s offering to new and evolving
platforms, operating systems or appliances could materially adversely affect the Group’s financial condition,
operating results and prospects. There may be delays in its internally planned release dates of new features and
capabilities, and there can be no assurance that new features or capabilities will be released according to schedule.
Any delays could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenue or market acceptance, or claims by customers brought
against the Group, any of which could harm the Group’s business. Moreover, the design and development of new
products, features and capabilities may require substantial investment, and there can be no assurance that the
results of such investments will be successful. If customers do not widely adopt the Group’s new technology or
the Group fails to anticipate the evolving cyber security threats facing its customers, this could negatively impact
the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group may be unable to develop and enhance its platform to meet the changing cyber protection demands
of its customers.
The Group derives and expects to continue to derive substantially all of its revenues and cash flows from the
Cyber AI Platform, as well as any future platforms yet to be developed, for the foreseeable future. As such, the
market acceptance of the Cyber AI Platform is, and any future platforms will be, critical to the Group’s continued
success. Demand for the Group’s platform is affected by a number of factors beyond its control, including the
timing of development and release of new products by the Group’s competitors, technological changes, and
growth or contraction in the wider cyber security market. It is possible that the proliferation of machine data may
lead to an increase in the data analysis demands of customers, and the Group’s software may not be able to scale
and perform to meet those demands.
The Group may also not be able to develop new products in sufficiently fast timeframes or be able to sell its
products at desirable prices, nor is there any assurance that enhancements to the platform and technology or new
features or capabilities will be compelling to customers or gain market acceptance. Customers might choose to
unsubscribe from the Group’s technology services and companies generally might shift away from AI to more
traditional security service providers, which rely on rules-based technology instead. As such, revenue and
profitability may be lower than anticipated or it may take longer to generate revenue. Investments in research and
development (“R&D”), irrespective of the amount invested, may not result in significant design improvements,
marketable products or features, or may result in products that are more expensive or attract less customer demand
than anticipated. In addition, many of the Group’s competitors expend considerable funds on their respective R&D
programmes, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to
such programmes. Any failure to maintain adequate R&D resources or to compete effectively with competitor’s
product offerings would give an advantage to such competitors and may harm the Group’s business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Actual, possible or perceived defects or vulnerabilities in the Group’s platform, the failure of the Group’s
platform to respond to a cyber attack or the misuse of the Group’s platform could harm the Group’s reputation
and divert resources.
Increasingly, companies are subject to a wide variety of attacks on their systems and networks on an ongoing
basis. Though designed to identify and counter attackers once they are within an organisation’s digital perimeter
and respond to attacks within a timescale that prevents material harm, the Group’s platform may itself be
vulnerable to such attacks, causing it to fail to help secure networks, temporarily interrupt customers’ networking
traffic, and fail to interrupt or prevent viruses or similar threats. If the Group’s platform is subject to an attack, its
cyber analysts as well as R&D employees will be deployed to mitigate the attack’s impact. The shift in internal
6
focus will divert resources away from customers and R&D initiatives. To the extent that any disruption were to
result in a loss of, or damage to, its data applications, or inappropriate disclosure of financial or confidential
information, the Group could incur liability and the further development and commercialisation of its product
candidates could be delayed.
Attacks may also be of a sort that cannot presently be interrupted, and the Group might be unable to respond to
attacks within a timescale that prevents material harm. In addition, the failure to distribute appropriate updates on
a timely basis or the failure of customers to implement such updates could result in a failure to effectively update
customers’ systems and thereby leave customers vulnerable to the latest security threats. In some instances, the
Group may not be able to develop appropriate updates within an acceptable period of time or at all. Moreover, as
the Group’s platform is adopted by an increasing number of customers, it is possible that attackers will
increasingly focus on finding ways to directly target and evade detection by the Cyber AI Platform. It is also
possible that an attack that is detected is not properly acted on by the customer, an attack is made to a part of a
customer network that Darktrace is not protecting, or an attack is made on a third party that is not a customer of
Darktrace but is affiliated with a customer of Darktrace, all of which is outside of Darktrace’s control. The Group’s
business would be harmed if any of the events described above caused its customers or potential customers to
believe the Group’s platform is unreliable. An actual or perceived failure of the Group’s platform to identify and
respond to an attack could adversely affect the market’s perception of the efficacy of the Group’s platform and
current or potential customers may look to the Group’s competitors for alternatives to the Group’s platform. This
could have a negative impact on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group’s artificial intelligence algorithms may not operate properly or as expected which could
detrimentally impact its platform’s effectiveness.
Artificial intelligence algorithms may not operate properly as expected which could negatively impact the Group’s
ability to respond to attacks within a timescale that prevents material harm. AI is the core of the Cyber AI
Platform. As with many developing technologies, AI presents risks and challenges that could affect its algorithms’
further development, adoption and use in the Group’s business. AI is a novel technology, its acceptance is subject
to change and there may be future backlash against AI technology or certain AI use cases. AI algorithms may be
flawed. Datasets may be insufficient, of lesser quality than expected, or contain biased information. If the
recommendations, forecasts, responses or analyses that AI applications produce are deficient or inaccurate, the
Group could be subject to competitive harm, potential legal liability, and brand or reputational harm. Though the
Group’s technologies and business practices are designed to mitigate many of these risks, if Darktrace enables or
offers AI solutions that fail to operate as expected it could have a detrimental impact on business operations.
The Group’s artificial intelligence algorithms may be undermined by other AI technologies deployed by bad actors
or otherwise. Although the Group’s technologies and business practices are designed to mitigate many of the risks
posed by other AI technology, it is possible that offensive AI is developed that can outperform the Group’s
algorithms or is designed to confuse the Group’s AI. The Group’s technology could be subverted by offensive
AI causing it to produce a large number of false reports as a diversion, or the platform could be misused and the
results posted online. If offensive AI is developed and spread at low cost to cyber criminals, the bar to launch
sophisticated offensive AI attacks is significantly lowered. Moreover, advancements in technology and artificial
intelligence generally may also prevent its artificial intelligence technology from working as expected. The Group
cannot anticipate if an “unhackable” device or email will be developed, changes in encryption or data protection
that prevents companies from having access to the data in their own business would prevent Darktrace from
effectively operating or if an open source version of the code will be developed. These advancements could
negatively impact Darktrace’s operations.
The Group may face reputational risk arising out of unlawful, and allegedly unlawful, activities in connection
with the sale of Autonomy Corporation plc (“Autonomy”) and related matters.
Two former non-executive directors of Darktrace Holdings Limited, Sushovan Hussain and Michael Lynch, and
one employee, Stephen Chamberlain, have been charged in the U.S., and in the case of Mr. Hussain, convicted,
for their role in unlawful activities related to the sale of Autonomy to Hewlett Packard (“
HP
”) in 2011, and
subsequent related matters.
In October 2011, HP completed the acquisition of Autonomy. In November 2012, HP announced a number of
allegations, including that Autonomy artificially inflated its reported revenues, revenue growth and gross margins,
and HP wrote-off a significant portion of the value of Autonomy. Criminal proceedings against Messrs. Hussain,
Lynch and Chamberlain, and civil proceedings against Messrs. Hussain and Lynch, ensued.
7
In November 2016, and subsequent to his resignation as a non-executive director of the Group, the U.S.
government charged Mr. Hussain with numerous counts of wire fraud and conspiracy to commit wire fraud, and
requested forfeiture, and charged him with a further count of securities fraud in 2017. He was convicted at trial in
April 2018, with the conviction upheld on appeal in August 2020. In November 2018, the U.S. government
charged Messrs. Lynch and Chamberlain with various criminal offences and requested forfeiture. An extradition
hearing for Mr. Lynch in the U.K. began in February 2021, with a ruling not expected before May 2021.
Mr. Chamberlain consented to U.S. jurisdiction, with the timing of his case currently linked to the outcome of
Mr. Lynch’s extradition proceedings.
In the U.K., in 2013, the Serious Fraud Office (“
SFO
”) opened a criminal investigation concerning the sale of
Autonomy. That investigation was closed in 2015 on the basis of insufficient evidence on certain aspects of the
investigation and by a ceding of jurisdiction to the U.S. on the remaining aspects (although this does not prevent
the SFO from reconsidering its position with respect to its U.K. investigation in the future). Messrs. Hussain and
Lynch were sued in the High Court of England & Wales by HP. Proceedings (in which certain current Group
directors and employees gave written and/or oral evidence for Messrs. Hussain and Lynch) concluded in January
2020, with judgment expected in 2021.
In 2012, Messrs. Hussain and Lynch, together with other former executives of Autonomy, founded Invoke Capital
Partners (“
Invoke
”), which invests in European technology companies. In 2013, Invoke invested capital into the
Group upon its foundation, and funded the operations of the Group from its inception in 2013 through to 2015 by
way of loans.
In addition to acting as non-executive directors of Darktrace Holdings Limited, Messrs. Hussain and Lynch
(together with other Invoke employees) provided management advice to the Group from time-to-time pursuant to
a Supply of Services Agreement, between Invoke and the Group, which has been terminated, effective at
Admission. Since founding, Mr. Lynch was a member of the Group’s Advisory Council, and in 2021 moved to the
Group’s Science & Technology Council. Mr. Chamberlain became an employee of the Group in April 2016.
Mr. Chamberlain is currently on administrative paid leave. Other members of the Group’s executive management
team, and other Group employees, previously worked at Autonomy. Certain of those individuals were employees
of, and investors in, Invoke.
Negative publicity or other events associating the Group and its employees with Autonomy or Messrs. Hussain,
Lynch or Chamberlain (regardless of their foundation or accuracy), such as coverage of criminal or civil litigation
or related asset enforcement proceedings, or adverse comments in the civil judgment on the evidence of current
Group directors or employees, could adversely affect the Group’s reputation in the cyber security, financial,
investment and other communities, and could also adversely affect the Group’s future share price (including in the
event of share sales following an award of damages or criminal penalties or order of forfeiture). If such events
cause the Group’s customers or potential customers, partners, investors or other stakeholders to negatively
associate the Group with Autonomy and the allegations related to its sale, it could result in significant damage to
the Group’s reputation and result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and share price. Such
publicity or other events could also intrude on the Group’s normal business operations, divert the attention of
management and materially disrupt the conduct of the business. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could result in
a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The Group may face potential liability in relation to possible money laundering offences arising out of its
historic funding by Invoke.
Investment by Messrs. Lynch and Hussain and/or their connected persons in Invoke, the former controlling
shareholder of the Group, creates a risk for the Group as regards the commission of money laundering offences
in the U.K. under Part 7 of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, and of similar offences in the U.S.
In 2013, Invoke invested capital into the Group upon its foundation through a capital contribution of £10,000, in
exchange for which Invoke received ordinary shares. Invoke further funded the operations of the Group from its
inception in 2013 through to 2015 by way of non-interest bearing unsecured loans totalling £6.6 million. Between
2016 and 2017 Darktrace Holdings Limited completed a series of primary share issues to institutional investors,
at which time the Group repaid these loans. No direct investment in the Group was made by either Mr. Hussain
or Mr. Lynch. In Summer 2020, the Group raised funds by issuing convertible notes, and cancelled and
extinguished certain of the shares of Darktrace Holdings Limited held by Invoke and paid the proceeds to the
Invoke holding company. The Invoke company holding shares in Darktrace Holdings Limited then distributed its
assets (including its remaining shares) to its shareholders and the cash proceeds were provided to settle certain tax
liabilities of the shareholders arising as a result of the dissolution. Pursuant to this distribution Messrs. Lynch and
8
Hussain (along with other Invoke shareholders) received shares in the Group from the Invoke company. As at the
date of the Registration Document, they, collectively along with their family members, hold 18.55% of the issued
share capital of the Group.
Messrs. Hussain and Lynch joined the Board of Directors of the Group in 2015 as non-executive directors, with
Mr. Hussain stepping down in 2016 and Mr. Lynch stepping down in 2018. Neither held executive positions in,
or have been employees of, the Group. From founding, Invoke (including Messrs. Hussain and Lynch) provided
management advice to the Group pursuant to a Supply of Services Agreement, which will be terminated by mutual
consent at Admission. Since founding, Mr. Lynch was a member of the Group’s Advisory Council, moving to the
Science & Technology Council in March 2021 to support the Group’s executive team by providing insight on key
industry and global technology trends, meeting on an ad hoc basis several times a year. Mr. Lynch will continue
to be a member of the Science & Technology Council following Admission.
In 2011, Messrs. Hussain and Lynch received funds from HP in exchange for the sale of their shares in Autonomy.
In the event that Messrs. Hussain and Lynch funded Invoke with part of the proceeds of the sale of Autonomy (or
other funds co-mingled with such funds) a risk may arise for the Group as regards the commission of money
laundering offences under Part 7 of the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 or similar offences in the U.S.
The SFO decided to close its investigation in 2015 into the Autonomy sale due to insufficient evidence (although
this does not prevent the SFO from reconsidering its position with respect to its U.K. investigation in the future)
and the Group has not received subsequent communications about these matters from any other U.K. government
agency. To the Group’s knowledge, it is not the target of an investigation by the Department of Justice (“
DOJ
”),
the Group has complied with subpoenas issued by the DOJ in 2018, and prior to and following the Group’s
interactions with the DOJ during that process, there has not been any communication from the DOJ.
Having analysed and considered the relevant circumstances the Directors believe: (a) there is a low risk to the
Group of successful prosecution for UK money laundering offences or similar offences in the U.S.; and (b) that
the Shares being sold in the Offering are not capable of being criminal property for the purposes of the Proceeds
of Crime Act 2002, nor that persons purchasing Shares in the Offering would, by doing so, commit any offence
under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002.
However, the consequences of liability under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 or similar U.S. laws could be
significant for the Group and could include: financial penalties, forfeiture, management time and expense dealing
with an investigation and defence, a criminal conviction and future debarment from public procurement. If any of
the foregoing occurs, it could result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects.
The Group may face potential liability arising out of unlawful, and allegedly unlawful, activities in connection
with the sale of Autonomy and related matters.
In November 2018, the U.S. authorities charged Messrs. Lynch and Chamberlain with numerous counts of wire
fraud and conspiracy to commit wire fraud and requested forfeiture. A superseding indictment issued in March
2019 added further charges of securities fraud against Mr. Lynch and wire fraud and conspiracy to evade
accounting controls, tamper with witnesses, obstruct proceedings and commit money laundering against Messrs.
Lynch and Chamberlain.
The U.S. has alleged that, among other things, Mr. Lynch made payments to former Autonomy employees,
including Mr. Hussain, via Invoke and entities affiliated with Invoke; and that Mr. Lynch caused an Invoke
affiliate to hire Mr. Chamberlain in or around May 2016. While the Invoke affiliates are unnamed, they are
believed by the Group to include Darktrace.
Other members of the Group’s executive management team, and other Group employees, previously worked at
Autonomy. Certain of those individuals were also employees of, and investors in, Invoke. No claim has been
brought against any of these individuals in relation to the sale of Autonomy.
In 2018, Darktrace Holdings Limited received and responded to subpoenas issued by the U.S. DOJ, which
included, among other things, requests for information relating to HP, Autonomy (including the hiring of its
former employees by Darktrace Holdings Limited and the issues of shares in Darktrace Holdings Limited to
them), Invoke Capital LLC, ICP London Limited, and ICPD Darktrace Holdings. The Group has not received
further requests for documents or information from the U.S. DOJ since 2018. No claim has been brought against
the Group for any criminal conduct in connection with the sale of Autonomy.
There remains a risk that the Group could be charged with offences, arising from the allegations in the superseding
indictment against Messrs. Lynch and Chamberlain, including money laundering offences. To the Group’s
knowledge, it is not the target of an investigation by the DOJ, the Group has complied with subpoenas issued by
9
the DOJ in 2018, and prior to and following the Group’s interactions with the DOJ during that process, there has
not been any communication from the DOJ. Having analysed and considered the relevant circumstances, the
Directors believe this risk to be low.
In the event of any action taken by the U.S. DOJ in respect of these risks, the consequences of those actions could
be significant for the Group and could include, in addition to the reputational risks: financial penalties, forfeiture,
management time and expense dealing with an investigation and defence, a criminal conviction and future
debarment from public procurement. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could result in a material adverse effect on
the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively impacted.
The Group may not be able to sustain its revenue growth rate in the future, which may have an adverse impact
on investor sentiment.
Although the Group achieved year-on-year growth of 72.5% and 45.3% for the years ended 30 June 2019 and
2020 respectively, and 38.9% for the six months ended 31 December 2020, there can be no assurances that
revenue will continue to grow or do so at current rates, and revenues of prior annual periods may not be an
indication of future performance.
The Group’s effective management of its revenue growth rate will depend on, among other things, its ability to:
•
effectively attract, integrate, and retain a large number of new employees, particularly members of the sales
and marketing and R&D teams;
•
further improve the Cyber AI Platform and its own IT infrastructure to support customer needs; and
•
enhance information and communication systems to ensure that employees and offices around the world
are well coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and with channel partners and
customers.
There can be no assurances that revenue will continue to grow or do so at current rates. The Group’s ability to
forecast its future results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including its ability to effectively
plan for and model future growth. The Group has encountered in the past, and may encounter in the future, risks
and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with global operations in rapidly changing
industries. If the Group is unable to sustain its growth or accurately forecast it’s future growth, or if it is unable
to scale its operations or to do so efficiently, this could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of
operations, financial condition and prospects.
If the Group fails to sustain revenue growth and the revenue growth rate declines or fails to meet analyst
expectations, this could have a negative impact on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial conditions
and prospects or investor sentiment.
The Group has incurred losses each year since inception and may not become profitable in the future.
The Group has incurred losses each year since inception, including net losses of $42.5 million, $34.7 million and
$28.7 million for the financial years ended 30 June 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and net losses of
$48.4 million for the six months ended 31 December 2020 and may never achieve or maintain profitability. The
Group’s limited operating history and the fact that its operating expenses have increased over time, makes it
difficult to evaluate the potential profitability of its business. As the Group continues to expand its business and
the breadth of its operations, hires additional employees, expands into new markets, invests in research and
development and sales and marketing, and incurs costs associated with general administration (including expenses
related to being a listed company), it is possible that the Group’s costs of sales and operating expenses will
increase at a faster rate than its revenue, leading to further net losses. To the extent the Group is successful in
increasing its customer base, it may also incur increased losses because the costs associated with acquiring and
growing the customer base and with research and development are generally incurred upfront, while revenue from
customer contracts is generally recognised over the contract term. The Group may not be able to increase its
revenue at a rate sufficient to offset increases in its costs of sales and operating expenses in the near term or at all,
which would prevent it from achieving or maintaining profitability in the future. Any failure by the Group to
achieve, and then sustain or increase, profitability on a consistent basis could negatively impact the Group’s
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
10
The Group’s Remaining Performance Obligation (“RPO”) may not be fully realised or may not result in
revenue, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.
As of 31 December 2020, the Group had approximately $613 million of RPO on its customer contracts, valued at
exchange rates as of that date. Management uses RPO as a key performance indicator of the current and future
performance of the business because the Group expects to recognise its current RPO as revenue over time in line
with its accounting policies relating to revenue recognition. Whilst some contracts require further acceptance,
contracted amounts beyond that further acceptance are not included in committed customer contract values or in
the Group’s RPO; nevertheless the Group expects to derive future value from those contracts. However, there can
be no assurances that customers will honour existing contracts. Despite long term agreements and binding terms
that would not allow early termination without cause, customers might still cancel existing contracts. In addition,
liquidity issues could lead its customers to become unable to satisfy their payment obligations or could otherwise
encourage its customers to seek to repudiate, cancel, or renegotiate its contracts for various reasons.
A reduction in RPO due to cancellation by a customer or other reasons could significantly reduce the revenue that
the Group actually receives from affected contracts. Given these factors, the Group’s RPO at any point in time
may not accurately represent the revenue that it expects to realise during any period, and its RPO as of the end of
a financial year may not be indicative of the revenue it expects to earn in the following financial year. Inability to
realise revenue from its RPO could have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial
conditions and prospects.
If the Group fails to retain its customers or does not attract new customers, it may be unable to grow its
revenues and profitability and effectively invest to enhance the capabilities of its platform, if at all.
As the market for cyber security products becomes more saturated, competition for customers will continue to
increase. In order to grow revenues, the Group must retain existing customers to the extent possible and
continuously attract new customers to replace those who terminate their platform subscriptions, and any failure to
do so could impact the Group’s revenues. The Group is dependent on the acquisition of new customers to replace
lost customers, and its ability to attract new customers depends on the perceived value of its platform versus that
of the products offered by competitors. The Group relies on its marketing and direct sales strategies to attract new
customers to its solutions. If sales personnel fail to sell the Group’s products, to upsell new products that the
Group develops or fail to renew contracts with existing customers which have an average duration of three years,
the Group may lose existing customers. If the Group’s current marketing or sales strategy is not successful or
becomes less effective, or if marketing costs were to significantly increase, it may not be able to maintain or
expand its customer base on a cost-effective basis or at all, and its business may be adversely affected.
Numerous factors could adversely impact the growth of revenues and profits even if the Group continues to gain
additional customers. In particular, the Group can provide no assurance that revenues will grow or remain at
current levels even if it continues to gain new customers. For example, if the Group is not able to replace large
accounts and the Group is unable to adjust its cost structure, revenue and profitability could decrease. In addition,
if the Group needs to expend additional resources in order to maintain existing customers, it could have a
significant impact on the Group’s business and financial condition.
If the Group does not effectively expand, train and retain its direct sales force, it may be unable to add new
customers or increase sales to its existing customers, and its business will be adversely affected.
The Group depends, in large part, on its direct sales strategy to obtain new customers and increase sales with
existing customers. Its ability to achieve significant revenue growth will partly depend on its success in recruiting,
training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel. New hires require significant training and may take
significant time before they achieve full productivity. The Group’s recruitment model for direct sales hires is to
hire untrained salespeople who have recently graduated from university and the Group’s training procedures may
prove to be insufficient.
Recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as expected, and the Group may be unable
to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets in which it does business or plans to do
business. The Group does not have a large Human Resources team and hiring sales personnel in new countries,
or expanding the Group’s existing presence, requires upfront and ongoing expenditures that may not be recovered
if the sales personnel fail to achieve full productivity. In addition, the Group’s sales employees might perceive that
they are paid insufficiently or not adequately trained or mentored which would negatively impact the Group’s
reputation as an employer and make it more difficult to attract qualified sales personnel. The Group cannot predict
whether, or to what extent, its sales will increase as it expands its sales force or how long it will take for sales
11
personnel to become productive. If the Group is unable to hire and train and retain a sufficient number of effective
sales personnel, or the sales personnel it hires are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales
to its existing customer base, this could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
The Group relies on channel partners, including resellers and referral partners, to generate a significant
portion of its revenue. If the Group fails to maintain successful relationships with its channel partners, or if its
channel partners fail to perform, its ability to market, sell and distribute its solution will be limited, and its
business, financial position and results of operations will be harmed.
In addition to the Group’s direct sales force, it relies on its channel partners to sell and support its Cyber AI
Platform, particularly in parts of APAC, LATAM and the Middle East. Approximately 35% of the Group’s
revenues involve channel partners and the Group expects that channel partners will represent a substantial portion
of its revenues for the foreseeable future. The Group’s agreements with channel partners are non-exclusive,
meaning its partners may offer customers IT security products from other companies, including products that
compete with the Group’s platform. If its channel partners do not effectively market and sell its solution, and, if
applicable, fail to present clients with upgraded product versions or choose to use greater efforts to market and
sell their own products or the products of the Group’s competitors, its ability to grow its business will be adversely
affected. The Group’s channel partners may cease or deemphasise the marketing of its solution with limited or no
notice and with little or no penalty. In addition, in certain markets, new channel partners require training and may
take several months or more to achieve productivity. The loss of a substantial number of the Group’s channel
partners, the inability to replace them or the failure to recruit additional channel partners could materially and
adversely affect the Group’s results of operations. Darktrace’s reliance on channel partners could also subject it to
lawsuits or reputational harm if, for example, a channel partner misrepresents the functionality of its solution to
customers or violates laws or its corporate policies. The ability to grow revenues in the future will depend in part
on its success in maintaining successful relationships with its channel partners and training its channel partners to
independently sell and install its solution. If the Group is unable to maintain its relationship with channel partners
or otherwise develop and expand its indirect sales channel, or if the Group’s channel partners fail to perform, the
Group’s business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Failure by the Group or, in certain markets, its channel partners, to maintain sufficient levels of customer
support could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
The Group’s customers depend in large part on customer support delivered by the Group, or through its channel
partners, to resolve issues relating to the use of its Cyber AI Platform. The Group’s customers are ultimately
responsible for effectively using its Cyber AI Platform and ensuring that their IT staff is properly trained in the
use of the Darktrace platform, however, even with the Group’s support and that of its channel partners, a portion
of the Group’s customers choose not to use the associated operational support. The failure of these customers to
correctly use its solution, or the Group’s failure to effectively assist customers in installing its solution and
providing effective ongoing support, may result in an increase in the vulnerability of its customers’ IT systems
and sensitive business data, and successful attacks may adversely affect the Group’s reputation. If the Group’s
channel partners do not effectively provide support to the satisfaction of its customers, the Group may be required
to provide support to such customers, which would require the Group to invest in additional personnel, which
requires significant time and resources. The Group may not be able to keep up with demand, particularly if the
sales of the platform exceed its internal forecasts. To the extent that the Group or its channel partners are
unsuccessful in hiring, training and retaining adequate support resources, the Group’s ability and the ability of its
channel partners to provide adequate and timely support to its customers will be negatively impacted, its
customers’ satisfaction with its platform will be adversely affected. Accordingly, its failure to provide satisfactory
associated technical support could have a material and adverse effect on its business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects. See “
—The Group’s ability to sell its Cyber AI Platform is dependent on the
quality of its associated support, and failure to offer high quality associated support could have a material
adverse effect on sales and results of operations.
”
In addition to direct sales, the Group relies on channel partners to sell its platform. Any failure by the Group
to sell its platform effectively through channel partners could negatively impact the Group’s business, results
of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group sells and markets its platform to customers indirectly through channel partners, which includes
resellers, in certain jurisdictions, as well as directly by the Group. If resellers are ineffective at marketing or
promoting the Group’s platform, the Group’s sales could decline, or it could damage the Group’s brand. Issues
12
with specific end customers or broader weakness in specific markets could also negatively affect the cash flow of
resellers, in turn, delay paying their obligations and breaching their agreements. The Group undertakes additional
checks to ensure compliance with the applicable accounting rules, business model and standards, such as ensuring
a back-to-back commercial contract with the ultimate end user. Revenue from resellers is recognised on a
consistent basis with direct sales, with the customer (for revenue purposes) being the reseller. Although sales to
resellers are non-refundable and not dependent on payment from the ultimate end customer, the Group
nevertheless faces a greater risk of non-payment for indirect sales. A change in the credit quality of a reseller can
increase the risk that such counterparty is unable or unwilling to pay amounts owed, which could directly or
indirectly have a material adverse effect on results of operations. Any material decrease in the volume of revenue
generated by the Group’s resellers could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
The Group’s current operations are global in scope, creating a variety of operational challenges.
The Group’s offices, employees and customers are dispersed around the world. This creates operational challenges
including:
•
costs associated with developing software and providing support in many languages;
•
varying patterns of use in different countries and different payment cycles;
•
increased complexity of taxes and regulations associated with operating in different countries;
•
costs associated with fluctuation in foreign currency exchange;
•
legal challenges associated with global operations;
•
the effect of tariffs and trade barriers (resulting from, for example, trade wars or the withdrawal or
renegotiation of multilateral trade agreements);
•
a variety of regulatory or contractual limitations on its ability to operate and reduced protection of
intellectual property rights in some countries;
•
potential additional financial costs to the Group, such as potential adverse movements in currency
exchange rates and adverse tax events; and
•
a geographically and culturally diverse workforce and customer base.
Failure to overcome any of these challenges could negatively affect results of operations or increase the Group’s
expenses. The Group may further expand its operations globally. If these efforts are unsuccessful in creating and
expanding the Group’s global customer base, or if its expansion increases the difficulties of running a global
company, it could harm the Group’s results of operations.
The Group also derives a meaningful portion of its revenues from emerging markets, which are subject to greater
risks than more developed markets, including legal, economic, tax and political risks. Emerging markets are
particularly vulnerable to restrictive, inconsistent or frequently changing government policies and have higher
instances of piracy and licence misuse, and therefore may require additional time, precautions and resources to
develop the Group’s business and presence in such markets. If the Group were to decide to enter new markets in
countries such as China or Russia, modifications to the Group’s business plan or operations to comply with
changing regulations or certain actions taken by regulatory authorities may increase the costs of providing the
platform and materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, which could adversely affect the Group’s
financial condition.
The Cyber AI Platform is complex, and any failure of the Cyber AI Platform to satisfy customers or perform
as desired could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
The Cyber AI Platform is complex and is deployed in a wide variety of digital estates. Inability to meet the unique
needs of customers may result in customer dissatisfaction and/or damage to the Group’s reputation, which could
materially harm the Group’s business. In addition, the proper use of the Cyber AI Platform may require training
of the customer and the initial or ongoing support of the Group’s technical personnel. If training and/or ongoing
support require more expenditure than originally estimated, margins will be lower than projected.
13
In addition, if customers do not use the Cyber AI Platform correctly or as intended, inadequate performance or
outcomes may result. It is possible that the Cyber AI Platform may also be intentionally misused or abused by
customers or their employees or third parties who obtain access and use of the Cyber AI Platform. For example,
the Group’s Antigena product operates in two modes, the autonomous mode and the human confirmation mode.
In autonomous mode, the customer does not need to take any action and Antigena automatically defends against
a flagged attack. On human confirmation mode, once an attack is flagged, a customer must manually choose how
to respond to it; and its effectiveness is accordingly dependent on factors outside the Group’s control. For
example, the time lapse between notification and manual input could result in the failure to quickly respond to a
machine speed attack. Inadequate performance, whether or not resulting from the Group’s actions, such as the
incorrect or improper use or configuration of the Cyber AI Platform, failure to properly train customers on how
to efficiently and effectively use the Cyber AI Platform, or failure to properly provide implementation or
analytical support to customers, may result in contract terminations or non-renewals, reduced customer payments,
negative publicity, or legal claims against the Group.
If customer personnel are not well trained in the use of the Cyber AI Platform, customers may defer the
deployment of the platform, deploy it in a more limited manner than originally anticipated, or may not deploy it
all. If there is substantial turnover of customer personnel responsible for procurement and use of the Cyber AI
Platform, the platform may go unused or be adopted less broadly, and the Group’s ability to make additional sales
may be substantially limited, which could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
The Group’s ability to sell its Cyber AI Platform is dependent on the quality of its associated support, and
failure to offer high quality associated support could have a material adverse effect on sales and results of
operations.
Once the Cyber AI Platform is deployed and integrated with customers’ existing information technology solutions
and data, customers depend on the Group’s customer success and technology support teams to resolve any issues
relating to the Cyber AI Platform. Increasingly, the platform has been deployed in large-scale, complex technology
environments, and the Directors believe the Group’s future success will depend on its ability to increase sales of
the Cyber AI Platform for use in such deployments. In addition, the Group’s ability to provide effective ongoing
support, or to provide such customer support in a timely, efficient, or scalable manner, may depend in part on
customers’ environments and their upgrading to the latest versions of the Cyber AI Platform.
In addition, the Group’s ability to provide effective support is largely dependent on its ability to attract, train, and
retain qualified personnel with experience in supporting customers on platforms such as the Cyber AI Platform.
The Group’s number of customers has grown significantly, and that growth has and may continue to put additional
pressure on the Group’s support teams if customers choose not to operate on Antigena’s autonomous mode and
instead operate on its human confirmation mode, which increases the risk that breach occurs requiring assistance
from the Group’s support teams. The Group may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term
increases in customer demand for support. The Group may be unable to modify the future scope and delivery of
its support to compete with changes in support levels provided by its competitors. Increased customer demand for
support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and negatively affect the Group’s business, results
of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, as the Group continues to grow its operations and
expand into new markets, it needs to be able to provide efficient associated support that meet its customers’ needs
globally at scale, and its associated support teams may face additional challenges, including those associated with
operating the platforms and delivering support, training, and documentation in languages other than English and
providing support across expanded time-zones. If the Group is unable to provide efficient support globally at
scale, its ability to grow its operations may be harmed, and it may need to hire additional support personnel, which
could negatively impact its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The Group’s
customers typically need training, which is typically self-delivered and accessible through the customer portal, in
the proper use of and the variety of benefits that can be derived from the Cyber AI Platform to maximise its
potential. If the Group does not effectively deploy, update, or upgrade the Cyber AI Platform, succeed in helping
its customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues, and provide effective ongoing support, its ability to sell
additional products to existing customers could be adversely affected, the Group may face negative publicity, and
its reputation with potential customers could be damaged. As a result, failure to maintain high
quality support could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects. See “
—Failure by the Group or its channel partners to maintain sufficient levels of customer support
could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
”
14
If the Group’s platform does not interoperate with its customers’ digital estates, installations could be delayed
or cancelled, which could significantly reduce the Group’s revenue.
The Group’s platform is designed to interface with existing digital estates of its customers, each of which have
different specifications and utilise multiple protocol standards. Many of the digital estates of the Group’s
customers contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time as they have grown and
evolved. The Group’s platform must interoperate with the products within digital estates as well as with future
products that might be added to these digital estates in order to meet the requirements of the Group’s customers.
The Group works to advise and assist customers so that its platform will interoperate and scale with customers’
existing software and appliances, however when problems occur in the existing digital estates of customers, it may
be difficult to identify the sources of these problems. Such problems include misconfigurations of a customer’s
existing software, a customer’s mistaken understanding of the operation of its digital estate or errors in the existing
software. Any delays in identifying the sources of problems or in providing necessary modifications to the
Group’s software or appliances could have a negative impact on the Group’s reputation and the Group’s
customers’ satisfaction with its platform, and the Group’s ability to sell its platform could be adversely affected.
If the Group’s platform does not interoperate properly, installations could be delayed or orders for the Group’s
platform could be cancelled, which could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
In addition, platform vendors, notably Microsoft with Windows, Cisco, Google with Android and Apple with
MacOS and iOS, could restrict third party cyber security software’s access to customer data hosted or maintained
in third party platforms. This could prevent the Group from accessing data in clouds, networks, collaboration tools
and email. The Group’s platform is designed to interface with the existing computing platforms. As new versions
of platforms are introduced that include cyber security software offered by the platform vendors themselves, there
is a risk that such platform vendors may close their platforms to third party cyber security software such as the
Group’s, or make it more difficult to install and use such third party cyber security software, which would harm
the competitive position of the Group.
As the Group’s platform offerings expand, there is a risk that platform vendors will regard one or other of the
Group’s offerings as a competitive threat and will impose restrictions on the Group’s ability to offer those
offerings. If either Microsoft or Google were to impose restrictions on the Group’s ability to offer additional
offerings to its existing customers, or to obtain vital information that the Directors believe they need to improve
the Group’s products, it may harm the Group’s business.
The Group relies on third-party data centres, such as Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), and its own data servers
to host and operate an increasing number of deployments of or offerings in its Cyber AI Platform, and any
disruption of or interference with its use of these facilities may negatively affect its ability to maintain the
performance and reliability of its Cyber AI Platform which could cause its business to suffer.
The Group’s customers depend on the continuous availability of its Cyber AI Platform. The Group currently hosts
its platform and serves its customers using a mix of third-party data centres, primarily AWS, and its own internal
data servers, hosted in Cambridge and London. Historically, the Group’s platform has been hosted in
customer-controlled data infrastructure, however Darktrace-controlled cloud-hosted products are expected to
grow in materiality and importance. Consequently, the Group may be subject to service disruptions as well as
failures to provide adequate support for reasons from its third-party data centres that are outside of its direct
control. The Group has experienced, and expects that in the future it may experience interruptions, delays and
outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes,
human or software errors, website hosting, disruptions and capacity constraints.
The adverse effects of any third-party service interruptions may be disproportionately heightened due to the nature
of its business and the fact that its customers have low tolerance for interruptions of any duration. Interruptions
or failures in its service delivery could result in a cyber attack or other security threat to one of its customers
during such periods of interruption or failure. Interruptions or failures in its service could also cause customers to
terminate their subscriptions, adversely affect its renewal rates, and harm its ability to attract new customers.
The Group’s business may also be harmed if the Group’s customers believe that a cloud-based security solution
hosted on third-party data centres is unreliable. While the Group does not consider them to have been material, it
has experienced, and may in the future experience, service interruptions and other performance problems due to
a variety of factors. The occurrence of any of these factors, or if the Group is unable to rapidly and cost-effectively
fix such errors or other problems that may be identified, could damage its reputation, negatively affect its
relationship with its customers or otherwise harm its business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
15
If the Group is unable to maintain and enhance its brand or if the Group’s reputation and business is harmed
by news or social media coverage it could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects.
The Group’s brand identity is critical to its relationships with its customers and channel partners and to its ability
to attract new customers and channel partners. The successful promotion of the Darktrace brand will depend
largely upon its marketing efforts, ability to continue to offer high-quality products and ability to successfully
differentiate its platform from its competitors’ product offerings. The promotion of the Group’s brand may require
substantial expenditures, which will likely increase as the market becomes more competitive and as the Group
expands into new markets. If the Group is not successful at maintaining and enhancing its brand, it could
adversely affect its ability to attract new customers and it could lose customers, third party channel partners.
Any negative change to the perception of the Group’s brand among its customers could have a material adverse
effect on its business. For example, any negative discussions in customer forums or online review sites, any
negative media attention or any negative comments regarding customer support could have a significant adverse
effect on the Group’s brand. In addition, negative reviews of the Group’s security software solutions or the Group
generally, published by leading research and advisory companies, such as Gartner, could harm the Group’s brand.
The Group depends upon certain third party channel partners and actions by those third parties could have a
negative effect on the Group’s brand. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of the
Group’s platform, and perception of the Group’s brand in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by
these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as compared to those of the Group’s competitors, the
Darktrace brand may be adversely affected.
It may also be more difficult to maintain and enhance the Darktrace brand with customers who purchase through
the channel partners, particularly in regions where the Group has less direct contact with end customers. If the
Group cannot successfully maintain and enhance its brand, the business may not grow, and resultantly the Group
may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors with stronger brands and it may lose customers and
channel partners. This could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
As the Group’s business grows and interest in the Group and the technology industry overall increases, the Group
may attract significant attention from news and social media outlets, including unfavourable coverage and
coverage that is not directly attributable to statements authorised by the leadership of the Group, that incorrectly
reports on statements made by the leadership of the Group or employees and the nature of the Group’s work or
that is otherwise misleading. If such news or social media coverage presents, or relies on, inaccurate, misleading,
incomplete, or otherwise damaging information regarding the Group, such coverage could damage its reputation
in the industry and with current and potential customers, employees, and investors, and could negatively impact
the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Due to the sensitive nature of the
Group’s work and its confidentiality obligations, it may be unable to or limited in its ability to respond to such
harmful coverage, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s business. Any of the foregoing could
negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The inability to obtain any third-party licence required to develop new products or enhancements to the
Group’s platform could require the Group to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance
standards or at greater cost, which could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects.
Some of the Group’s products may from time to time include software or other intellectual property licensed from
third parties. It may be necessary in the future to renew licences relating to various aspects of these products or
to seek new licences for existing or new products. There can be no assurance that the necessary licences will be
available on acceptable terms, if at all. The inability to obtain certain licences or other rights or to obtain such
licences or rights on favourable terms could result in delays in product releases until equivalent technology can
be identified, licensed, developed, acquired or integrated, if at all, and may require the Group to use alternative
technology of lower quality or performance standards, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the
Group’s business, operating results and financial condition and prospects. In addition, third parties may allege that
additional licences are required for the Group’s use of their software or intellectual property, and the Group may
be unable to obtain such licences on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, the inclusion in the
Group’s products of software or other intellectual property licensed from third parties on a non-exclusive basis
could limit the Group’s ability to differentiate the Group’s products from those of the Group’s competitors, which
could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
16
The Group relies on the performance of highly skilled personnel including the senior management team.
The Group’s future success depends, in part, on its ability to continue to identify, hire, develop, motivate, and
retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of the organisation, particularly technical professionals. The Group’s
future performance depends on the continued support and continuing contributions of its senior management to
execute on its business plan and to identify and pursue new opportunities and platform innovations. The majority
of the Group’s senior management has been with the Group since its inception which has created a collaborative
company culture. There can be no assurance that the Group would be able to maintain its culture if the
composition of the senior management team were to evolve or individuals were to depart. Competition for
suitably qualified individuals with the relevant technical expertise in the Group’s industry is intense. The loss of
the support of any of the Group’s key personnel, the inability to attract, retain and integrate qualified personnel,
or delays in hiring required personnel could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of the Group’s
development and strategic objectives, and could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects. In addition, to the extent the Group hires personnel from competitors, it may be
subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited, that they have divulged proprietary or other
confidential information, or that their former employers own their inventions or other work product.
The Group has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers and key employees that
contain non-compete covenants. However, despite these agreements, the Group may not be able to retain these
officers and employees. In addition, the non-compete covenants may themselves not be enforceable in certain
jurisdictions (for example, in California, where the Group has operations, they are only enforceable in limited
circumstances). This means that the Group may be unable to prevent its competitors from benefiting from the
expertise of such former employees, which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business and results
of operations.
The Group operates its servers in the UK and may face significant challenges in the event of a disruption of its
servers.
With limited exception, the Group’s platform and associated services are deployed either in customers’ data
centres or third-party cloud providers, however certain support and monitoring functions require the use of the
Group’s server content, which is located in multiple data centres in the UK. The Group has developed back-up
storage for key data which is stored in London; however, there can be no assurance that such back-up storage
arrangements or redundant or distributed server infrastructure will become operational, or, if they do, will be
effective if it becomes necessary to rely on them. Disruption of the server and/or internet bandwidth connectivity
due to technical reasons, natural disaster or other unanticipated catastrophic events, including power interruptions,
storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, terrorist attacks and wars could significantly impair the Group’s ability to
continue its usual business operations and could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business and results
of operations. The Group is continuously working to improve its disaster recovery response and to better
understand how a server going down will interrupt the business.
Although the Directors believe that the Group has the technical knowledge necessary to mitigate risks relating to
such systems and system architecture, the Group may at any time be required to expend significant capital or other
resources (including staff and management time and resources) to protect against network failure and disruption.
This may include the replacement or upgrading of existing business continuity systems, procedures and security
measures. In addition, the Group will require continuing expansion and upgrading of systems to support additional
customers, localities, products and online support. These expansions and upgrades may consume significant
capital and managerial resources.
The Group may be unable to adequately protect its intellectual property proprietary rights and prevent others
from making unauthorised use of its platform and technologies, which could harm the Group’s financial
results.
The success of the Group’s business depends on its ability to protect and enforce its patents, trademarks,
copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. The Group seeks to protect its intellectual property
under patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, and through a combination of confidentiality procedures,
contractual provisions and other methods, all of which offer only limited protection. The Group generally enters
into confidentiality, invention assignment or licence agreements with employees, consultants, vendors, partners
and customers, and generally limits access to, and distribution of, its proprietary information. However, there can
be no assurances that the Group has entered into such agreements with all parties who may have or have had
access to confidential information or that the agreements entered into will not be breached. Despite the Group’s
best efforts to protect its intellectual property rights, unauthorised parties may not be deterred from misuse, theft
or misappropriation of information the Group regards as proprietary.
17
The Group has filed various applications for certain aspects of its intellectual property, including patents and
trademarks. Valid patents may not be issued from pending applications, and the claims eventually allowed on any
patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect the Group’s platform or technologies. Any issued patents may be
challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents may not actually provide
adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages. The Group cannot be certain that it was the first to make
the inventions claimed in its pending patent applications or that it was the first to file for patent protection, which
could prevent patent applications from issuing as patents or invalidate patents following their issue. Similarly,
trademark applications and registrations may be challenged by third parties and registered trademarks may,
following registration, be declared invalid or revoked. The process of obtaining patent, trademark or other
registered intellectual property protection is expensive and time-consuming, and the Group may not be able to
prosecute all necessary or desirable applications, or renew registrations, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.
Moreover, policing unauthorised use of the Group’s intellectual property is difficult, expensive and
time-consuming, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property
rights as those in the United Kingdom and United States, and where mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual
property rights may be weak. Attempts to enforce the Group’s rights against third parties could also provoke these
third parties to assert their own intellectual property or other rights against the Group, or take unilateral steps to
invalidate the Group’s intellectual property rights, which could result in an action that invalidates or narrows the
scope of its rights, in whole or in part. If the Group is unable to protect its proprietary rights (including aspects of
its software and products protected other than by patent rights), it may be at a competitive disadvantage compared
to others who need not incur the additional expense, time, and effort required to create the innovative products
that have enabled the Group to be successful to date. Any of these events could negatively impact the Group’s
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group’s failure to effectively plan, design, and implement upgrades, enhancements or modifications of its
information technology systems could interfere with the Group’s business and operations and could negatively
impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group’s information systems require an on-going commitment of resources to maintain and enhance existing
systems and develop new systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing
technology and evolving industry and regulatory standards. The Group may experience difficulties in transitioning
to new or upgraded information technology systems and in applying maintenance patches to existing systems,
including loss of data and decreases in productivity as personnel become familiar with new, upgraded or modified
systems. In addition, the Group may from time to time obtain portions of its information technology services from
independent third parties, which may make its operations vulnerable to such third parties’ failure to perform
adequately. The Group’s failure to effectively plan, design and implement upgrades, enhancements or
modifications of its information technology systems and processes, or the failure of the systems to operate in the
intended manner could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
A failure to comply with current laws, rules and regulations or changes to such laws, rules and regulations and
other legal uncertainties could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
The Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by changes in or
interpretations of existing laws, rules and regulations or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations
applicable to the Group, and the use of AI may itself become subject to further specific laws and regulations. The
Group could also be adversely affected by the perception of UK Data Protection Law if the law as it exists is
deemed insufficient or if laws are altered so as to prioritise personal data of its customers’ employees over cyber
security concerns. As a result, regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend the Group from
carrying on some or all of its activities or otherwise penalise the Group if its practices were found not to comply
with applicable regulatory or licensing requirements or any binding interpretation of such requirements. Any such
changes or interpretations could decrease demand for the Group’s platform, limit marketing methods and
capabilities, affect its margins, increase costs or subject the Group to additional liabilities.
In particular, the Group stores some personally identifiable information of its customers and is subject to data
protection and privacy regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (the “
GDPR
”).
The GDPR, which came into force on 25 May 2018, implemented more stringent operational requirements for the
Group’s use of personal data. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to the Group’s
customers in respect of how the Group may use their personal data and increased rights for customers to access,
control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements and
18
significantly increased penalties of the greater of €20 million or 4% of global turnover for the preceding financial
year. The Group faces stringent regulations in other jurisdictions as well, including in the UK and under the
California Consumer Privacy Act. The same conduct could expose the Group to penalties for breach of data
protection laws in multiple jurisdictions and, following Brexit, the UK Information Commissioner’s Office may
impose fines that are essentially equivalent to the maximum penalties under the GDPR (in addition to any fines
imposed under the GDPR). The UK's Network and Information Systems Regulations 2018, as amended from time
to time, which came into force on 10 May 2018, apply to the Group and place additional network and information
systems security obligations on the Group, as well as mandatory security incident notification in certain
circumstances with penalties of up to £17 million.
The Group is also subject to various customs and international trade laws and regulations. For example, the Group
may be subject to the
Law of the People’s Republic of China on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong
Special Administrative Region. The Group will also be subject to evolving government export and import
controls. As the strategic application of AI technology and governments’ attitudes towards it develops, it may
become subject to heightened import and export requirements. The cost to comply with applicable laws and
regulations could be significant and would increase the Group’s operating expenses, which could adversely affect
its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The Group’s business is conducted
worldwide and failure to comply with import or export rules and restrictions, or to properly classify items under
tariff regulations and pay the appropriate duties, could expose it to fines and penalties. The Group may be required
to make significant expenditures or modify its business practices to comply with existing or future trade laws and
regulations, which could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
There are different laws in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates that relate to how online sales
may be made, particularly to consumers, including laws regulating the size and prominence of lettering,
regulations surrounding the use of opt-in as compared to opt-out provisions and other specifics as to how sales
may be made. The Group operates globally and must continue to monitor changes to, understand, and comply with
the relevant laws in each jurisdiction. Consumer protection laws are continuously evolving, which can lead to
additional obligations on the Group and expenditures and resources may be required to implement these. The
Group must also rely on its third party partners, over whom it has no control, to also comply with such laws and
regulations. Though the Group’s contracts are ordinarily in either English or Californian law, including contracts
between the Group and its third party partners, in certain jurisdictions contracts between the Group’s third party
partners and its customers are governed by the local jurisdiction. Such contracts can lead to different
interpretations of certain provisions, such as force majeure provisions, where a customer may be able to terminate
a contract with a third party partner, even if such termination would not be permitted by the contract between the
third party partner and the Group. The failure to comply with any consumer laws and regulations in any
jurisdiction could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Controls, the
U.S. Department of State, as well as other foreign regulatory authorities, continue to enforce economic and trade
regulations and anti-corruption laws across industries. U.S. trade sanctions relate to transactions with designated
foreign countries and territories, including Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and the Crimea region of Ukraine as
well as specifically targeted individuals and entities that are identified on U.S. and other blacklists, and those
owned by them or those acting on their behalf. Anticorruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act (the “
Bribery
Act
”) and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “
FCPA
”), generally prohibit direct or indirect
corrupt payments to government officials and, under certain laws, private persons to obtain or retain business or
an improper business advantage. Some of the Group’s global operations may be conducted in parts of the world
where it is common to engage in business practices that are prohibited by these laws.
Although the Group has policies and procedures in place designed to promote compliance with laws and
regulations, which the Group reviews and updates as it expands its operations in existing and new jurisdictions in
order to proportionately address risks of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the Group’s
employees or partners could take actions in contravention of its policies and procedures, or violate applicable laws
or regulations. As regulations continue to develop and regulatory oversight continues to focus on these areas, the
Group’s policies and procedures may not comply at all times with all applicable laws or regulations. In the event
the Group’s controls should fail or the Group is found to not be in compliance for other reasons, the Group could
be subject to monetary damages, civil and criminal monetary penalties, withdrawal of business licences or
permits, litigation and damage to its reputation and the value of its brand. As the Group expands its operations in
existing and new jurisdictions globally, the Group will need to increase the scope of its compliance programmes
to address the risks relating to the potential for violations of the Bribery Act and the FCPA and other anti-bribery
19
and anti-corruption laws. In addition, the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations, or the new
interpretation of existing laws, rules and regulations, in each case that restrict or otherwise unfavourably impact
the ability or manner in which the Group conduct business, could require the Group to change certain aspects of
its business, operations and commercial relationships to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for the
Cyber AI Platform, reduce revenue, increase costs or subject the Group to additional liabilities. A failure to comply
with current laws, rules and regulations or changes to such laws, rules and regulations and other legal uncertainties
may negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group may become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties that, regardless
of merit, could result in litigation and could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects.
The Group’s success largely depends on its ability to use and develop its technology without infringing the
intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. The Group
may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property
rights of third parties. The Group may be the target of so-called “patent trolls”, companies that do not manufacture
or sell products and whose sole activity is to assert patent rights against accused infringers in an attempt to collect
licensing fees. In addition, the Group licences and utilises certain “open source” software as part of its solutions
offering. An author or another third party that distributes such third party or open source software could allege
that the Group had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licences. Any such claims, regardless
of merit, could result in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management,
cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of the business and negatively impact the Group’s
business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
As a consequence of such claims, the Group could be required to pay substantial damages (including to its
customers), develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty-bearing licensing agreements, stop selling some
or all of its products or re-brand certain products. If it appears necessary, the Group may seek to license the
intellectual property which the Group is alleged to have infringed, potentially even if the Directors believe such
claims to be without merit. However, such licencing agreements may not be available on acceptable terms, or at
all. If the Group cannot obtain required licences, or if existing licences are not renewed, litigation could result.
Litigation is inherently uncertain and any adverse decision could result in a loss of proprietary rights, subject the
Group to significant liabilities, require the Group to seek licences from others and otherwise negatively impact
the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Some of the Group’s technology incorporates “open source” software, which could negatively affect its ability
to sell the Cyber AI Platform and subject it to possible litigation.
The Group’s platform contains third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms
of the underlying open source software licences could restrict its ability to sell its platform. The use and
distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software, as
open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement
claims or the quality of the code. Many of the risks associated with use of open source software cannot be
eliminated and could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
Some open source licences contain requirements that the Group makes available source code for modifications or
derivative works that it creates based upon the type of open source software used. If the Group combines its
proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, it could, under certain open source licences,
be required to release the source code of its proprietary software to the public (potentially for no charge), including
authorising further modification and redistribution, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of its services, each of
which could provide an advantage to the Group’s competitors or other entrants to the market, create security
vulnerabilities in its solutions, require the Group to re-engineer all or a portion of the Cyber AI Platform, and
could reduce or eliminate the value of the services provided. This would allow the Group’s competitors to create
a similar platform with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales for the
Group.
It cannot be assured that the Group’s processes for controlling the use of open source software in its platform will
be effective. From time to time, the Group may face claims from third parties asserting ownership of, or
demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that it developed using such software (which
could include proprietary source code), or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source
licence. These claims could result in litigation. Litigation could be costly for the Group to defend, have a negative
20
effect on results of operations and financial condition or require it to devote additional research and development
resources to change its solutions. Responding to any infringement or non-compliance claim by an open source
vendor, regardless of its validity, discovering certain open source software code in the Cyber AI Platform, or a
finding that the Group has breached the terms of an open source software licence, could by, among other things:
•
result in time-consuming and costly litigation;
•
divert management’s time and attention from developing the business;
•
require the Group to pay monetary damages or enter into royalty and licensing agreements that it would
not normally find acceptable;
•
cause delays in the deployment of the Cyber AI Platform offerings to customers;
•
require the Group to stop offering certain features of the Cyber AI Platform;
•
require the Group to redesign certain components of the Cyber AI Platform using alternative non-infringing
or non-open source technology, which could require significant effort and expense;
•
require the Group to disclose its software source code and the detailed programme commands for its
software; and
•
require the Group to satisfy indemnification obligations to its customers.
Any of these outcomes may result in harm to the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
The Group may make acquisitions and investments which could divert management’s attention, result in
operating difficulties and otherwise disrupt the Group’s operations and adversely affect its business, results of
operations, financial condition and prospects, and such acquisitions and investments may result in dilution to
the Group’s shareholders.
From time to time, the Group may pursue strategic acquisition or investment opportunities. Any transactions that
the Group enters into could be material to its financial condition and results of operations. The process of
acquiring and integrating another company or technology could create unforeseen operating difficulties and
expenditures. Shareholders may also not have the opportunity to vote on or approve the acquisitions. Acquisitions
and investments involve a number of risks, such as:
•
diversion of management time and focus from operating the business;
•
use of resources that are needed in other areas of the business;
•
implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies of the acquired company;
•
difficulty integrating the accounting systems, IT systems and operations of the acquired company,
including potential risks to the corporate culture of the Group;
•
retention and integration of employees from the acquired company;
•
unforeseen costs or liabilities;
•
adverse effects on the Group’s existing business relationships with customers and merchants;
•
adverse tax consequences;
•
litigation or other claims; and
•
the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular
economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of acquisitions may be allocated to acquired goodwill and
other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. The Group may also not be able
to identify acquisition or investment opportunities that meet its strategic objectives, or, to the extent such
opportunities are identified, the Group may not be able to negotiate terms with respect to the acquisition or
investment that are acceptable to it. In the future, if the Group’s acquisitions or investments do not yield expected
returns, it may be required to take charges or impairments to its operating results based on this impairment
21
assessment process, which could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.
The global COVID-19 outbreak and the global response to this outbreak could affect the Group’s business and
operations.
The outbreak of the novel coronavirus and the COVID-19 disease that it causes has evolved into a global
pandemic. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the spread of COVID-19, the Group
has taken precautionary measures intended to minimise the risk of the virus to its employees, its customers and
the communities in which it operates, including temporarily closing offices worldwide and virtualising,
postponing or cancelling customer, employee or industry events, which may negatively impact its business. The
Group continues to monitor the situation and may adjust its current policies as more information and public health
guidance becomes available, the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and/or the precautionary measures
that have been adopted may create operational and other challenges, any of which could harm its business and
results of operations.
Although COVID-19 has had a net positive impact on the business in the short term by reducing operating costs,
the Group cannot be certain what the long-term impact will be. COVID-19 may also disrupt the operations of the
Group’s customers and partners for an indefinite period of time, including as a result of travel restrictions and/or
business shutdowns, uncertainty in the financial markets or other harm to their businesses and financial results,
which could result in a reduction to information technology budgets, delayed purchasing decisions, longer sales
cycles, extended payments terms, the timing of payments, and postponed or cancelled projects, all of which could
negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. More generally,
the COVID-19 pandemic has and is expected to continue to adversely affect economies and financial markets
globally, leading to a continued economic downturn, which is expected to decrease technology spending generally
and could adversely affect demand for the Group’s Cyber AI Platform. It is not possible at this time to estimate
the full impact that COVID-19 will have on the Group’s business, as the impact will depend on future
developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Moreover, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks faced by the
Company, including but not limited to, those related to the ability to increase sales to existing and new customers,
continue to perform on existing contracts, develop and deploy new technologies, expand its marketing capabilities
and sales organisation, generate sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness, and comply with the covenants
in the agreements that govern indebtedness.
Risks relating to the industry
If organisations choose to adopt cloud-based security solutions, the Group may be adversely affected as the cost
of operations increases.
The Group’s future profitability will depend on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and
perceived value associated with the Group’s solutions and those of its competitors. Customers currently access the
Group’s platform either through a physical appliance or the cloud. In the past, the majority of customers opted for
an offering in a customer-controlled environment. The number of customers now looking for Darktrace to provide
a hosted service offering is rapidly expanding. The cloud-based offering includes hosting costs that can be variable
and depend on an accurate scope of the customer’s requirements assessed at the outset of the deployment. If this
scoping is incorrect, or if hosting costs increase, there could be a mismatch between the costs the Group incurs
with third-party cloud hosting providers and the price charged to the customer. The shift towards an
Darktrace-hosted service offering and away from a customer-controlled data infrastructure offering could present
upfront challenges with pricing the Cyber AI Platform as the Group might not be able to pass the additional cost
of adopting an Darktrace-hosted service offering to the customer or might get pricing wrong, especially if the costs
increase during the life of the contract. The inability to account for these increased costs could negatively impact
the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Competitors’ pricing policies, currency fluctuations and a failure to introduce successful Cyber AI Platform
enhancements may affect the average sales prices for the Group’s platforms , therefore adversely affecting the
Group’s revenue and profitability.
The average revenue per customer for the Group’s platform may decline for a variety of reasons, including
competitive pricing pressures, discounts offered by the Group, a change in the Group’s platform offerings, a
perceived decline in the relevance of the Group’s platform in an evolving cyber security threat landscape and
22
anticipation of the introduction of new products or promotional programs. Competition is intense in the market
segment in which the Group participates, and it is possible that competition will increase in the future, thereby
leading to increased pricing pressures. In addition, large players that do not have offerings that directly compete
with the Group, such as Amazon and Google, may decide to enter the market and offer a platform that undercuts
the Group on price. This increased competition could result in fewer customer orders, price reductions, reduced
margins, and loss of market share, further negatively affecting the Group’s business, results of operations,
financial condition and prospects.
In addition, although the Group prices in a number of local currencies, currency fluctuations in certain countries
and regions may negatively impact actual prices that distributors, channel partners and customers are willing to
pay in those countries and regions. The Group also anticipates that in the event that platform enhancing features
are not introduced, the average sales prices and gross profits for the Group’s platform could decrease over the
platform life cycle. There can be no assurance that the Group will be successful in developing and introducing
new offerings with enhanced functionality on a timely basis, or that the Group’s platform offerings, if introduced,
will enable the Group to maintain its prices and gross profits at levels that will allow the Group to maintain
profitability. A failure to do so could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial
condition and prospects.
If the Group is unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive market for cyber security products, it
could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The cyber security market in which the Group operates is characterised by intense competition, constant innovation
and evolving security threats. The Group competes with companies that offer a broad array of cyber security
products. Some of the Group’s competitors are large companies that have greater financial and technical resources
and broader customer bases and channel networks. They may also enjoy potential competitive advantages such as
greater name recognition, established relationships as a trusted vendor with channel and distribution partners and
customers, greater customer support resources and larger intellectual property portfolios. Large technology
companies and cloud providers have the ability to produce cheaper or free additional functionality which might be
attractive to potential clients. Although this perceived benefit from the Group’s competitors does not offer the level
of protection that the Directors believe that Darktrace provides, potential clients might believe that the Group’s
competitors can provide an adequate solution to their organisations’ cyber security needs. Such competitors may
use these advantages to offer more diverse product offerings at a lower price or for free as part of a bundled package
or may develop different products to compete with the Group’s platform and respond more quickly and effectively
than the Group to new or changing threats, regulations, technologies, standards or client requirements. Similarly,
potential customers might take a “self-help” approach where they perceive that they can sufficiently defend against
any potential cyber security breaches without additional assistance.
Many organisations have established deep relationships with certain of the Group’s competitors and may be reluctant
to add new products to their IT systems from other vendors such as the Group. In addition, these larger competitors
often have broader product lines and market focus or greater resources and may therefore not be as susceptible to
economic downturns or other significant reductions in capital spending by customers. If the Group is unable to
sufficiently differentiate its platform from the integrated or bundled products of its competitors, such as by offering
enhanced functionality, performance, or value, the Group may see a decrease in demand for its platform, which could
negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
In addition, new, innovative start-up companies and larger companies that are making significant investments in
research and development may introduce products that have greater performance or functionality, are easier to
implement or use, incorporate technological advances that the Group has not yet developed, or implemented or
may invent similar or superior platforms and technologies that compete with the Group’s platform.
The Group’s current and potential competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or
with third parties that may further enhance their resources. Current or potential competitors may be acquired by
third parties with greater available resources. As a result of such acquisitions, the Group’s current or potential
competitors might be able to adapt more quickly to new technologies and customer needs, devote greater
resources to the promotion or sale of their products, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take
advantage of other opportunities more readily or develop and expand their product offerings more quickly than
the Group.
The Group may not compete successfully against its current or potential competitors in the cyber security market.
If it is unable to compete successfully, or if competing successfully requires the Group to take costly actions in
response to the actions of its competitors, its business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects
could be negatively affected.
Adverse global economic events or prolonged economic uncertainties or downturns could materially adversely
affect the Group’s business, operating results and financial condition.
Adverse global economic events or prolonged economic uncertainties or downturns could materially adversely
affect the Group’s business, operating results or financial condition under a number of different scenarios. During
challenging economic times, current or potential customers may delay or forego cyber security investment
decisions. Customers may also have difficulties in obtaining the requisite third-party financing to complete the
purchase of the Group’s platform. An adverse global economic environment could also subject the Group to
increased credit risk should customers delay or be unable to pay the Group for previously purchased platforms.
Accordingly, reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase. In addition,
weakness in the market for customers of the Group’s platform could harm the cash flow of its channel partners
who could then delay paying their obligations to the Group or experience other financial difficulties. This would
further increase the Group’s credit risk exposure and, potentially, cause delays in recognition of revenue on sales
to these customers.
The onset or continuation of adverse economic conditions may also make it more difficult to obtain financing for
the Group’s operations, investing activities (including potential acquisitions) or financing activities. Specific
economic trends, such as declines in the demand for cyber security, or softness in corporate information
technology spending, could have an even more direct, and harmful, impact the Group’s business, results of
operations, financial condition and prospects.
The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic
conditions, financial markets and the Group’s business, operating results and financial condition.
The Group is a multinational company headquartered in Cambridge, United Kingdom with worldwide operations,
including significant business operations in Europe. Following a national referendum and enactment of legislation
by the government of the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom formally withdrew from the European Union and
ratified a trade and cooperation agreement governing its future relationship with the European Union. The
agreement, which is being applied provisionally from January 1, 2021 until it is ratified by the European
Parliament and the Council of the European Union, addresses trade, economic arrangements, law enforcement,
judicial cooperation and a governance framework including procedures for dispute resolution, among other things.
Because the agreement merely sets forth a framework in many respects and will require complex additional
bilateral negotiations between the United Kingdom and the European Union as both parties continue to work on
the rules for implementation, significant political and economic uncertainty remains about how the precise terms
of the relationship between the parties will differ from the terms before withdrawal.
These developments, or the perception that any related developments could occur, have had and may continue to
have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and financial markets, and could significantly reduce
global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets.
Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings have been and may continue to be subject to increased
market volatility. Lack of clarity about future United Kingdom laws and regulations as the United Kingdom
determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate could increase costs could depress economic
activity and restrict the Group’s access to capital. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the
Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
The Group faces exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
The proportion of revenues generated in local currency in international contracts versus the costs denominated in
local currency for the Group’s operations may affect the Group’s results of operations when each converted to
U.S. dollars. Therefore, fluctuations of the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may affect the Group’s
results of operations. The Group may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option
contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
23
Part 2
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
1.
GENERAL
Investors should only rely on the information in any final Prospectus published by the Company. No person
has been authorised to give any information or to make any representations in connection with the Group,
other than those contained in this Registration Document and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorised by or on behalf of the Company or its
Directors or its shareholders. The delivery of this Registration Document does not create any implication
that there has been no change in the business or affairs of the Group since the date of this Registration
Document or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
In accordance with Prospectus Rule 2.2.2, were the Company in due course to issue a Prospectus, such Prospectus
would contain details of any material change or recent development relating to the Group since the date hereof.
The contents of this Registration Document are not to be construed as legal, business or tax advice. The reader
should consult his or her own lawyer, independent adviser or tax adviser for legal, financial or tax advice. The
reader must rely on their own examination, analysis and enquiry of the Company, including the merits and risks
involved.
This Registration Document is not intended to provide the basis of any credit or other evaluation and should not
be considered as a recommendation by any of the Company or Directors, its shareholders or any of their
representatives that any recipient of this Registration Document should subscribe for or purchase the Shares.
Prior to making any decision as to whether to subscribe for or purchase the Shares, prospective investors should
read any Prospectus published by the Company.
None of the Company, its Directors or shareholders nor any of their representatives is making any representation
regarding the legality of any investment in the Company or its securities.
2.
PRESENTATION OF HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The historical financial information in this Registration Document has been prepared in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“
IFRS
”). The significant IFRS
accounting policies applied in the financial information of the Group are applied consistently in the historical
financial information in this Registration Document.
3.
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company’s financial year runs from 1 July to 30 June. The historical financial information presented in this
Registration Document consists of consolidated financial information for each of the financial years ended
30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018, and the six months ended 31 December 2020. The consolidated historical financial
information for the Group included in section B of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” is covered by an
accountant’s report, included in section A of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
”. The accountant’s report
was prepared in accordance with the Standards for Investment Reporting issued by the Financial Reporting
Council in the United Kingdom. The historical interim financial information for the six months ended
31 December 2019 is unaudited. Unless otherwise stated, no other financial information presented in this
Registration Document has been audited.
None of the financial information used in this Registration Document has been audited in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (“
U.S. GAAS
”) or auditing standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“
PCAOB
”). In addition, there could be differences
between the Standards for Investment Reporting issued by the Financial Reporting Council in the United
Kingdom and U.S. GAAS or the auditing standards of the PCAOB. Potential investors should consult their own
professional advisers to gain an understanding of the consolidated historical financial information for the Group
included in Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” of this Registration Document and the implications of
differences between the auditing standards noted herein.
24
4.
NON-IFRS FINANCIAL INFORMATION
This Registration Document contains certain financial measures that are not defined or recognised under IFRS,
including EBIT, Adjusted EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as defined below.
These non-IFRS financial measures and other metrics are unaudited and are not measures recognised under IFRS
or any other internationally accepted accounting principles, and prospective investors should not consider such
measures as an alternative to the IFRS measures included in the Group’s historical financial information. The
non-IFRS financial measures and other metrics, each as defined herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures presented by other companies as there are no generally accepted principles governing the calculation of
these measures and the criteria upon which these measures are based can vary from company to company. Even
though the non-IFRS financial measures and other metrics are used by management to assess the Group’s financial
results and these types of measures are commonly used by investors, they have important limitations as analytical
tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of the Group’s position or
results as reported under IFRS. The Directors believe that each of these measures provides useful information with
respect to the performance of the Group’s business and operations.
Unaudited financial measures and other metrics in relation to the Group have been derived from (i) management
accounts for the relevant accounting periods presented; (ii) internal financial reporting systems supporting the
preparation of the Group’s historical financial information contained in Part 9: “
Historical Financial
Information
”; and (iii) the Group’s other business operating systems and records. Management accounts are
prepared using information derived from accounting records used in the preparation of the Group’s historical
financial information contained in Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” but may also include certain other
assumptions and analyses.
EBIT
is a non-IFRS measure defined as the Group’s operating profit or loss.
Adjusted EBIT
is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBIT plus share-based payment charges,
plus certain share option-related employer tax charges.
EBITDA
is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBIT plus depreciation and amortisation.
Adjusted EBITDA
is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBITDA minus appliance
depreciation attributed to cost of sales, plus share-based payment charges and share option-related employer tax
charges.
The Group considers its core operating performance in any period to be that which the Group’s management can
affect in any particular period. The Directors believe that EBIT, Adjusted EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
are key metrics as they allow the Group to evaluate its underlying operating performance by including or
excluding certain items that the Group does not consider indicative of, or that may impair period-to-period
comparability of, its core operating performance. In addition, the Group uses EBIT, Adjusted EBIT, EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA in developing its internal budgets, forecasts and strategic plan, in analysing the effectiveness
of the Group’s business strategies, to evaluate potential acquisitions, in making compensation decisions and in
communications with the Directors concerning the Group’s financial performance.
EBIT, Adjusted EBIT, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. For example, some of
the limitations with respect to Adjusted EBITDA are:
•
it does not reflect the Group’s cash expenditures or future requirements for capital commitments or
contractual commitments;
•
it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, the Group’s working capital needs;
•
it does not reflect the interest expense or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments on the Group’s debt;
•
although depreciation and amortisation are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortised
will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements
for such replacements;
•
it does not reflect any cash income taxes that the Group may be required to pay;
•
it is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in the Group’s income
statement;
25
•
it does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from certain matters the Group consider not
to be indicative of the Group’s ongoing operations; and
•
other companies in the Group’s industry may calculate this measure differently than the Group, thereby
limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.
The table below shows the reconciliation of Adjusted EBIT for each of the periods presented.
Six months ended
Financial Year ended
31 December
30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
(unaudited)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(in $’000)
Operating loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
Share-based payment charges . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
Employer related tax charges
. . . . . . . . . . . .
6,522
(67)
(67)
539
1,016
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
Adjusted EBIT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,451
(16,614)
(14,614)
(28,908)
(37,311)
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
The table below shows the reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented.
Six months ended
Financial Year ended
31 December
30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
(unaudited)
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(in $’000)
Operating loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
Depreciation and amortisation
. . . . . . . . . . .
19,149
14,676
32,925
23,976
13,946
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
EBITDA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14,268
(6,803)
8,022
(12,229)
(26,667)
Appliance depreciation in cost of sales . . . . .
(5,803)
(4,237)
(9,392)
(6,319)
(3,654)
Share-based payment charges . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
Employer related tax charges
. . . . . . . . . . . .
6,522
(67)
(67)
539
1,016
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
Adjusted EBITDA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20,797
(6,175)
8,919
(11,251)
(27,019)
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
–––––––
In addition, the Group regularly reviews a number of operational metrics to evaluate its business, measure its
performance, identify trends affecting its business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.
The Directors believe the following measures are also useful in evaluating the Group’s operating performance:
•
Annualised recurring revenue
•
Net ARR added
•
One-year gross ARR churn
•
Net ARR retention rate
•
Average contract ARR
•
Number of customers
•
RPO
in each case, as described more fully below.
Annualised Recurring Revenue:
The Group’s Annualised Recurring Revenue (“
ARR
”) is a non-IFRS financial measure that the Group defines as
the sum of all ARR for its customers as of the measurement date. The ARR for each customer is the annual
committed subscription value of each order booked for which it will be entitled to recognise revenue, assuming
the customer continues to renew all contracted subscriptions. For example, a contract for $3.0 million with a
contractual term of three years would have ARR of $1.0 million, as long as the customer remains contractually
committed. In the small number of cases where a customer has an opt-out within six months of entering a contract,
the Group does not recognise ARR on that contract until after that opt-out period has passed.
26
Net ARR Added:
Net ARR added is a non-IFRS measure defined as new customer ARR added in a period, plus the net impact of
upsell, downsell, and churn activity in the existing customer base in that period.
One-Year Gross ARR Churn Rate:
One-year gross ARR churn rate is a non-IFRS financial measure that the Group defines as the ARR value of
customers lost from the existing customer cohort one year prior to the measurement date, divided by the total ARR
value of that existing customer cohort one year prior to the measurement date. This churn rate reflects only
customer losses and does not reflect customer expansions or contractions.
Net ARR Retention Rate:
Net ARR retention rate is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the current ARR value for all customers that
were customers one year prior to the measurement date, divided by their ARR one year prior to the measurement
date. This retention rate does reflect customer losses, expansions, and contractions.
Average Contract ARR:
Average contract ARR is a non-IFRS financial measure that is defined as the total ARR at the measurement date
divided by the number of customers at that measurement date.
Number of Customers:
Number of customers is an operating metric defined as the count of the contracting entities that are generating
ARR at the measurement date.
RPO:
RPO is a non-IFRS financial measure that represents committed revenue backlog. RPO is calculated by summing
all committed customer contract ARR values that have not yet been recognised as revenue, valued at the exchange
rates on the last day of the reporting period. Actual revenue recognised may differ, primarily because of the
application of actual exchange rates at the dates of revenue recognition.
5.
CURRENCY PRESENTATION
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars”, “USD” or “$” are to the lawful currency of the United
States and the Group prepares its financial statements in U.S. dollars. All references in this Registration Document
to “sterling”, “pounds sterling”, “GBP”, “£”, or “pence” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom. All
references in this Registration Document to “Euro” or “€” are to the lawful currency of 19 out of 27 members of
the European Union.
The following table sets out, for the periods set forth below, the high, low, average and period-end Bloomberg
Composite Rate expressed as pound sterling per $1.00. The Bloomberg Composite Rate is a “best market”
calculation, in which, at any point in time, the composite bid rate is equal to the highest bid rate of all currently
active, contributed, bank indications, and the composite ask rate is equal to the lowest ask rate offered by these
same bank indications. The Bloomberg Composite Rate is a mid-value rate between the composite bid rate and
the composite ask rate. The rates may differ from the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated
historical financial information and other financial information appearing in this Registration Document.
The average rate for a year, a month, or for any shorter period, means the average of the final daily Bloomberg
Composite Rates during that year, month, or shorter period, as the case may be.
Period (Year/Month)
Period end
Average
High
Low
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
(GBP per $1.00)
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7846
0.7500
0.7991
0.6981
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7538
0.7838
0.8292
0.7504
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7324
0.7797
0.8656
0.7324
January 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7297
0.7332
0.7394
0.7282
February 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7172
0.7211
0.7328
0.7091
March 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7247
0.7216
0.7292
0.7158
April 2021 (to 9 April 2021) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7296
0.7249
0.7296
0.7193
Source: Bloomberg
27
6.
ROUNDINGS
Certain data in this Registration Document, including financial, statistical, and operating information has been
rounded. As a result of the rounding, the totals of data presented in this Registration Document may vary slightly
from the actual arithmetic totals of such data. Percentages in tables have been rounded and accordingly may not
add up to 100%.
7.
MARKET, ECONOMIC AND INDUSTRY DATA
The Group uses market data and industry forecasts in this Registration Document. Certain market data and certain
industry forecasts used in this Registration Document were obtained from internal surveys, reports and studies,
where appropriate, as well as market research, publicly available information and industry publications. While the
Directors believe the third-party information included therein to be as reliable as forward looking information can
be, the Company has not independently verified such third-party information.
Where third-party information has been used in this Registration Document, the source of such information has
been identified. Where the Group has relied upon internally developed estimates, the information is identified as
Company estimates or beliefs. All other market and industry information in this Registration Document is
extracted from Forrestor (2020), Capgemini (2019), Gartner (2020), McKinsey (2019) and such other sources as
have been duly identified throughout the Registration Document.
The Group does not intend, and does not assume any obligation, to update industry or market data set forth in this
Registration Document. Because market behaviour, preferences and trends are subject to change, prospective
investors should be aware that market and industry information in this Registration Document and estimates based
on any data therein may not be reliable indicators of future market performance or the Group’s future results of
operations.
The Company confirms that all such data sourced from third parties contained in this Registration Document has
been accurately reproduced and, as far as the Company is aware and is able to ascertain from information
published by that third party, no facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate
or misleading.
8.
SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
The Company has been incorporated under English law. Service of process upon Directors and officers of the
Company may be difficult to obtain within the United States. In addition, since most directly owned assets of the
Group are outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against it may not be collectible
within the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability of certain civil liabilities under U.S. federal
securities laws in original actions in English courts, and, subject to certain exceptions and time limitations,
English courts will treat a final and conclusive judgment of a U.S. court for a liquidated amount as a debt
enforceable by fresh proceedings in the English courts.
9.
NO INCORPORATION OF WEBSITE INFORMATION
The contents of the Company’s website do not form part of this Registration Document.
10.
DEFINITIONS AND GLOSSARY
Certain terms used in this Registration Document, including all capitalised terms and certain technical and other
items, are defined and explained in Part 11: “
Definitions and Glossary
”.
11.
INFORMATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS REGISTRATION DOCUMENT
No person has been authorised to give any information or make any representation other than those contained in
this Registration Document and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been so authorised. Neither the delivery of this Registration Document nor any subscription or sale made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of
the Company since the date of this Registration Document or that the information in this Registration Document
is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.
28
12.
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Registration Document includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve
known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Group’s control and all of which are
based on the Directors’ current beliefs and expectations about future events. These forward-looking statements can
be identified by the use of terminology such as, “aims”, “anticipates”, “assumes”, “believes”, “budgets”, “could”,
“contemplates”, “continues”, “estimates”, “expects”, “intends”, “may”, “plans”, “predicts”, “projects”,
“schedules”, “seeks”, “shall”, “should”, “targets”, “would”, “will” or, in each case, their negative or other
variations or comparable terminology. They appear in a number of places throughout this Registration Document
and include statements regarding the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the Directors or the Group
concerning, among other things, the results of operations, financial condition, prospects, growth, strategies, and
dividend policy of the Group and the industry in which it operates. In particular, the statements under the headings
“
Risk Factors
”, “
Business
” and “
Operating and Financial Review
” regarding the Company’s strategy and other
future events or prospects are forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking statements and other statements contained in this Registration Document regarding
matters that are not historical facts involve predictions. No assurance can be given that such future results will be
achieved; actual events or results may differ materially as a result of risks and uncertainties facing the Group.
Such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under the heading
“
Risk Factors
”, including changes in economic conditions, the Group’s competitive environment, the Group’s
ability to execute its strategies, as well as other factors within and beyond the Group’s control that may affect its
planned strategies and operational initiatives including actions taken by counterparties.
The following include some but not all of the factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially
from the anticipated results or events:
•
The Group could be negatively impacted by the failure of its systems or compromise of its data, through
cyber attack, cyber intrusion, insider threats or otherwise.
•
If the Group is unable to develop and enhance its platform to adapt to the increasingly sophisticated nature
of cyber attacks, it could negatively impact the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition
and prospects.
•
The Group may be unable to develop and enhance its platform to meet the changing cyber protection
demands of its customers.
•
Actual, possible or perceived defects or vulnerabilities in the Group’s platform, the failure of the Group’s
platform to respond to a cyber attack or the misuse of the Group’s platform could harm the Group’s
reputation and divert resources.
•
The Group’s artificial intelligence algorithms may not operate properly or as expected which could
detrimentally impact its platform’s effectiveness.
•
The Group may face reputational risk arising out of unlawful, and allegedly unlawful, activities in
connection with the sale of Autonomy Corporation plc and related matters.
•
The Group may face potential liability arising out of its historic funding by Invoke.
•
The Group may face potential liability arising out of unlawful, and allegedly unlawful, activities in
connection with the sale of Autonomy and related matters.
•
The Group has incurred losses each year since inception and may not become profitable in the future.
•
The Group may not be able to sustain its revenue growth rate in the future, which may have an adverse
impact on investor sentiment.
By their nature, forward-looking statements are based upon a number of estimates and assumptions that, whilst
considered reasonable by the Company are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive
uncertainties and contingencies. Known and unknown factors could cause actual results to differ materially from
those indicated, expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that
forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance.
29
The forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Document speak only as at the date of this
Registration Document. Subject to the requirements of the Prospectus Rules, the DTRs, the Listing Rules, the
Market Abuse Regulation or applicable law, the Directors, the Company and the Group explicitly disclaim any
intention or obligation or undertaking to publicly release the result of any revisions to any forward-looking
statements made in this Registration Document that may occur due to any change in the Directors’, the Company’s
or the Group’s expectations or to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Registration Document.
30
Part 3
DIRECTORS, SECRETARY, REGISTERED AND HEAD OFFICE AND ADVISERS
Directors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gordon Hurst (
Independent Chair
)
Poppy Gustafsson OBE (
Chief Executive Officer
)
Catherine Graham (
Chief Financial Officer
)
Vanessa Colomar (
Non-Executive Director
)
Stephen Shanley (
Non-Executive Director
)
Johannes Sikkens (
Non-Executive Director
)
Lord Willetts (
Independent Non-Executive Director
)
Paul Harrison (
Independent Non-Executive Director
)
Sir Peter Bonfield (
Independent Non-Executive Director
)
Company Secretary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Richard Eaton
Registered office of the Company
. . . .
Maurice Wilkes Building
St John’s Innovation Park, Cowley Road
Cambridge
CB4 0DS
Latham & Watkins (London) LLP
99 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 3XF
Auditor and reporting accountant
. . .
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square
London
EC2A 1AG
English and U.S. legal advisers to the
Company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Part 4
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Evolution of the cyber security software industry to date
All organisations with a digital footprint now face significant risks from cyber crime. For private sector
organisations, these include financial risks from theft or extortion; business risks from the theft of IP and
commercially sensitive data and reputational risks from being perceived as poor custodians of customer, citizen
or personal data. For governments, cyber crime also poses significant risk to the health, safety and security of
individuals. Recent attacks have shown the ability for cyber criminals to disrupt critical social infrastructure such
as communications networks, healthcare, energy, or transport networks. For example, whilst the UK’s National
Health Service estimated the financial cost of the 2017 WannaCry attack to be GBP 92.0 million,
1
the attack also
led to the cancellation of thousands of patient appointments and the temporary closure of a number of accident
and emergency departments.
2
In this context, all types of organisation are demanding ever more resilient and sophisticated security solutions to
meet evolving threats. Organisations cannot try to turn back the clock on how they digitally interact with their
employees, customers and other stakeholders without harming their effectiveness and competitiveness.
Point solution (“
Point Solution
”) products, which narrowly approach the cyber problem by, for example,
protecting only the organisation’s perimeter against specific and common threats, still dominate the market. Such
threats include, for example: malware (such as viruses, worms, and spyware); phishing and social
engineering techniques (such as emails asking users to access links or disclose confidential data) and web
application attacks. Such Point Solution products often offer defences only based on what has been learned from
previous attacks – both by checking against known malware identifiers, but also offering rules and signature based
checks to counter attacks.
These traditional Point Solution products that defend the perimeter of an organisation are expected to remain an
important part of cyber security for many years to come, and Darktrace’s products work alongside and in harmony
with such products. The Directors believe that the threat landscape has evolved such that traditional solutions will
not prevent determined cyber criminals from identifying new vulnerabilities and therefore new solutions and
approaches are required. Darktrace’s product platform has therefore been developed to address these
vulnerabilities, which are further described below.
Use of historical data and playbooks
The Directors believe that any cyber defences relying on understanding the methodologies of past attacks have
some fundamental shortcomings. First, sophisticated attackers constantly innovate and the past is not an adequate
predictor of the future. Secondly, the scale and complexity of modern digital estates and their use and integrations
with third parties makes it impractical to inspect every piece of code for a match against something previously
used. Thirdly, there is also often a significant time lag between the emergence of a new attack and the
reconfiguration of defences or provision of a patch to address it.
This time lag is because cyber security vendors must first discover the new attack methodology, reverse engineer
its precise characteristics and then deploy the new protection information across their customer base. Certain
vendors have sought to use machine learning for this discovery – investigation – deployment process to reduce
the time during which the customers are unable to prevent the attack. However, the speed at which a novel attack
is able to propagate once it has breached the perimeter, and assuming inadequate internal protections, means that
even a reduced cycle time remains far too long.
An example of this is the NotPetya malware attack, which spread from one location in Ukraine to impact
thousands of sophisticated and ostensibly well protected organisations globally within a matter of minutes on
27 June 2017. Whilst the existence of the attack was identified quickly, the only short term way to protect against
its effect in the immediate aftermath proved to be powering down and disconnecting computers from networks.
32
1
UK Department of Health & Social Care (2018), “Securing cyber resilience in health and care”
2
UK National Audit Office (2018), Investigation: Wannacry cyber attack and the NHS
Siloed or Overlapping Point Solutions
Traditional Point Solution products were typically developed to address a particular specific type of threat, with
Chief Information Security Officers (“
CISOs
”) seeking out the “best in class” from different vendors. However,
the simultaneous operation of multiple Point Solutions has increased the risk of data overload, making it more
difficult for security operations centres (“
SOCs
”) to triage and analyse alerts.
The industry has attempted to address this challenge in recent years by offering systems that aggregate feeds from
multiple vendors into dashboards that manage workflow and ticketing (more recently referred to as security
information and event management systems (“
SIEMs
”)). However, there still remains a risk both of gaps in
coverage between products, and also overlaps between products generating excess alerts. In addition, given that
the same attack may involve multiple events in different parts of the digital estate – each protected by different
Point Solutions – it remains challenging for SOCs to link actions to identify when a serious attack is taking place
and set an appropriate response.
Some larger platform vendors offer bundled point solutions, which are intended to integrate better with one
another. However, this does not allow for a consistent architecture whereby the machine learning can take full
advantage of analysing all of the raw data in real time, which is critical in combatting cyber attacks. The Directors
therefore believe that CISOs will, however, still continue to desire best in class solutions so as to provide optimal
protection.
Lack of adequate protections within the network
Many traditional Point Solutions have focused on perimeter defences. However, these are being breached on a
regular basis, as attackers assume the credentials and appearance of valid users. According to a Forrester survey,
94% of a sample of executives and cyber security specialists had suffered a notable cyber attack or breach within
the prior 12 months and 77% expected attacks to increase over the coming two years.
3
In addition, 63% of security
experts conceded that it was likely there had been a perimeter compromise they were unaware of in the past year.
4
Whilst the Directors expect that perimeter defences will remain an important part of an organisation’s defences,
particularly against less sophisticated attacks, such defences do not address the risks arising once the perimeter
has been breached. Once an attack has gained a foothold within the network perimeter then it may spread at
machine speed through the organisation’s entire distributed digital infrastructure globally – datacentre, cloud,
CRM, servers, laptops and beyond. Whilst some attacks may result in obvious data theft or destruction, others
might remain dormant for some time until a future event such as a software update. According to Cybersecurity
Insiders, only 30% of businesses feel they are able to detect irregular behaviour in cloud applications and
infrastructure.
5
Various products have evolved to help identify possible attacks taking place within the network perimeter,
including network traffic and analysis (“
NTA
”) and user and entity behaviour analytics (“
UEBA
”) products. The
Directors believe that such products currently available in the market, in contrast to those provided by Darktrace,
however, still typically rely on applying previous attack data and patterns, and therefore suffer from the same
shortcomings as described in connection with other such historic-data driven solutions above.
Labour intensity and attacks at machine speed
Human cyber security teams cannot keep pace with the complexity and volume of attacks. According to
Capgemini, 69% of cyber security specialists do not think they will be able to adequately react to attacks without
employing AI-based solutions in future
6
. Modern attacks may spread across an organisation’s entire digital
ecosystem within seconds. Defences relying on humans to analyse a threat and take decisions are not appropriate
for mitigating this speed of harm. Attackers may time their attacks at weekends, night-times and in holiday periods
so as to benefit from periods subject to less human oversight.
This is why Darktrace has developed its Antigena product, which has the capability to interrupt and neutralise
emerging threats in seconds.
33
3
Forrester (2020), “The Rise of the Business-Aligned Security Executive”
4
Forrester (2020), “The Rise of the Business-Aligned Security Executive”
5
Cybersecurity Insiders (2020), “2020 Insider Threat Report”
6
Capgemini (2019), “Reinventing Cybersecurity in Artificial Intelligence”
Future Trends in the Cyber Security market
The Directors believe that the cyber security market is undergoing a period of rapid evolution given the trends
described below, and that Darktrace’s products are ideally positioned to meet the challenges of this evolving threat
environment.
Well-Resourced and Sophisticated Attackers
Given the potential financial value of stolen data and ransomware attacks, cyber crime offers criminals a
significant financial opportunity. It is therefore increasingly organised and well-resourced, rather than a fringe
activity. In addition, hostile state actors focused on data theft, disruption and misinformation have significant
resources at their disposal. According to Forrester, 88% of companies expect attacks using AI to become
commonplace.
7
Well-resourced cyber criminals are therefore increasingly using state-of-the-art hacking techniques and tools,
increasingly including automation and AI, to carry out malicious intrusions. For example, on 5 January 2021, US
government agencies issued a joint statement that they believed that a Russian-origin Advanced Persistent Threat
actor was responsible for a high profile cyber attack against SolarWinds (a US network management software
vendor with US government agencies as customers) with the intention of gathering intelligence
8
. The group
responsible for the attack used a compromised Microsoft Office 365 account to breach SolarWinds’ network and
plant malicious code into a patch for SolarWinds’ Orion software. This patch was then downloaded by some
18,000 businesses and government agencies.
Zero Day Attacks
The ever increasing complexity of operating systems, browsers and applications makes it harder for software
providers to entirely eradicate vulnerabilities. A “zero-day attack” exploits a weakness within a piece of software
or application that is either unknown, or for which a patch has not yet been released. The plethora of different
applications which are now commonplace in the workplace exacerbates the challenge of identifying such attacks,
and in addition the financial cost of making updates to software and appliances may mean that organisations
persist longer than advisable with vulnerabilities.
Cyber security approaches that rely on an understanding of past and known attack methodologies may struggle to
identify and remediate zero-day attacks, as by definition these target previously unknown defects. According to
Ponemon Institute, 80% of organisations which suffered a successful endpoint attack believe they were
compromised by a zero-day attack in 2019.
9
Changes in data storage and access
The rapid growth in the use of public cloud services, remote and hybrid working patterns; and the increasing
connectedness of OT systems, are further complicating defences against malicious attacks.
As applications and data shift to the cloud, this replaces traditional defence perimeters. In a traditional on-premise
(“
on-prem
”) IT data centre, the company understands where its critical and sensitive data resides and has control
of the legitimate flow of data in and out of its perimeter. In the cloud environment, however, data may move in
and out of an organisation’s perimeter more freely, as users access data stored in offsite locations, perhaps in
different countries and involving more than one cloud provider or storage facility. This trend is expected to
continue, with end-user spending on public cloud services forecast to grow by 18.4% in 2021.
10
It generally
remains the cloud customers’ responsibility to ensure the security of its data in the cloud environment,
notwithstanding that the cloud service provider maintains the underlying data infrastructure.
The increase in remote and hybrid working patterns, accelerated by the COVID-19 pandemic, is leading to a
significant increase in network access from remote locations via the internet. In order to allow employees to carry
out their jobs effectively, data that previously was only accessible on-prem, has been opened up to remote users.
At remote locations, employees may access their organisations via Wi-Fi and insecure domestic networks to which
34
7
Forrester (2020), “The Emergence of Offensive AI”
8
9
Ponemon Institute (2020), “The Third Annual Study on the State of Endpoint Security Risk”
10
Gartner
(2020),
“Gartner
Forecasts
Worldwide
Public
Cloud
End-User
Spending
to
Grow
18%
in
2021,
grow-18-percent-in-2021
many other devices, with varying levels of security, may be connected. Such devices may include smartphones
and tablets, but also those forming IoT, for example; televisions and domestic appliances. The global number of
IoT-connected devices is forecast to approximately triple between 2018 and 2023.
11
In addition, whilst service industries rely on IT environments, organisations managing industrial processes or
infrastructure also rely on OT. OT is also increasingly embracing IoT, with smart manufacturing allowing internet
access to a very wide range of manufacturing systems and devices, often supplied by third parties, and sometimes
using old communication protocols. Many cyber security tools have been designed for the IT environment, and
therefore may not be best suited to counter risks in the OT environment. In addition, the IT and OT realms are
increasingly linked, raising the risk that a breach in one realm will reach into the other. A 2019 survey found that
77% of people in relevant critical infrastructure roles view the increasing links between IT and OT as a challenge
for managing their OT security.
12
Each of these factors have led to a significant increase in the number, location, and security of access points that
can be targeted by malicious attackers. According to Forrester, only 53% of security experts feel that their
company has a complete view of its whole attack surface.
13
Shortage of cyber security professionals
The proliferation of attacks and their increased complexity have led to a material workforce gap, with over 50%
of cyber analysts considering themselves overwhelmed according to Capgemini
14
. It is estimated that the number
of unfilled cyber security positions will grow to 3.5 million by 2021
15
. This further increases the vulnerability of
organisations to the growing threat environment. According to a survey conducted by ISC2 in 2019, 51% of cyber
security professionals say their organisation is at moderate or extreme risk due to a cyber security staff shortage
16
.
As a result, organisations are seeking more efficient, less labour intensive security products such as AI-driven,
automated software.
Summary and Use of AI in Cyber Security
In light of the above-described trends, the Directors believe that organisations are increasingly recognising the
need to devote resources into new defence solutions which can successfully address the threat of unpredictable
novel attacks, identify and counter attackers once they are within the organisation’s digital perimeter and respond
to attacks within a timescale that prevents material harm.
In light of this, organisations are increasingly acknowledging that the solutions to these challenges will be AI. This
is because an AI application that identifies and analyses all the relevant contextual data in the client’s entire digital
ecosystem, not just data historically associated with information security, will increase the likelihood of
identifying unusual activity that could indicate the presence of a threat. In addition, once such a threat has been
identified, an AI product that is able to link this up with other alerts elsewhere in the ecosystem and offer
automated remedial action at machine speed will greatly reduce the risk of a harmful outcome for the organisation.
The Directors believe that the Darktrace platform provides the ideal solution to address the shortcomings of
traditional cyber security solutions, and address the highly sophisticated threat landscape, using its AI technology.
Capitalise on growth in the overall market
The Group approaches its total addressable market (“
TAM
”) opportunity in several ways. Darktrace’s AI platform
can be applied to companies of almost all sizes, across all sectors and geographies and is complementary to
traditional security solutions likely already used by prospective customers. As a result, the Group approaches its
TAM both by using a bottom-up approach based on addressable global companies and their potential adoption of
Darktrace’s offering, as well as a top-down approach based on the overall cyber security market size.
35
11
McKinsey (2019), “Growing opportunities in the Internet of Things” citing Gartner (2017), “Forecast: Internet of Things – Endpoints
and Associated Services, Worldwide”
12
ARC Advisory Group / Kaspersky (2019), “The State of Industrial Cybersecurity”
13
Forrester (2020), “The Rise of the Business-Aligned Security Executive”
14
Capgemini (2019), “Reinventing Cybersecurity in Artificial Intelligence”
15
The 2019/2020 Official Annual Cybersecurity Jobs Report
16
(ISC)2 (2019), “Strategies for Building and Growing Strong Cybersecurity Teams, Cybersecurity Workforce Study, 2019”
The Group estimates that its current bottom-up TAM amounts to approximately $40 billion, reflecting a
substantial global greenfield opportunity for Darktrace to capitalise on in order to sustain its strong growth. The
bottom-up TAM is derived by multiplying the Group’s ARR of $236 million in the financial year ended 30 June
2020 by the following factors:
•
37.5x to reflect 150,000 addressable companies, being those that have more than 250 employees globally
compared to Darktrace’s roughly 4,000 customers as of 30 June 2020 (addressable global companies based
on OECD, Eurostat, US Bureau of Labor Statistics, and UK Office for National Statistics, excluding China
and Russia)
•
2x to reflect the cross-sell opportunity within Darktrace’s existing product offering
•
1.5x to reflect the up-sell opportunity to deploy the Group’s products across the entire digital estate of its
customers; and
•
1.5x to reflect the potential adoption of planned future product offerings, including prevention and cyber
compliance as well as self-healing and self-remediating technologies.
The Directors believe that the cyber security industry is in the early days of a significant evolution, as traditional
security approaches can no longer effectively protect organisations from cyber threats on their own. In this
context, the Group also takes into account a top-down TAM approach considering the overall Information Security
and Risk Management market, which Gartner estimates to amount to approximately $125 billion in 2020.
17
The
Information Security and Risk Management market comprises Cloud Security, Network Security Equipment, Data
Security, Integrated Risk Management, Security Services, Infrastructure Protection, Identity Access Management,
Application Security, and Other Information Security Software. Gartner estimates the total market to grow at a
compound annual growth rate of 8.2% from 2019 to 2024 on a constant currency basis.
18
The Directors also believe the Group’s growth opportunities are not only constrained to cyber security markets.
By using its self-learning, autonomous AI technology, Darktrace can address use cases beyond cyber security.
Whilst the deployment of AI has been mostly focused on the consumer space until now (e.g. Apple, Google,
Facebook), the Directors believe that the broader Enterprise AI market will provide significant additional growth
opportunities in the future.
Further information on the Company’s products is set out in Part 5: “
Business
”.
36
17
Gartner (2020), “Gartner Forecasts Worldwide Security and Risk Management Spending Growth to Slow but Remain Positive in 2020”,
18
Gartner
(2020),
“Forecast:
Information
Security
and
Risk
Management,
Worldwide,
2018-2024,
2Q20
Update”,
Part 5
BUSINESS
Investors should read this section of this Registration Document in conjunction with the more detailed information
contained in this Registration Document, including the financial and other information appearing in “Operating
and Financial Review”. Where stated, financial information in this section of this Registration Document has
been extracted from the Group’s financial information as described in “Presentation of Information”.
1.
OVERVIEW
Darktrace is a world leading provider of AI for the enterprise, with the first at scale deployment of AI in cyber
security. Darktrace is a pioneer of self-learning AI and is at the forefront of autonomous response technology.
Created by mathematicians, the Group’s platform uses machine learning and AI algorithms to neutralise cyber
threats across diverse digital estates, including the cloud and networks, IoT and industrial control systems. The
technology learns self and requires minimal set-up, quickly identifying threats that have breached the perimeter,
including threats exploiting previously unknown vulnerabilities, and threats by insiders and cyber attackers. With
deep expertise in mathematics and machine learning, as well as operational experience defending critical
organisational assets, Darktrace seeks to empower organisations to defend their systems against the most silent
and sophisticated cyber threats.
Darktrace’s innovative technology, its current market position and its strong balance sheet leave the Group well
placed to continue to grow in a rapidly expanding market. The Group currently serves over 4,700 customers in
over 100 countries, with more than 1,500 employees globally. Darktrace is headquartered in Cambridge, UK.
The increasing speed and sophistication of cyber attacks has made it more difficult for traditional security
providers to defend against these attacks. Offensive AI and silent attacks have made it more likely that an attacker
will surpass existing security measures. Organisations are increasingly vulnerable to cyber attacks as a result of
increasingly fragmented and complex digital operations that blur the boundary between the inside and outside of
networks; data explosion and proliferation and overwhelmed security teams. Organisations with traditional
security solutions remain vulnerable to attacks. Approximately 74% of Darktrace’s trial deployments in 2020
detected serious vulnerabilities that very often had evaded other defences and quickly demonstrate to prospective
customers the comprehensive nature of the AI driven technology.
Unlike traditional cyber security methods, Darktrace’s Cyber AI Platform learns the normal operations of an
individual customer and continuously adapts to change. Because the technology understands self, it identifies
when an emerging threat develops in any part of the digital estate and autonomously responds to it by enforcing
normal operations. The Cyber AI Platform utilises self-learning technology, not pre-programmed rules and
signatures, enabling the ability to identify zero day attacks, which exploit vulnerabilities before they can be fixed.
Darktrace’s Cyber AI Platform can protect across an entire organisation and provide holistic visibility with
proportionate responses at machine speed. Beyond the speed of detection and response that the Cyber AI
Platform’s advanced technology employs, from the customer’s perspective the output is displayed simply, in an
easy to understand format. The Cyber AI Platform’s average set up time is one hour and the machine learning
gains visibility through software sensors that analyse raw, real-time data.
Darktrace spans the digital business, providing overarching capabilities critical to a complete, continuous security
platform. The Darktrace Cyber AI Platform can provide protection throughout the workforce, infrastructure and
industrial side of a business, offering a fully automated solution with three main areas of focus: (i) self-learning
detection, (ii) automated investigation and (iii) autonomous response.
The Enterprise Immune System and Industrial Immune System use self-learning AI technology to spot the subtle
signals of sophisticated attacks and do not rely on traditional rules and signatures to help detect attacks and defend
against them. The Cyber AI Analyst product augments human cyber security teams, by automatically triaging,
interpreting and reporting on security incidents. The Directors believe Darktrace Antigena is the first solution to
use autonomous response to interrupt detected attacks.
The Group’s next phase of product development will focus on prevention and cyber compliance using automated
penetration testing and cyber hygiene compliance, as well as self-healing and self-remediating technologies. In
collaboration, these products will offer a closed loop AI platform that can operate at machine speed.
37
The Group’s revenue increased from $79.4 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to $137.0 million in
the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and $199.1 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, an increase
of 72.5% and 45.3% respectively. The Group’s revenue increased from $91.1 million in the six months ended
31 December 2019 to $126.5 million in the six months ended 31 December 2020, an increase of 38.9%. The
Group’s operating loss decreased from $40.6 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to $36.2 million in
the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and $24.9 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020 as the Group
achieved economies of scale, primarily in sales and marketing. The Group’s operating loss decreased from
$21.5 million in the six months ended 31 December 2019 to $4.9 million in the six months ended 31 December
2020. Over the last year the business has grown substantially. In the six months ended 31 December 2020, the
Group recorded total RPO of $612.3 million, which is an increase of $156.6 million, or 34% over the six months
ended 31 December 2019.
2.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Directors believe that the Group benefits from the following competitive strengths:
Leading AI platform in enterprise computing with first application in cyber security
The Group is at the forefront of introducing autonomous self-learning technology through its AI immune system
approach. The AI immune system approach is self-learning and continuously evolving, understanding clouds,
networks, endpoints, users and their interactions. The Directors believe that this powerful technology will have
many applications across a variety of sectors. Given the limitations of traditional technology in the cyber security
sphere that is underscored by public security breaches of governments and large corporations, the Group has
focused the first application of this technology in cyber security. The AI immune system approach focuses on
understanding a customer’s business itself, rather than using signature or rule-based approaches based on
historical attack data or predictions, which are often employed by traditional perimeter-focused security solutions
attempting to integrate AI. Through an understanding of a customer’s business, the platform can detect aberrations
to an individual customer’s normal digital operating state thus providing a revolutionary security production,
complementary to traditional perimeter-focused security approaches, and can neutralise threats across digital
businesses that would otherwise go unnoticed. In addition to current and planned cyber security innovations, the
Group’s technology has substantial potential beyond cyber by introducing AI throughout enterprise IT.
At the forefront of the next evolutionary wave in the cyber security industry
Digital businesses are often fragmented and involve complex IT estates. With the rise of Cloud and IoT, and the
proliferation of data, the boundaries of IT networks are increasingly blurred. This increasing scope and complexity
has left traditional perimeter-focused security approaches struggling to keep up and enterprises vulnerable to
attacks, evidenced by the cyber infiltration of 80% of Fortune 500 companies
19
. Darktrace’s innovative technology
is leading the next evolutionary wave to combat increasingly complex and aggressive threats by upending
traditional limitations through a fundamentally different approach. The Darktrace Enterprise Immune System uses
advanced AI technology to understand the “normal” of an organisation as the basis of security, recognising normal
interactions for the individual business and responding at machine speed to abnormal interactions. Instead of
securing perimeters, this understanding of “normal” cuts across an organisation’s fragmented and complex IT
estates, understanding the normal interactions between each component part and responding when an individual
system’s normal is disturbed. Darktrace’s cloud-native AI technology incorporates unsupervised machine learning
and deep learning capabilities driving Darktrace’s scalable, self-learning and constantly adapting technology.
Darktrace’s technology autonomously detects and responds to anomalies at machine speed, intending to identify
as early as possible.
The leading autonomous cyber security AI products, with ability autonomously to detect, respond and
investigate threats
Darktrace’s AI platform is comprehensive, underlying a broad range of solutions that incorporate self-learning
detection, autonomous response, and automated investigation capabilities. This broad range combines multiple
products on one unified, simple to use platform, providing full visibility, via a customisable dashboard, into an
organisation’s digital estate. In addition, the platform’s breadth creates a defensive capability as it uses broad
access enterprise data to continuously to improve its capabilities. Darktrace’s key product families include:
•
Enterprise Immune System:
Darktrace’s flagship AI technology solution, with individual Enterprise and
Industrial focused products, provides self-learning technology for detecting cyber-threats and vulnerabilities.
38
19
Forrester (2020), “The Rise of the Business-Aligned Security Executive”
•
Darktrace
Antigena:
self-learning technology autonomously responding to network and email cyber-threats
and vulnerabilities, at machine-speed with targeted and proportionate responses.
•
Cyber AI Analyst:
automatically triages, interprets and reports on a broad scope of security incidents,
addressing a shortage of cyber professionals by augmenting human cyber security teams.
The Darktrace platform spans the entire digital estate, from the workforce, including email, Software as a Service
(“
SaaS
”) applications and endpoints, to infrastructure, including on-premise, hybrid and cloud networks, to
industrial settings, including OT and IoT. Darktrace’s broad approach stands in contrast to traditional siloed
solutions which create perimeters around specific components, historically often leaving exploitable gaps in
protection.
Differentiated sales model and strong value proposition for customers and partners drive rapid new customer
growth and long-term customer relationships
The Group’s business model, high quality security platform and the user-friendly interface of this platform have
enabled the Group to build a strong brand and loyal customer base for its AI platform. Darktrace’s primary
approach to acquire new customers is through the Proof of Value (“
POV
”) trials of its technology. POVs require
limited scoping and minimal set-up, and thus can demonstrate Darktrace’s substantial value proposition to
potential customers normally within the trial period. POVs form the basis of a highly replicable and scalable sales
approach, revealing to prospective customers’ security issues, driving rapid purchasing processes. In 2020,
approximately 74% of POVs identified serious vulnerabilities in a prospective customer’s digital estate, providing
a clear demonstration of Darktrace’s value proposition.
The majority of the Group’s sales are generated by its direct sales personnel. The Group relies heavily on its direct
sales personnel to promote its platform, and as such, prefers a “home-grown” approach to training its employees,
primarily hiring new graduates. Darktrace’s sales team consists of energetic graduate hires from top universities
with strong academic qualifications. The sales team is trained and developed over time. The Directors believe
customers appreciate the drive and clarity of the sales team. Channel partners, including resellers and system
integrators, supplement the direct sales force, further driving customer base expansion.
The impact of Darktrace’s unique AI platform and sales approach has resulted in a rapidly expanding customer
base and long-term customer relationships. This customer base includes customers across all industries and
organisations of all sizes, and the Group’s customers have increased by a compound annual growth rate of 53%
between the financial years ended 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2020. Among these customers, Darktrace has become
a trusted partner to multiple blue-chip organisation customers, which grant Darktrace access to their central
corporate computing systems. As of 31 December 2020, the Group had over 4,600 customers, with customers in
more than 100 countries.
Broader adoption of technology platform enables substantial growth opportunities
Darktrace was founded with a philosophy focused on understanding the “self” of the customer’s business. This in
turn enables the Group’s vision of a full “closed loop” approach, already including detection and response, with
remediation and prevention under development. A self-learning, self-healing network that can protect, detect,
defend and heal, benefits from a virtuous cycle in which each component feeds the next. This “closed loop”
approach is the basis for a unique, fully automated cyber security solution. Darktrace believes the value of the
platform and closed loop approach are easily understood by customers, as evidenced by upsells and cross-selling
to existing customers. Customers increasingly purchase products across the entire Darktrace platform, with 81%
of customers in the six months ended 31 December 2020 buying two or more products, up from 27% in the
financial year ended 30 June 2018.
Attractive financial model combining rapid growth at scale, revenue visibility, strong underlying profitability,
and cash generation potential
The Group has an established track record of rapid growth, continuing as the business has scaled, increasing by a
CAGR of 58% annually from the end of the financial year 2018 to the end of the financial year 2020. This growth
is combined with a high level of revenue visibility, driven by a subscription-based revenue model, typically paid
up front, enhancing the predictability and visibility of the Group’s future revenue streams. For the financial years
ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018, as well as the six months ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, substantially
all of the revenue was derived from subscription-based contracts. Revenues are primarily derived from prior
period billings recorded as deferred revenue to be recognised in future periods. Revenue from subscription
agreements is recognised on a deferred basis over the life of the agreement, which average three years. As of
39
31 December 2020, the Group had $612.3 million in RPO, representing revenue contracted but not yet
recognisable.
As an AI-driven technology company, the Group benefits from industry-leading gross margins, in contrast to more
bespoke software companies. In addition, the Group has low overhead costs, with its personnel costs
comparatively low, due to its research and development team being located in Cambridge, UK, a lower-cost
jurisdiction than, for example, Silicon Valley, US. The Group’s highly efficient research and development spend
is also driven by the self-learning nature of its technology, which by design requires less input from engineers to
improve performance. The Group also maintains a cost-efficient distribution model with comparatively lower
sales costs due to the model of hiring and training talented graduates. The relatively low capital needs associated
with the Group’s business model enable strong operating cash flow generation potential.
Experienced management team with strong track record of execution and deep AI expertise
The Group’s management team has significant experience in AI technology, product development, and sales and
marketing. Each member has multiple years of experience in the software and AI industries. The majority of
senior management has been with Darktrace since inception. The experience and energy of the management team
have led the Group through its rapid growth and industry leadership, increasing total customers from
approximately 230 in the financial year ended 30 June 2016 to more than 4,600 in the six months ended
31 December 2020. The Group’s management team has experience working at blue-chip companies such as
Oracle, Quest, 2U, Imperva, and Autonomy, and has been key in attracting and retaining talent from similar
companies. Darktrace has retained its innovation-led, energetic culture since inception, driving high employee
satisfaction.
3.
STRATEGY
The Group has the following key business growth strategies:
Continued focus on innovation to strengthen further existing capabilities, add new capabilities, add new use
cases, and amplify the virtuous cycle of the Group’s “closed loop” strategy
The Group’s next phase of product development is focusing on prevention and cyber compliance using automated
penetration testing and cyber hygiene compliance, as well as self-healing and self-remediating technologies. In
collaboration with Darktrace’s current offerings, these products aim to offer a full, “closed loop” AI platform
operating at machine speed. The individual capabilities of the closed loop expect to amplify each other’s strengths,
leading to an embedded virtuous cycle of self-learning and self-healing technology. In addition, the Group’s
existing products already span a broad spectrum of the digital estate and provide critical security capabilities. The
Group’s products are uniquely positioned to improve over time as a result of the self-learning technology
underpinning the Group’s products. As more data from existing and new customers is fed into the Group’s
AI technology, the products become better at detecting and responding to new threats while adapting to changing
environments. Ever-improving products in turn enable the Group to attract new customers resulting in a virtuous
circle of self-learning technology.
Continue to win new customers, leveraging a highly effective go-to-market strategy, and address a large
greenfield opportunity
The Darktrace AI platform is based on advanced AI technology that detects and responds to attacks other solutions
may not identify. It also offers a simple to set up, simple to use, and easy to understand experience. In addition,
this experience is easy to demonstrate on potential customers’ own systems in a trial period through POVs, which
convert into new customers at a high rate. Based on a combination of energetic sales teams and an impactful POV
sales approach, the Group has a highly effective and differentiated go-to-market strategy with a proven track
record of generating rapid growth in customers. Using this effective go-to-market strategy, Darktrace’s AI
platform can be applied to companies of all sizes, across all sectors and geographies and is complementary to
traditional security solutions likely already present in prospective customers. There is therefore a substantial
global greenfield opportunity in winning new customers.
Drive platform adoption
The Group has a track record of increasing the number of products per customer over time, increasing the
percentage of customers with two or more products from 27% in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to 81%
in the six months ended 31 December 2020. The Group’s multiple products also enable multiple entry points to
win new customers, and further product expansion to complete the “closed loop” will provide additional entry
40
points. The Group has a track record of expanding within existing customers, increasing the number of accounts
with ARR above $100,000 and above $250,000 over time. Additional ARR comes from volume-based
subscription pricing, arising from cross-selling and by increasing the coverage of existing customer estates. As the
Group has expanded, it has been able increase focus on maintaining relationships with its existing customers by
establishing an internal customer success team, providing consistent coverage of top accounts and expecting to
drive substantial upside to net dollar retention rates. The Group aims to use its scale, historical expertise and user
data continuously to find new up-sell and cross-sell opportunities.
Continue to expand globally
The Group has customers in more than 100 countries globally. In the six months ended 31 December 2020, the
Group generated 18.1%, 20.5%, 39.4% and 22.0% of its billings from customers in the UK, Europe (excluding
the UK), the US and Canada, and the rest of the world, respectively. The Directors expect the Group’s operations
in the Americas to grow at a higher rate than in Europe and the rest of the world, even whilst operations in Europe
and the rest of the world are expected to continue to grow at rates that exceed those of the market. The Directors
believe that the Group’s strong footprint in Europe and significant presence in the US, as well as dedicated
customer success team function and channel partners, provide considerable opportunity to grow across all of the
Group’s key geographical regions. As a result, the Group intends to grow the sales teams, particularly in the US,
and continue to invest in marketing and industry events to increase brand awareness.
Apply existing core capabilities to expand technology to additional uses across the enterprise
Darktrace’s AI immune system approach is the first at scale use of AI in the enterprise. While many companies
attempt to integrate AI into their solutions, Darktrace’s AI heritage has driven its technological leadership. The
Group’s first mover advantage is amplified by the virtuous cycle of its self-learning technology improving with
additional data. The Group’s platform is underpinned by cloud-native technology, enabling flexible deployment
of all products across all digital businesses. The Directors believe there is substantial potential to apply its
technology to additional uses across the enterprise, resulting from its unique approach of understanding an
organisation’s “normal”.
4.
HISTORY
Darktrace was founded in Cambridge in 2013 out of a collaboration of cyber experts from various government
intelligence backgrounds and mathematicians who were experts in machine learning. Together, they realised that
mathematics could be applied to protect against cyber security threats, leading to the inception of Darktrace. The
Group was driven by its mission to transform fundamentally the ability of organisations to defend their most
critical assets in the face of rising cyber threats. The Group has experienced rapid uninterrupted growth since
inception and has become one of Europe’s fastest growing technology companies.
In 2014, Darktrace launched its Enterprise Immune System, a fundamental AI technology for OT cyber defence
which works to learn a “pattern of life” for every user, device and controller. The success of this initial offering
earned it the title of “Gartner Cool Vendor” and “World Economic Forum Tech Pioneer” in 2015.
In 2016, Darktrace’s AI offering was bolstered by the launch of the first-ever autonomous response technology,
Darktrace Antigena. This innovation allowed the Enterprise Immune System to react to in-progress cyber attacks
in a precise way, taking the pressure off the security teams working to defend against the attacks. In the same year,
Darktrace expanded to over 230 customers and over 200 employees.
The following year, in 2017, the Group continued to grow and scale, launching its new business unit, Darktrace
Industrial. Darktrace Industrial is dedicated to fighting threats in industrial and SCADA networks, building on a
strong base of customers that use Darktrace AI to protect critical national infrastructure and OT. Darktrace also
expanded to over 800 customers and over 400 employees in 24 offices globally. In the same year, Darktrace raised
£38 million from its Series D fundraising, which increased working capital and was used to grow the business.
In 2018, Darktrace announced its Cloud capability. The Group also opened its current headquarters in Cambridge,
UK, increasing its team to more than 700 employees to accommodate the expansion of its global sales footprint
and customer base of over 1,660 customers across 33 offices globally.
The following year, in 2019, after many years of development the Group launched Cyber AI Analyst. Cyber AI
Analyst offers fully automated threat investigation at machine speed, addressing the shortage of cyber security
professionals needed to meet cyber threats. In the same year, Darktrace launched Antigena Email and expanded
to cover over 2,750 customers, with over 900 employees across 40 offices globally. By the end of 2019, Darktrace
41
ranked 12th in Deloitte UK Technology Fast 50 with a four-year growth rate of 2,446%. In addition to this
ranking, Darktrace has been recognised by the numerous awards it has won. Darktrace is the winner of
“AI Business of the Year” at Lloyd’s Bank National Business Awards in 2019, “Security Innovation of the Year”
at UK IT Industry Awards in 2020, and “Best AI/Machine Learning Provider” at Computing Technology Products
Awards in 2020. Darktrace has also been named in “The Forbes Cloud 100 2020” and “FT 100 Europe’s fastest
Growing Companies 2020.” lists.
For the financial year ended 30 June 2020, Darktrace reported $199.1 million in revenue and its technology was
deployed in more than 100 countries around the world. For the six months ended 31 December 2020, Darktrace
had $612.3 million of RPO and its Cyber AI had investigated over one million security events per week.
The Group’s global footprint continues to grow and now has over 4,700 customers, in over 100 countries and has
over 1,500 employees globally, and has been certified as a Great Place to Work by Great Place to Work UK.
5.
THE CYBER AI PLATFORM
Darktrace’s Cyber AI Platform is the first at scale in the enterprise deployment of AI in cyber security, aiming to
provide complete, continuous and autonomous security. The Cyber AI Platform increases customers’ ability to
protect critical data systems and digital infrastructures enabling them to keep pace with an ever-evolving threat
landscape with limited human resources. Cyber AI is a self-learning technology that is underpinned by data from
varied types of sources and activity that it observes, including cloud systems, networks, devices and industrial
systems data, driven by billions of probability-based calculations. The Darktrace Cyber AI Platform continuously
investigates threats with the speed and scale of AI, reducing triaging time by up to 92% and automatically writing
reports in executive-friendly language. Because the Cyber AI Platform detects threats in real time, it is able to
provide real time responses against these threats.
The Cyber AI Platform comprises the Immune System, Cyber AI Analyst, and Darktrace Antigena. Coverage of
the digital estates spans across clouds, email, endpoints, networks, SaaS applications, IoT, and industrial control
systems.
The Immune System
The Cyber AI Platform offers two variations of the Immune System: the Enterprise Immune System and the
Industrial Immune System. The Enterprise Immune System is a self-learning cyber AI technology that detects
novel attacks and insider threats at an early stage. The system observes users and devices, cloud containers and
workloads to learn what is “normal” for an organisation. The system learns from an organisation’s data, forming
a bespoke and evolving understanding of a business’ digital environment. The system maps and detects threats in
all environments including Windows and Macs, AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, Microsoft 365 including
Exchange, Sharepoint, OneDrive and Teams, Salesforce, Box and many other Saas applications, on-prem and
networks. The latest update, Version 5.0, includes Cyber AI Analyst enhancements, C-sensors and endpoint
visibility, extended SaaS capabilities and one-click integration. This extensive list of coverage enhances the
system’s ability to provide a complete view of an organisation’s entire digital estate.
In an OT environment, the Cyber AI Platform uses the Industrial Immune System, which uses its AI technology
for OT-specific cyber defence. It works by passively learning a “pattern of life” for every user, device and
controller across OT, IT and industrial IoT, allowing it to detect even the subtlest signals of emerging cyber threats
in real time. The product works for radically different technologies and deployment types, from decades old
programmable logic controllers) to distributed sensors and industrial IoT. This allows the self-learning AI to
secure the full range of OT-centric environments and organisations. The system is used extensively across all
industries not limited to but including Energy and Utilities, Manufacturing, Oil and Gas and Maritime.
The systems analyse raw and real-time data throughout the cloud, SaaS, networks, clients, industrial/IoT and
email. The system then uses a combination of unsupervised, supervised and deep machine learning to detect
threats in real time. This self-learning approach uses a threat classifier along with user, device, peer group,
network and application/process modelling to detect threats. After this detection phase, Darktrace uses the
Darktrace Antigena and Cyber AI Analyst to respond instantaneously.
Darktrace Antigena
Darktrace Antigena uses Autonomous Response, believed to be the world’s first solution to use AI to target and
interrupt cyber attacks by enforcing normal business operations. The Directors believe Darktrace Antigena is the
only solution that can interrupt attacks at machine speed and with precision, even if the threat is targeted or
42
entirely unknown. Unlike legacy defences, Antigena can deliver an intelligent autonomous response because its
actions are grounded in Darktrace’s core AI engine where decisions are made in real time, aware of subtle
deviations that reveal novel or targeted attacks and continuously evolving based on dynamic observation of
attacks as they unfold. Its actions are informed by a correlation of patterns across the digital environment. Unlike
traditional methods which utilise single data points, Darktrace Antigena’s actions are based on a deep
understanding of each particular organisation.
Antigena Email uses Darktrace’s core artificial intelligence to stop advanced email threats, intervening to protect
employees from threats targeting an inbox. The product does not analyse emails in isolation and instead
continuously updates its understanding of the inbox for every sender and recipient in the context of the wider
organisation. The unique advantage of the cloud-native AI is that it understands the individual user and treats users
as dynamic individuals and peers, not mere email addresses. It does not rely on rules or historical attack data and
instead analyses inbound, outbound and lateral emails. By treating recipients as dynamic individuals and peers,
Antigena Email is able to stop the full range of targets threatening the inbox from advanced spear phishing and
supply chain attacks to spoofing and solicitation and employee account takeover.
6.
TECHNOLOGY ARCHITECTURE
The Group has numerous key technologies underpinning its Cyber AI Platform, including: self-learning, Cyber AI
algorithm development, Cyber AI Analyst technology and autonomous response technology. The Directors
believe that these fundamental technologies set the Group apart from others in the market and the thousands of
customer digital estates it has learned over years provide the Group with a significant first mover advantage
fuelled by more deployments and more data.
Self-Learning
Self-learning is critical because, unlike supervised approaches, it does not require labelled training data. Instead
it is able to identify key patterns and trends in the data, without the need for human input. The Group uses unique
self-learning algorithms to analyse enterprise data at scale, and make billions of probability-based calculations
based on the evidence that it sees. Instead of relying on knowledge of past threats, it independently classifies data
and detects compelling patterns. From this, it forms an understanding of “normal” behaviours across the
infrastructure, pertaining to devices, users, or cloud containers and sensors, and detects deviations from this
evolving “pattern of life” that may point to a developing threat.
Darktrace complements its core self-learning with other techniques including deep learning, clustering, and
supervised machine learning.
For example, its Enterprise Immune System uses self-learning AI to learn normal
patterns and it also utilises deep learning that uses the cascading interactions of layered mathematical processes –
known as neural nets – to give intelligent systems a higher degree of insight. Multi-layered neural nets can
improve the detection and remediation of certain threats, for example, in the identification of DNS anomalies,
which are less effectively tracked by other machine learning methods. Darktrace clusters devices into peer groups,
based on its own understanding of how those devices behave, and uses some supervised learning to uncover
sequences of breaches, unusual patterns, or to detect aberrant activity at a higher, more holistic level.
Cyber AI Algorithm Development
The technology works by ingesting data from diverse sources across the organisation and feeding it into machine
learning algorithms which are each applied to every user and device in an organisation. The algorithms each have
different strengths / weaknesses with respect to different data features, and operate in competition with each other
to deliver the best model of normal behaviour for each user and device in the organisation. In order to determine
which algorithms to listen to at any given moment, Darktrace uses a unique implementation of Recursive
Bayesian Estimation, which leverages probability theory to act as a smart-thresholding filter that contextually
weights and rescores the outputs from all of the machine learning detectors in light of their previous performance
for a given data feature on a given entity. The classifiers learn how well each detector is working in any given
situation and adjusts every anomaly score up or down accordingly. This acts like a veteran analyst giving feedback
to the Cyber AI Platform so that the various strengths of the machine learning techniques can be harnessed in
different situations
While all of the layers of mathematics in Enterprise Immune System include intellectual property and some
advances in the underlying theory, it is the classifiers that represent one of Darktrace’s key inventions. The
classifiers are based on a building block of ideas from Bayesian belief modelling, allowing Darktrace to embrace
the widest variety of detector approaches, and keep them truly self-learning without needing to revert to a legacy
approach and pre-configure the system with assumptions or business logic regarding people, processes, or
43
devices. This unique approach establishes a highly accurate and evolving “pattern of life” for every user and
device and all the complex relationships between them and is especially resilient and often uniquely helpful in
visualising and threat hunting within messy/chaotic digital environments.
Cyber AI Analyst Technology
Extensive real-life data and experience over many years have made the algorithms “think” like cyber analysts. The
way Darktrace has done this is to track automatically every cyber analyst action on their computers, in order to
learn what the human did (type of threat, flagged how, how it is responded to etc.), and feed this back into the
algorithm development. This is a fully automated process of data collection, across all cyber analysts on a
permanent basis, to provide 100% data capture and hence a complete picture for the R&D team to understand how
their product is working and where it can be improved. This capability is further enhanced by automating as many
of these processes as possible. This ensures the product is most useful for customers, with minimum manual work,
helping security teams to focus on higher priority cyber projects.
Autonomous Response Technology
The Autonomous Response technology allows organisations to respond to attacks by neutralising them and taking
the pressure off the security teams working to defend against the attacks. It uses Cyber AI to calculate the best
action to take, in the shortest period of time, to respond effectively to a cyber attack. The Directors believe that
this technology is fundamental as today’s threats are so fast-moving and advanced and increase as digital
businesses grow in scale and complexity. Antigena Network uses the autonomous response to neutralise cyber
threats at machine speed and to defend against stealthy, novel and fast-moving network based attacks. Antigena
Email utilises self-learning AI technology to understand the email patterns of an individual user and respond to
deviations that can reveal attacks. Different from traditional security methods that work by analysing emails in
isolation and at a single point in time, Darktrace’s cyber AI continuously learns the normal pattern of behaviour
for every user and can then spot and respond to subtle changes in real time, catching even highly targeted and
advanced email attacks.
7.
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
The Group’s business model, high efficacy security platform and the user-friendly interface of this platform have
enabled the Group to build a strong brand and loyal customer base for its Cyber AI Platform. As a result, the Group
benefits from significant efficiencies in its marketing activities for its platform. Autonomous response AI is easily
applied and can be used across industries and sectors throughout companies of all sizes from small businesses to
global organisations providing significant commercial opportunities. In addition, as a large portion of the Group’s
revenues are generated from annual subscription agreements with an average three-year commitment, there is
significant revenue visibility. The Group sells its platform both directly to customers and through its channel
partners, which includes resellers and managed security service providers. The Group receives its income from
selling and upselling its products, and as of 31 December 2020, approximately 65% of revenue was from direct
sales whereas approximately 35% of revenue was through a channel partner. This approach has resulted in rapid
growth and increasingly brand awareness.
Direct Sales
The majority of the Group’s sales are generated by its direct sales personnel. The Group utilises its direct sales
personnel to promote its products, and as such, prefers a “home-grown” approach to training its employees,
primarily hiring new graduates. Graduate hires are trained, given experience and allowed to shadow other sales
personnel. An employee incentive program for sales exists that pays employees formal commission on sales
including uncapped commission on new deals, upsells and renewals. Approximately 50% of the commission is
paid on accepted bookings and approximately 50% upon successful account management over the first year. There
is the expectation that talented personnel will be retained and promoted quickly to a junior manager role.
Channel Partners
Although the majority of the Group’s sales are direct to customers, the Group also relies on its channel partners
to sell and market its products. The Group has over 370 active channel partners that operate globally in almost 70
countries. These channel partners increase brand visibility and sales for the Group and assist in penetrating
markets where the Group does not have a significant direct sales team. The Group’s partners include Atos, BT,
Reply, SHI, Bytes, Computacenter, Eurofins, Telstra, Sis, Nth Generation and ConvergeOne. For the six months
ended 31 December 2020, the Group’s largest channel partner accounted for approximately 2% of its total
revenue. Channel partners are assigned a channel relationship manager and are supported by the Group through
training, access to sales resources and technical support. The use of channel partners enables the Group to scale
its end customer base cost effectively, and expand the reach of its own direct sales teams.
44
Strategy to Acquire Customers
Darktrace’s primary approach to acquire new customers is through the POV trials of its technology. The POV
typically consists generally of a three week trial of Darktrace’s products, allowing each potential new customer
the opportunity to evaluate the capabilities of the platform’s self-learning technology on the potential customer’s
own systems free of charge. Upon commencing the POV, Darktrace’s products are deployed across a potential
customer’s digital business either in the cloud or by an on-premise appliance. The technology is activated quickly
with minimal set up time or expense. As the Cyber AI Platform does not require customisation and can be
deployed with minimal set up expense, the POV is both fast and replicable. The Cyber AI Platform’s seamless
integration of new capabilities also allows its customers rapidly to see the benefit of utilising a combination of
Darktrace’s products, and a high percentage of customers acquire a second product within the first year. The
Group rarely loses potential customers to its competitors in head to head comparisons.
Strategy to Retain Customers
Darktrace is focused on maintaining relationships with its existing customers. In 2018, to help maintain its
customer relationships, Darktrace established a customer success team. As of 31 December 2020, Darktrace had
90 customer success team managers globally. The Group takes a two-tiered approach to retention in which large
organisations each have a dedicated manager and mid-level to small customers are assigned a manager from a
pool of managers. Each customer has access to the support team, which provides English and local language
support globally. In addition, these personal relationships with customers facilitate the cross-selling of additional
products as they are developed. As of 31 December 2020, 81% of customers were using two or more products
compared to 27% as of 30 June 2018.
Customer Base
The Group’s customer base is both deep and broad, including customers across all industries and all sizes. The
Group has over 4,700 customers globally, with products deployed in more than 100 countries. Furthermore, in the
six months ended 31 December 2020, the Group generated 18.1%, 20.5%, 39.4%, and 22.0% of its billings from
customers in the UK, Europe (excluding the UK), the US and Canada, and the rest of the world, respectively.
Marketing
The Group’s marketing approach focuses on creating brand awareness and informing potential customers about
new cyber attack trends and the platform’s latest products. This allows the Group to build and maintain, through
relevant digital content and online communication, a substantial customer base and community. The Group’s
marketing approach works to build brand awareness and is able to attract customers to its website
(www.darktrace.com). Twice-weekly, the Group’s Darktrace Blog publishes up-to-date information on recent
notable cyber attacks and highlights the utility of the Cyber AI Platform. Viewership has increased four times
since March 2020. In addition to demonstrating the success of the Cyber AI Platform, the blog regularly publishes
cyber security news and updates pertaining to Email Security, Cloud & SaaS Security, OT Security, autonomous
response and Crypto-Mining. In addition to the website, the Group engages with current and potential customers
through its social media channels including its Twitter, Linkedin profiles, Facebook and Xing (Germany). The
Group also has a group of recognised experts who regularly appear on national and global news programmes, in
publications and at industry conferences to provide pragmatic advice on the changing cyber security landscape.
The Group’s
premium media partners include but are not limited to, The New York Times, The Washington Post,
Bloomberg Businessweek, The Wall Street Journal, Nikkei Business Publications Inc., the Financial Times, Les
Echos and The Economist. The Group utilises digital advertising, including large custom and units, newsletter and
global print advertisements and primarily focuses on the US market.
The Group attends industry trade shows and conferences, regularly communicating with industry analysts and
hosts webinars on current issues to create awareness of the Group’s Cyber AI Platform. Despite having to cancel
a majority of face-to-face events during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has continued to host virtual events
including webinars and including webinars and virtual seminars. Per month, the Group participates in an average
of 79 events, and generates between 6,000 and 12,000 leads. Darktrace also relies on its digital marketing and key
thought leadership campaigns to endorse its platform including partnerships with MIT Tech Review and McLaren
Racing.
Distribution
Darktrace’s cyber security products use sensors placed in customer systems. These sensors can be delivered
virtually (in software) or physically (using an appliance) and are commonly used in combination. In many cases,
the sensors deployed during the POV remain in place given that the machine learning has already learned the
45
organisation’s “self”. In the case of large customer deployments, additional products and sensors may be licensed
and deployed. When physical appliances are part of the contract, distribution is required.
The Group has two primary distribution centres of its physical appliance unit, one based at its headquarters in
Cambridge, UK, which focuses on shipments outside of Europe and the other in Dublin, Ireland, which focuses
primarily on shipments throughout Europe. The physical appliances are standard components that are built into
server units by Darktrace suppliers at either of its two distribution sites. Each physical appliance is encoded such
that it can only be used in conjunction with the Darktrace products. Darktrace receives the pre-built server units
and will then load software onto the appliance including pre-configurations individualised for the customer. The
pre-configuration process is specific to each customer, however, there are a number of build scripts that allow this
to run at scale. The Darktrace team at the distribution site can prepare hundreds of appliances a day through the
use of scripts, ready for shipment to customers.
In some regions, channel partners facilitate onward transport and installation of the appliance and they may
provide a range of additional services. In other regions, the Darktrace appliance is delivered directly to the
customer and installation and a range of services are provided virtually. In addition to the possibility of remote
installation, Darktrace generally has its own technical teams including cyber technicians and engineers, in most
parts of the world who will make site visits, when possible, and perform installation.
8.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Group had research and development costs of $12.0 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020,
representing 6.0% of the Group’s total revenues. The Group’s research and development costs were $9.7 million
for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and $7.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018, or 7.1% and
9.5% of revenues, respectively. The Group’s research and development costs were $10.7 million for the six
months ended 31 December 2020 and $5.6 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019, or 8.4% and 6.1%
of revenue, respectively.
The team designated to expand the Cyber AI Platform has two primary goals, meeting the long term and short
term vision for the Cyber AI Platform. The short term development strategy is commercially driven and aims to
identify updates, features and new products based on customers’ needs and expectations. The Group works with
its customers to address any improvement requests specific to that customer’s business needs, as the nature of a
customer’s threat landscape is constantly changing. To respond to such requests, the Group has implemented a
system internally that focuses on review and responding to such requests within a week. These customer requests
help the Group target development efforts, and a feature or change originating with a customer request is typically
implemented within six weeks. For example, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the shift in working
patterns created by employees working from home, Darktrace developed its C-sensor technology. Darktrace’s
customers needed a supplemental feature that would provide visibility when employees are not within their
corporate network. To provide for these changes in the users, Darktrace released sensors to install into customers’
employee laptops to provide the same AI driven protection and detection that would have been received in their
office space. This C-sensor technology was developed on short notice and ensured that given the change in
working pattern, the Group’s customers would still have full visibility of compromises and threats to their digital
estates.
The long term development strategy for the research and development team is focused on providing a “closed
loop” solution to customers within the Cyber AI Platform, including a fully automated cyber defence solution at
machine speed. The next phase of Darktrace’s research and development focuses on prevention and cyber
compliance which will be implemented through the use of automated penetration testing and cyber hygiene
compliance of a customer’s digital estate. The research and development team is working to provide a more
proactive view of the risks posed to a customer’s business. Once the team develops a product that sufficiently
meets this goal it will turn its attention to the healing and remediation process in the aftermath of an attack.
In addition to working towards the Group’s short and long term visions, the research and development team’s
development operations group focuses on quality assurance and an additional group focuses on customer support
on an as-needed basis. The Group’s customer support connects a customer with an appropriate expert based on
the specific issue and the specialty required to fix the relevant issue. Throughout the research and development
process, the development strategy for the Cyber AI Platform also focuses on adjacent areas to cyber security and
potential industries outside of cyber security that the Group might consider expanding within by using the same
AI technology used within its Cyber AI Platform.
46
A separate group focuses on improving the Cyber AI Platform’s features, functionality and scalability. This team
dedicated to enhancing the existing Cyber AI Platform also works closely with the Group’s cloud operations team
to ensure that the Cyber AI Platform is available, reliable and stable.
Despite its already substantial and continuously developing technological achievements, the Group is able to
support its research and development initiatives at a relatively low cost. This is due in large part to the automated
AI-based infrastructure, the use of unsupervised machine-learning and the Group’s method of recruiting research
and development personnel. The Group primarily recruits accomplished new graduates with science-and
mathematics-focused degrees from notable universities rather than experienced hires, and provides in-house
training to familiarise its new hires with the technology quickly and effectively, whilst at the same time fostering
a collaborative, close-knit culture within the team. This in-house training allows Darktrace’s new graduates to
grow and focus in different specialities, including web developers, mathematicians and multi-language coders.
As of 31 December 2020, the Group had more than 200 employees focused on research and development,
representing 14% of its total headcount and all of these employees are located in Cambridge, UK. The research
and development team is divided into sub-teams ranging from two to eight people based on specialty.
9.
PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
The Group’s intellectual property rights are important to its business. The Group relies on a combination of patent,
trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third party nondisclosure and
assignment agreements to protect its intellectual property and know-how. Customarily, customers are subject to
the standard terms of the Group’s shrink-wrap licence agreement at the onset of the trial period. The licence
agreement provides mutual non-disclosure terms, but in rare instances, where required by the prospective
customer, the Group will sign a mutual non-disclosure agreement. In addition, it is required, when their
relationship with the Group begins, that employees and independent contractors execute agreements, which
include standard confidentiality and transfer of intellectual property terms. Employees are required to agree to
keep the Group’s proprietary information confidential. The Group’s policy requires that employment contracts
include clauses requiring employees to assign all of the inventions and intellectual property rights they develop in
the course of their employment, or the economic benefits thereof, to the Group and to agree not to disclose or
misuse any confidential information.
As of 31 December 2020, the Group had 10 issued patents, with the majority granted in the United States. As of
31 December 2020, the Group had also applied for a further 52
patents, which are pending. The majority of filings
are primarily machine learning and AI focused. Of the Group’s patent portfolio, many of the patents are related to
multiple focuses, and are related to cyber security tools and AI augmented workflows, mathematics and
autonomous response, email security, cloud and SaaS, industrial and endpoint security. The cyber security tools
and AI augment workflows consist of innovations generated from the desire to improve the workflow of a human
cyber analyst using the Darktrace system. These tools are not limited to use in Darktrace, but were originally
developed to augment its use. The mathematics and autonomous response patents include fundamental filings on
the mathematical structures behind the Group’s “pattern of life” detection, how devices are clustered and the
framework for autonomous response. Email security patents include components, machine learning classifiers and
workflows specific to bringing in email environment under the Cyber AI Platform’s detection and response. The
cloud and SaaS patents include components and workflows specific to bringing in Cloud environment and SaaS
services under the Cyber AI Platform’s detection and response. The industrial patents include components and
workflows specific to bringing in industrial control systems under the Cyber AI Platform’s detection and response.
Lastly, the endpoint patent applications include components and workflows specific to bringing detection and
response onto a new device host.
The Group has applied for or obtained over 40 trademark registrations that it considers material to the marketing
of its products. These trademarks are registered in the United Kingdom, the United States, Australia, Japan,
Singapore, South Africa, Canada, South Korea, the EU and with the World Intellectual Property Organisation.
10.
EMPLOYEES
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had a global workforce consisting of over 1,400 employees, including 120 AI
experts and 27 people with PhDs.
47
Employees by function
The following table details the breakdown of the Group’s employees by function as at 31 December 2020 and
30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018:
As at
31 December
As at 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––
––
–––––––––
2020
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
994
825
726
439
Administration and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
242
162
90
64
Research and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205
163
131
115
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,441
1,150
947
618
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Note: The above table includes both full time employees and contractors.
Employees by geography
The following table details the breakdown of the Group’s employees by geography as at 31 December 2020 and
30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018:
As at
31 December
As at 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––
––
–––––––––
2020
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
EMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
691
528
438
287
Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
168
149
149
95
APAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
582
473
360
236
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,441
1,150
947
618
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Note: The above table includes both full time employees and contractors.
Labour laws in these regions generally provide minimum standards regarding annual paid and unpaid leave, sick
leave, maternity leave and other provisions regarding leave from work, severance pay, pension contributions and
other terms of employment. The Group contributes to a pension scheme for its employees in the United Kingdom.
None of the Group’s employees are represented by a labour organisation or union or covered by collective
bargaining agreements. As of 31 December 2020, the Group had not experienced a labour-related work stoppage.
The Directors consider the Group’s relations with its employees to be good.
The Directors believe that one of the key reasons for the Group’s success is its people. The Group trains its human
resources team to comply with the latest employment and selection best practices. The Group recognises the
importance of human capital and values it highly. The Group’s human resources vision is to create a committed
workforce through people, enabling processes and knowledge sharing practices based upon the Group’s value
system.
The Group’s future success will depend, in part, on its ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly
qualified creative, technical and managerial personnel for whom competition is intense.
11.
PROPERTIES
The Group has more than 30 offices globally. The Group’s offices are all located in leased premises. Individual
office leases vary as to their terms, rental provisions and expiration dates. The Group’s principal office is located
at Maurice Wilkes Building St John's Innovation Park, Cowley Road, Cambridge, United Kingdom, CB4 0DS.
The following table details the breakdown of certain of the principal leases for the Group’s offices as of
31 December 2020:
Lease
Expiration
Facility Location
Date
––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––
London (United Kingdom) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 February 2027
Cambridge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 July 2033
New York
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 April 2028
San Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 June 2031
48
Certain of the Group’s leases have a term as short as one year while others are over ten years in length. Rent on
the majority of the Group’s offices is paid monthly in advance.
12.
ENVIRONMENT
Due to the nature of the Group’s technology, the Group does not have significant customer data storage
obligations, and therefore does not require extensive IT infrastructure. To date, there have been no environmental
issues associated with the Group’s IT infrastructure. The Directors believe that due to the nature of its business
the Group does not have any material environmental compliance costs or environmental liabilities.
13.
INSURANCE
The Group maintains a commercial combined insurance coverage covering the core business including employee
liability, stock, property damage or loss (contents insurance), business interruption and business travel insurance.
The Group also maintains directors’ and officers’ insurance, public and product liability, professional indemnity
and cyber liability. The Group has also procured additional policies covering certain areas where the general
coverage has exceptions or limitations. Typically, these exceptions or limitations are identified when a new
subsidiary is created in a new country and after a risk assessment has explored the potential risks attached to
operating the subsidiary company, the company procures supplemental insurance coverage. The Directors believe
that the Group’s current insurance coverage is appropriate for its business, in respect of its level and applicable
excesses and deductibles. The Group does not have any material outstanding insurance claims.
14.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Group expects to adopt a dividend policy that will ensure that the Group retains the flexibility to continue to
deploy capital towards profitable growth. The Group intends to retain any earnings to expand the growth and
development of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. There
can be no guarantees that the Company will pay future dividends. The determination of the level of future
dividends, if any, will depend upon the Group’s results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements,
contractual restrictions, business prospects and any other factors the Board may deem relevant.
15.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
See Section 13 of Part 10: “
Additional Information
”.
16.
REGULATORY MATTERS
The Group’s business is subject to a wide array of regulations in the various jurisdictions in which it operates,
with employees and customers in many countries. As a result, the Group is regulated by various authorities,
including in the United Kingdom and the United States, which oversee, among other areas, consumer protection,
licensing and corporate governance. The Group is also subject to the laws, regulations and possible sanctions of
a number of countries affecting international transactions, including consumer protection, labour laws, laws
related to internet commerce, and information technology. The Group also has employees and customers in many
countries, resulting in the Group handling sensitive personal data in those countries. Therefore, the Group must
comply with local data protection and privacy rules. In addition, due to the Group’s global operations, it is in
receipt of payments in/from a number of jurisdictions. As a result, the Group must monitor compliance with
money laundering regulations in a number of countries. The regulatory environment related to information
security, data collection and privacy is becoming increasingly demanding, with new and changing requirements
applicable to the Group’s business, including restrictions on transfer of personal data of customers or employees
outside of the European Union or the United States, as applicable, and with significant operational requirements
that must be followed and significant penalties for non-compliance.
In particular, the Group stores some personally identifiable information of its customers and is subject to data
protection and privacy regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (the “
GDPR
”).
The GDPR, which came into force on 25 May 2018, implemented more stringent operational requirements for the
Group’s use of personal data. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to the Group’s
customers in respect of how the Group may use their personal data and increased rights for customers to access,
control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements and
significantly increased penalties of the greater of €20 million or 4% of global turnover for the preceding financial
year. The Group faces stringent regulations in other jurisdictions as well, including in the UK and under the
California Consumer Privacy Act. The same conduct could expose the Group to penalties for breach of data
49
protection laws in multiple jurisdictions and, following Brexit, the UK Information Commissioner’s Office may
impose fines that are essentially equivalent to the maximum penalties under the GDPR (in addition to any fines
imposed under the GDPR). The UK's Network and Information Systems Regulations 2018, as amended from time
to time, which came into force on 10 May 2018, apply to the Group and place additional network and information
systems security obligations on the Group, as well as mandatory security incident notification in certain
circumstances with penalties of up to £17 million.
The Group is also subject to various customs and international trade laws and regulations. For example, the Group
may be subject to the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong
Special Administrative Region. The Group will also be subject to evolving government export and import
controls. There are also different laws in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates that relate to how
online sales may be made, particularly to consumers, including laws regulating the size and prominence of
lettering, regulations surrounding the use of opt-in as compared to opt-out provisions and other specifics as to how
sales may be made.
In addition, the Group is also subject to anti-bribery regulations and anti-corruption legislation in other countries
where the Group conducts business. The SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Treasury Department's
Office of Foreign Assets Controls, the U.S. Department of State, as well as other foreign regulatory authorities,
continue to enforce economic and trade regulations and anti-corruption laws across industries. U.S. trade
sanctions relate to transactions with designated foreign countries and territories, including Cuba, Iran, North
Korea, Syria and the Crimea region of Ukraine as well as specifically targeted individuals and entities that are
identified on U.S. and other blacklists, and those owned by them or those acting on their behalf. Anticorruption
laws, including the Bribery Act and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, generally prohibit direct or
indirect corrupt payments to government officials and, under certain laws, private persons to obtain or retain
business or an improper business advantage.
In addition, the Group is subject to the United Kingdom’s, United States’ and European Union’s competition law
and any relevant antitrust or competition law in any other jurisdiction in which it operates which prohibits the
abuse of a dominant position in the market.
50
Part 6
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
1.
DIRECTORS
The following table lists the names, positions and ages of the Directors as at the date of this Registration
Document:
Name
Age
Position
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Gordon Hurst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
Independent Chair
Poppy Gustafsson OBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Chief Executive Officer
Catherine Graham
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Chief Financial Officer
Vanessa Colomar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
Non-Executive Director
Stephen Shanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
Non-Executive Director
Johannes Sikkens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Non-Executive Director
Lord Willetts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
Independent Non-Executive Director
Paul Harrison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
Independent Non-Executive Director
Sir Peter Bonfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Independent Non-Executive Director
The business address of each of the Directors is Maurice Wilkes Building St John's Innovation Park, Cowley
Road, Cambridge, United Kingdom, CB4 0DS.
The management experience and expertise of each of the Directors is set out below. Catherine Graham was
appointed to the Board at incorporation of the Company. All other Directors were appointed to the Board on
1 April 2021.
Gordon Hurst
Mr. Hurst joined the Group on 28 July 2019 as a Director of Darktrace Holdings Limited, and was appointed to
the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Mr. Hurst has 27 years’ experience with Capita plc (LON: CPI), a
leading consulting, digital services and software business company, from 1988 until February 2015, including
having served as the Group Finance Director on its board since 1996. During this period, Mr. Hurst was
instrumental in managing acquisitions, large outsourcing deals, and building a team of commercially-focused
finance directors to enable continued development of the business. Since then, Mr. Hurst has also served as
non-executive chair of the board of Featurespace since November 2014. Currently, Mr. Hurst serves as the
non-executive chair of the PE funded services business, Marston Holdings, and Azets Ltd.
Poppy Gustafsson OBE
Ms. Gustafsson joined the Group as an employee with effect from November 2014, was appointed as a Director
of Darktrace Holdings Limited on 11 May 2020, and was appointed to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021
and has served as the CEO of the Group since 2016. Under her leadership, the Group has grown to 1,500
employees with over 40 offices around the world. Ms. Gustafsson has led the Group to achieve a variety of
accolades, such as being named the 9th ‘Fastest Growing European Company’ by The Financial Times, as well as
‘Fastest Growing Super Scale-up’ by Tech Tour. Ms. Gustafsson is a qualified chartered accountant and previously
served as the company’s CFO. She was the winner of the ‘Veuve Clicquot Business Woman Awards 2019,’ and
recognised in Management Today’s ‘35 Women Under 35’ list in 2018. Ms. Gustafsson was awarded an OBE
(Officer of the Order of the British Empire) in 2019 in recognition of her services to cyber security.
Catherine Graham
Ms. Graham joined the Group as an employee in February 2020, was appointed to the Board of the Company at
incorporation of the Company and is the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Graham has more than two
decades of professional experience in financial disciplines and has served at the helm of several businesses
throughout periods of rapid growth and capital structure evolution. Previously at 2U, a global leader in education
technology, Ms. Graham has extensive experience in developing and maturing hyper-growth technology
companies. In 2015, she was named as Northern Virginia Technology Council’s ‘Public Company CFO of the
Year’ and has most recently been included in the Washington Business Journal’s 2018 list of ‘Women Who Mean
51
Business.’ Ms. Graham holds an MBA from Loyola University Maryland and a BA in Economics from the
University of Maryland.
Vanessa Colomar
Ms. Colomar joined the Group on 14 July 2015 as a Director of Darktrace Holdings Limited, and was appointed
to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Ms. Colomar has 24 years’ experience in public relations and
communications, having held senior positions at agency Edelman and Burston Marsteller in Madrid and New
York. Previously, she has also served as SVP of Communications at Autonomy where she joined immediately
prior to the HP acquisition in August 2011 and worked through May 2012. Ms. Colomar is a Partner and
Co-Founder of Invoke Capital. At Invoke, Ms. Colomar is responsible for Communications and Investor Relations
and oversees these functions for portfolio companies including Luminance. Ms. Colomar is also a member of the
Board of Directors for Luminance, a leading AI platform for the legal industry and an Invoke portfolio company.
Ms. Colomar holds a First-Class BA in Modern European Languages from Durham University, and an MA in
Journalism from Universidad Autónoma de Madrid.
Stephen Shanley
Mr. Shanley joined the Group on 15 July 2016 as a Director of Darktrace Holdings Limited, and was appointed
to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Mr. Shanley has worked at KKR since 2014 and currently serves
as a Managing Director at KKR and as head of KKR’s Technology Growth Equity business in Europe. Mr.
Shanley serves or has served on the board of directors of several technology companies, including Feedzai –
Consultadoria e Inovação Tecnológica, S.A., ReliaQuest, LLC, Zwift Inc., KnowBe4, Inc., OutSystems Holdings
S.A., iValua S.A.S., GetYourGuide AG and Clicktale (UK) Limited. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Shanley was an
investor with Technology Crossover Ventures, a technology focused growth equity firm. Prior to that, Mr. Shanley
was with the TMT investment banking group of Needham & Company, LLC. He started his career in the
transaction services group of KPMG US LLP. Mr. Shanley holds a B.S. and a B.Sc. from Santa Clara University.
Johannes Sikkens
Mr. Sikkens joined the Group on 14 July 2015 as a Director of Darktrace Holdings Limited, and was appointed
to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Mr. Sikkens serves as Managing Director and Head of Europe at
Summit Partners, a global alternative investment firm with more than $23 billion in assets under management. Mr.
Sikkens joined Summit Partners in 2004 and today manages the firm’s London office. Mr. Sikkens focuses
primarily on investments in the technology sector in Europe. In addition to the Company, Mr. Sikkens currently
serves as a director at MUBI, Red Points and Syncron, and he is actively involved in Summit’s investments in
Akeneo, Ivalua, LearnUpon, Odoo and Solactive. His previous board and investment experience includes 360T
Group, Acturis Limited, Avast (LON: AVST), Flow Traders (Euronext: FLOW), Multifonds, RELEX Solutions,
SafeBoot, Siteimprove and Welltec International. Prior to Summit, Mr. Sikkens worked for Scotia Capital and
IBM Corporation. Mr. Sikkens holds a BS in business administration from the University of Groningen, an MSc
in international business from the University of Groningen, and an MSc in international finance from the CERAM
Graduate School of Management & Technology.
Lord Willetts
Lord Willetts was appointed to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Lord Willetts began his career in
Parliament as the MP for Havant in 1992 and was appointed Minister for Universities and Science in May 2010.
Lord Willetts has previously served as Paymaster General and then in the Shadow Cabinet in a range of roles,
including Shadow Secretary of State for Trade and Industry, Shadow Secretary for Education and Skills, and
Shadow Secretary for Innovation, Universities and Skills. Lord Willetts has also worked at HM Treasury and in
the Number 10 Policy Unit. In addition, Lord Willetts was a visiting fellow at Nuffield College, Oxford, is a
governor of the Ditchley Foundation and a member of the Council of the Institute for Fiscal Studies. He has
written widely on economic and social policy. In 2011 he published a book, ‘The Pinch: How the baby boomers
took their children’s future – and why they should give it back’. Lord Willetts was educated at King Edward’s
School, Birmingham and Christ Church, Oxford, where he studied philosophy, politics and economics.
Paul Harrison
Mr. Harrison was appointed to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Mr. Harrison is a chartered accountant
with over 35 years business experience. Previously, Mr Harrison has served as the CFO of Just Eat PLC, a FTSE
100 on-line food marketplace business and as interim CEO from April to September 2017. Prior to Just Eat,
52
Mr. Harrison served as CFO of WANdisco plc in California and as Group CFO of one of the largest UK (& FTSE
100) software businesses, The Sage Group plc for 13 years. In addition, Mr. Harrison served from 2007 to 2017
as a Non-Executive Director and, in the last 5 years of his appointment, Senior Independent Director of FTSE 250
recruiter, Hays plc. During this time, Mr. Harrison initially chaired the Audit Committee switching mid way
through his appointment to chairing the Remuneration Committee. In February 2016, Mr. Harrison also joined the
Board of the newly listed Ascential plc, a FTSE 250 business where he served as chair of the Audit Committee
until January 2021. At that time, he assumed the role of Executive Director and Chief Operating Officer of
Ascential plc. Mr. Harrison has formerly also served as Governor of Royal Grammar School, Newcastle a large,
independent school based in Newcastle upon Tyne.
Sir Peter Bonfield CBE
Sir Peter was appointed to the Board of the Company on 1 April 2021. Sir Peter has previously served as the CEO
and Chairman of the Executive Committee of British Telecommunications from 1996, when he was appointed,
until early 2002. Sir Peter is currently serving as Chairman of NXP Semiconductors in the Netherlands. Sir Peter
has previously served as Chairman and Managing Director of ICL after its merger with STC, a large
telecommunications equipment manufacturer, Deputy Chief Executive of STC plc as well as Chairman and CEO
of ICL. Sir Peter’s career has also included Chair of Council and Senior Pro Chancellor for Loughborough
University, Chairman of GlobalLogic, Vice-Presidency of the British Quality Foundation, Senior Independent
Directorship of AstraZeneca, Non-Executive Director Dubai International Capital LLC, Actis Capital LLP,
Member of the Citigroup International Advisory Board, Advisor to Apax Partners LLP, Senior Advisor to
Rothschild, Senior Advisor to G3 Good Governance Group, Senior Advisor The Hampton Group, Chairman of
the Board/East West Institute UK, member of Silent Circle’s Advisory Board and Directorships on the Boards of
Sony Corporation in Japan, Mentor Graphics Corporation in the USA, Ericsson in Sweden, the Department for
Constitutional Affairs and the Ministry of Justice. In total, Sir Peter has been a Board Member of 12 quoted
companies around the world. Sir Peter has an Honours Degree in Engineering from Loughborough University, is
a Liveryman of the Worshipful Company of Information Technologists, a Freeman of The City of London, an
Honorary Citizen of Dallas and a Fellow of the Royal Academy of Engineering.
2.
SENIOR MANAGERS
In addition to the Directors listed above, the following members of the Company’s current senior management
team (each a “
Senior Manager
”) are considered relevant to establishing that the Company has the appropriate
experience and expertise for the management of its business:
Name
Age
Position
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
David Palmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
Chief Product Officer
Nicole Eagan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
Chief Strategy Officer
Jack Stockdale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Chief Technology Officer
The business address of each Senior Manager is Maurice Wilkes Building St John's Innovation Park, Cowley
Road, Cambridge, United Kingdom, CB4 0DS.
The management experience and expertise of each Senior Manager is set out below.
David Palmer
Mr. Palmer joined the Group at founding, and is the Chief Product Officer of the Company, overseeing the
mathematics and engineering teams and project strategies. With over 13 years’ experience at the forefront of
government intelligence operations, Mr. Palmer has worked across UK intelligence agencies GCHQ and MI5,
where he was responsible for delivering mission-critical infrastructure services, including replacing and securing
entire global networks, the development of operational internet capabilities and the management of critical
disaster recovery incidents. Mr. Palmer acts as an advisor to cyber security start-ups and growth-stage companies
from the UK Government’s Cyber Security Accelerator and CyLon. Mr. Palmer’s insights on AI and the future of
cyber security are also regularly featured in the UK media. Mr. Palmer holds a first-class degree in Computer
Science and Software Engineering from the University of Birmingham.
Nicole Eagan
Ms. Eagan joined the Group in 2014, and is Chief Strategy Officer and AI Officer of the Company. Ms. Eagan’s
extensive career in technology spans 30 years working for Oracle and early to late-stage growth companies. Ms.
53
Eagan identifies and shapes the Group’s strategic plan, leads the Company’s AI vision together with the Group’s
Chief Technology Officer, and provides product strategy and direction. A core part of the executive team, during
Ms. Eagan’s tenure, the Group has won more than 100 awards, and has been named one of WSJ’s ‘Tech
Companies to Watch’, Fast Company’s ‘Most Innovative Companies’, and a CNBC ‘Disruptor 50’. Ms. Eagan
was named ‘AI Leader of the Year’ and was awarded the top position on The Software Report’s ‘Top 25 Women
Leaders in Cybersecurity’ in 2020.
Jack Stockdale
Mr. Stockdale joined the Group at founding, and is the Chief Technology Officer of the Company. With over
20 years’ experience of software engineering, Mr. Stockdale is responsible for overseeing the development of
Bayesian mathematical models and artificial intelligence algorithms that underpin the Company’s award-winning
technology. Mr. Stockdale and his development team in Cambridge, UK were recognised for their outstanding
contribution to engineering by the Royal Academy of Engineering MacRobert Innovation Award Committee in
2017 and again in 2019. Mr. Stockdale has a degree in Computer Science from Lancaster University. Mr.
Stockdale was awarded an OBE (Officer of the Order of the British Empire) in 2019 in recognition of his services
to cyber security.
3.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Board currently adheres to a corporate governance regime that is appropriate for an English company. The
Board is committed to implementing the highest standards of corporate governance appropriate for a company of
its size and status.
In anticipation of Admission, the Company has adopted corporate governance principles and practices that address
various matters under the UK Corporate Governance Code as further described below. The Directors believe the
Board and the committees will act in the best interests of the Company and all its Shareholders, and will provide
appropriate corporate governance and experience. The Board believes that the non-independent Directors will
ensure stability and continuity, as well as relevant experience and expertise, and that the independent
non-executive directors of the Company (the “
Non-Executive Directors
”) will bring strong judgment and
considerable knowledge to the Board’s deliberations.
The Board
Board Composition
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that at least half of the board of directors of a UK-listed
company, excluding the chair, should comprise non-executive directors determined by the board to be independent
in character and judgment and free from relationships or circumstances, which may affect, or could appear to
affect, the director’s judgment.
The Board comprises nine members: Gordon Hurst, the Chair, two executive Directors, Poppy Gustafsson OBE
and Catherine Graham, and six Non-Executive Directors, Vanessa Colomar, Stephen Shanley, Johannes Sikkens,
Lord Willetts, Paul Harrison and Sir Peter Bonfield. In addition to Gordon Hurst, the Company regards each of
Lord Willetts, Paul Harrison and Sir Peter Bonfield to be independent for the purposes of the UK Corporate
Governance Code. Therefore, the Company will not comply with the recommendation of the UK Corporate
Governance Code that at least half of the board of directors of a UK-listed company, excluding the chair, should
comprise independent non-executive directors. Notwithstanding this, the Board believes that the current Directors
bring to the Company a desirable range of skills and experience in light of its challenges and opportunities
following Admission. The Company has recently appointed three Independent Non-Executive Directors with
current and/or previous experience on listed company boards in addition to the independent Chair. The Board
intends to achieve full compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code in due course.
Senior Independent Director
The UK Corporate Governance Code also recommends that the board appoints one of the independent non-
executive directors to be the senior independent director. The Company has appointed Lord Willetts as the Senior
Independent Director of the Company and the Company therefore will comply with this recommendation.
Board Committees
The Board has established an audit and risk committee, a nomination committee and a remuneration committee
as described below. If the need should arise, the Board may set up additional committees as appropriate.
54
Audit and risk committee
The audit and risk committee’s role is to assist the Board with the discharge of its responsibilities in relation to
financial reporting, including reviewing the Group’s annual and half year financial statements and accounting
policies, narrative reporting, internal controls and risk management, whistleblowing, fraud and compliance,
reviewing and monitoring the scope of the annual audit and the extent of the non-audit work undertaken by
external auditors, advising on the appointment of external auditors and reviewing the effectiveness of the internal
audit, internal controls in place within the Group. The audit and risk committee will meet at least three times a
year.
Composition and membership
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the audit and risk committee be comprised of at least three
directors, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. It also recommends that at least one member
should have recent and relevant financial experience. It further recommends that the chair should not be a member
of the audit and risk committee.
The audit and risk committee is chaired by Paul Harrison and its other members are Lord Willetts and Sir Peter
Bonfield.
Nomination committee
The nomination committee assists the Board in reviewing the structure, size, performance and composition of the
Board. It is also responsible for reviewing succession plans for the Directors, including the chair and CEO and
other senior executives. The nomination committee will meet at least twice a year.
Composition and membership
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that a majority of the nomination committee be independent
non-executive directors.
The nomination committee is chaired by Lord Willetts and its other members are Gordon Hurst and Poppy
Gustafsson.
Remuneration committee
The remuneration committee approves and recommends to the Board the Group’s compensation policy for
officers and Directors (including periodic examination and updates to the compensation policy), determines or
recommends to the Board for approval the remuneration of officer and directors, reviews and recommends to the
Board for approval grants of awards under the Group’s incentive plans and prepares an annual remuneration report
for approval by the Shareholders at annual general meetings. The remuneration committee will meet at least twice
a year.
Composition and membership
The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the remuneration committee be comprised of at least three
directors, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. It also recommends that one of the members of
the remuneration committee may be the chair (but that person may not chair the remuneration committee) if he or
she was considered independent on appointment as chair.
The remuneration committee is chaired by Sir Peter Bonfield and its other members are Lord Willetts, Paul
Harrison and Gordon Hurst.
The Board considers that the Company complies with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance
Code with regard to the composition and role of such committees.
Share dealing code
The Company has adopted, with effect from Admission, a code of securities dealings in relation to the Shares
which is based on the requirements of the Market Abuse Regulation. The code adopted will apply to the Directors
and other relevant employees of the Group.
55
4.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
There are no potential conflicts of interest between any duties owed by the Directors or Senior Managers to the
Company and their private interests or other duties.
5.
CORPORATE HISTORY
The Company and its major shareholders intend to adopt detailed arrangements to govern their relationships
following Admission, modelled on the requirements of the Listing Rules, to ensure the Company is able to carry
on an independent business as its main activity, as detailed below.
For further information on the history and risks related to the Group’s association with activities in connection
with the sale of Autonomy and the funding of the Group, please see risk factors entitled “
The Group may face
reputational risk arising out of unlawful, and allegedly unlawful, activities in connection with the sale of
Autonomy Corporation plc (“Autonomy”) and related matters”, “The Group may face potential liability arising
out of its historic funding by Invoke”
and
“The Group may face potential liability arising out of unlawful, and
allegedly unlawful, activities in connection with the sale of Autonomy and related matters
” in Part 1. Having
analysed and considered the relevant circumstances the Directors believe: (a) there is a low risk to the Group of
successful prosecution for UK money laundering offences or similar offences in the U.S.; and (b) that the Shares
being sold in the Offering are not capable of being criminal property for the purposes of the Proceeds of Crime
Act 2002, nor that persons purchasing Shares in the Offering would, by doing so, commit any offence under the
Proceeds of Crime Act 2002.
Funding history
Invoke, a specialist firm that invests in, and advises, fast-growing European technology companies, provided the
initial funding of the Group in June 2013 via its operating entity, ICP London Limited (“
ICP
”). This funding was
via a share subscription of £10,000 in Darktrace Holdings Limited (“
Holdings
”) and by way of non-interest
bearing unsecured loans totalling £6.6 million provided to Holdings from 2013 through to 2015. In August 2013,
certain employees (including David Palmer) and former employees of the Group also subscribed for shares in
Holdings. The non-interest bearing loans from ICP to Holdings were repaid in full with the proceeds received from
a series of primary share issues by Holdings to institutional investors between 2016 and 2017. These primary share
issues, and subsequent funding rounds, by Holdings were as follows:
•
February 2015 – Series A funding with investors including Talis Capital and Hoxton Ventures, raising
approximately $10 million;
•
July 2015 – Series B funding led by Summit Partners, raising approximately $39 million;
•
July 2016 – Series C funding led by KKR DA, raising approximately $34 million;
•
July 2017 – Series D funding led by Insight Venture Partners, raising approximately $50 million;
•
September 2018 – Series E funding, led by Vitruvian Partners, raising approximately $50 million; and
•
July 2020 – issue of convertible loan notes to certain existing investors, including KKR DA, Summit
Partners, Talis Capital, TenEleven Ventures, Hoxton Ventures and Balderton Capital, raising approximately
$163 million.
In July 2020, the shareholders of Holdings passed a resolution to reduce the share capital account and share
premium account of the Company equal to approximately $127 million and applied such amount to cancel and
extinguish certain ordinary shares in Holdings held by ICP Darktrace Holdings Limited (the holding company of
Invoke’s interests in Holdings, “
ICPDH
”) and paid the proceeds directly to ICPDH.
ICPDH subsequently entered
into voluntary liquidation, with the remaining shares that ICPDH held in Holdings distributed to its shareholders
to be held directly by them, and the proceeds of the capital reduction to be applied to settle certain tax liabilities
of the ICPDH shareholders arising as a result of the dissolution. The dissolution of ICPDH (and distribution of
Holdings’ shares held by it) was completed in November 2020.
Board history
The initial director of Holdings was Elizabeth Harris, an Invoke employee. Robert Webb QC was appointed as
chair in August 2014, and Nicole Eagan was appointed to the board as the CEO in September 2014.
56
In connection with Holdings’ Series A funding, in February 2015, Vasile Foca (nominated by Talis Capital), and
Sushovan Hussain and Michael Lynch (each nominated by Invoke) joined the board of directors. Following the
Series A funding, Elizabeth Harris resigned as a director.
In connection with Holdings’ Series B funding, in July 2015 Johannes Sikkens (nominated by Summit Partners)
and Vanessa Colomar (nominated by Invoke) joined the board of directors.
In connection with Holdings’ Series C funding, in July 2016 Stephen Shanley (nominated by KKR DA) joined the
board of directors. Following the funding, Vasile Foca resigned as a director.
In October 2016, Poppy Gustafsson was appointed as a Co-CEO of Holdings. In November 2016 Sushovan
Hussain voluntarily resigned as a director, and Andrew Kanter (nominated by Invoke) joined the board. In
November 2018 Michael Lynch voluntarily resigned as a director, and Philip Pearson (nominated by Invoke)
joined the board as a director.
Gordon Hurst joined the board as an independent director in July 2019. Poppy Gustafsson joined the board as an
executive director (CEO) in May 2020, and Nicole Eagan resigned as a director and CEO (although remains as
Chief Strategy Officer of the Group). In connection with Holdings’ convertible loan note funding, in July 2020
Mark Hatfield (nominated by the convertible loan note holders) joined the board.
In April 2021, it is expected that Messrs. Hatfield, Kanter and Pearson each will cease to be directors of Holdings.
As at, and conditional upon Admission, pursuant to the pre-IPO reorganisation, Holdings will cease to be the
holding company of the Group and will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. From Admission, all
of the directors of Holdings will be employees of Darktrace.
Advisory Council and Science & Technology Group
Advisory Council
The Group’s Advisory Council was established in September 2013 as an advisory group of leading experts in their
respective fields who support the Group’s executive team by providing their insights on key industry and global
trends. The Advisory Council does not meet formally as a committee of the board of the Company and has no
executive, management or governance role or authority. The Advisory Council’s members are available to the
Company’s management in order to consult with in areas of their respective expertise. Michael Lynch was a
member of the Advisory Council from its establishment until March 2021. The current members of the Advisory
Council, together with their brief biography, are stated below:
Lord Evans of Weardale KCB
Lord Evans was Director General of MI5 from 2007 to 2013. Lord Evans spent 33 years with MI5, defending the
UK against internal and domestic terrorism and cyber-threats. He was appointed to the Security Service’s
Management Board as Director of International Counter Terrorism in 2001, ten days before the 9/11 attacks on
the World Trade Center. Lord Evans was appointed to the House of Lords in 2014 at the personal recommendation
of the Prime Minister and sits as a cross-bench peer. Lord Evans is also a non-executive Director of HSBC
Holdings and of Ark Datacentres Ltd.
Professor Nick Jennings CB FREng
Professor Nick Jennings is the Vice-Provost for Research and Enterprise at Imperial College London, responsible
for promoting, supporting and facilitating their research performance and for leading on the delivery of the
Research and Enterprise Strategy. Professor Jennings also holds a chair in Artificial Intelligence in the
Departments of Computing and Electrical and Electronic Engineering. Before joining Imperial College London,
Professor Jennings was Regius Professor of Computer Science at the University of Southampton and the UK
Government’s Chief Scientific Advisor for National Security. Professor Jennings is an internationally-recognised
authority in the areas of artificial intelligence, autonomous systems, cybersecurity and agent-based computing.
Professor Jennings is a member of the Government’s AI Council.
Alan Wade
Alan Wade had a thirty-five-year career in the Central Intelligence Agency, where he latterly served as the Chief
Information Officer, before his retirement in 2005. Prior to this role, Mr. Wade held a series of senior positions at
the CIA, including the Director of Communications and Director of Security. Mr. Wade is a recipient of the
National Intelligence Distinguished Service Medal, the Director’s Medal, and the Distinguished Intelligence
57
Medal. Mr. Wade also serves on the boards of the Aerospace Corporation in El Segundo, CA, Professional Project
Services in Oak Ridge, TN and Assyst Inc in Herndon, VA.
Rt Hon Amber Rudd
After a career in banking, venture capital and head hunting, Amber Rudd became the MP for Hastings and Rye
from 2010 to 2019. Ms. Rudd held three cabinet roles over four years and under three Prime Ministers, first in
Energy and Climate Change, then the Home Office as Home Secretary and until September 2019 in Work and
Pensions. Ms. Rudd also twice served as Minister for Women and Equalities. As Energy Secretary, Ms. Rudd
steered the UK’s participation in the crucial and successful Paris Climate Change Agreement in 2015. As Home
Secretary, Ms. Rudd oversaw the UK’s response to the terrorist attacks in 2017. Under her leadership, the UK led
on setting up an international industry-led response to removing radicalising material on the internet which
endures as the Global Internet Forum to Counter Terrorism (GIFCT). Ms. Rudd is now a Senior Advisor to Teneo,
Management Consultants. Ms. Rudd is also an Advisor to Pool Re, insurers for terrorism risk. Ms. Rudd recently
became a Trustee for The Climate Group, working with the private sector to reach a net zero outcome.
Robert Webb
Robert Webb is the former Chairman of Holdings, and also serves as Chairman of Luminance. Previously, Mr.
Webb has also served as a Director of Holdingham Group Ltd (formerly Hakluyt) as well as a Senior Advisor at
Brunswick LLP. Mr. Webb is a Door Tenant of Brick Court Chambers. Until 1998, Mr. Webb was a practicing
Barrister, a Recorder and Head of Chambers at 5 Bell Yard, London. His field of practice was commercial law,
aviation law and mass disaster litigation. From 1998 to 2009, Mr. Webb was General Counsel of British Airways.
Mr. Webb is also a past Chairman of BBC Worldwide and of Autonomy plc, a former Senior Independent Director
of the London Stock Exchange and a former Director of Argent Ltd and of Air Mauritius. Mr. Webb was General
Counsel of Rolls-Royce Plc (2012-16). Mr. Webb is a Bencher of the Inner Temple, a former Trustee of Comic
Relief and a former Fellow of UNICEF.
Science & Technology Group
In March 2021, the Group established the Science & Technology Group, a panel of leading experts to assist the
Company’s management in its consideration of science and technology matters. The members of the Science &
Technology Group are experts in their respective fields and comprise Dr. Michael Lynch and Professor Nick
Jennings. The Science & Technology Group does not meet formally as a committee of the board of the Company
and has no executive, management or governance role or authority. The Science & Technology Group’s role is
purely consultative and advisory and it has no right to receive any information from, or otherwise influence the
decisions of, the Group. The Company’s management team consult with members of the Science & Technology
Group on an ad hoc basis on key industry and global trends and such other similar matters.
Services provided by Invoke
Since inception, ICP has provided Darktrace with managerial support contributing to the Group’s growth.
Invoke has historically provided certain management services to the Group pursuant to a supply of services
agreement (the “
Services Agreement
”). The key services provided under the Services Agreement included
strategic, marketing, communication, technological and commercial advice, subject matter expertise, advice in
relation to the Group’s go-to market strategy, market positioning, vision and public relations, and operational
advice and support. Such services included, by way of example, meetings with the technical teams to discuss
product development, providing strategic advice on marketing and communications and consulting on other
general business matters as they arose from time to time. As the scale of the Group’s operations have grown since
inception the services provided under the Services Agreement have reduced, in particular as the Group has
acquired and developed appropriate capabilities and expertise in-house. As a result, the Services Agreement has
been terminated with effect from Admission. The Company will pay to ICP a fee of £1,200,000 (plus VAT) in
respect of the six months’ notice required under the Services Agreement.
Certain executives of the Group, including Poppy Gustafsson (Chief Executive Officer), Jack Stockdale (Chief
Technology Officer), Nicole Eagan (Chief Strategy Officer, AI Officer) and Emily Orton (Chief Marketing
Officer) were historically employed by Invoke (and were formerly also employed by Autonomy) and became
58
employees of the Group with effect from November 2014. As at the date of the Registration Document, these key
executives hold Shares in the Company as follows:
Percentage
of issued
Number of
ordinary
Shareholders
Shares
share capital
––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Poppy Gustafsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,914
0.62
Jack Stockdale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,989
0.71
Nicole Eagan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56,590
2.36
Emily Orton
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,417
0.23
Note: The interests in Shares have been stated on a fully diluted basis (including options and growth shares).
As part of the preparation for Admission, the Company is implementing a transition plan for its full separation
from Invoke, with the plan expected to be materially complete on 6 April 2021. The plan involves separation of
shared office premises, the transfer of certain personal and other operational matters.
Historically, certain employees of the Group shared office premises with Invoke in London and Cambridge.
Following Admission, Darktrace will sublicence office space in its Cambridge and London offices to certain of
Invoke’s portfolio companies. Each of the sublicences has been negotiated on an arm’s length basis and on normal
commercial terms, and the areas occupied by each of Darktrace and Invoke are segregated, with separate and
secure entrances.
Until March 2021, two employees of Invoke supported the finance function of the Group in Cambridge. This
support was no longer needed following the hiring and onboarding of additional finance team members, whose
hiring was completed in January 2021. As at the date of the Registration Document, no employee of Invoke works
at, or provides consultation services to, any member of the Group.
In addition, the Group has historically supplied cyber security products to Invoke and its portfolio companies. The
Group expects to continue to supply cyber security products to Invoke and its portfolio companies on normal
commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis.
Shareholder agreements
Conditional upon Admission, each of the Invoke Shareholders (as detailed below), Summit Partners and KKR DA
intends to enter into separate shareholder agreements (each a “
Shareholders’ Agreement
”) with the Company.
Pursuant to the agreements, each of the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA will have the right
to nominate one non-executive director to the Board (each a “
Nominee Director
”) for so long as they and their
associates are entitled to exercise, or to control, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting rights attaching
to the issued share capital of the Company.
The Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA shall consult in advance with and require the approval
of the Nomination Committee regarding the identity of any director proposed to be nominated by each of them.
The Invoke Shareholders will collectively nominate the Invoke Nominee Director by voting in proportion to their
respective shareholding in the Company.
Vanessa Colomar (an Invoke employee) will be the first Invoke Nominee Director, Johannes Sikkens (a Summit
employee) will be the first Summit Nominee Director and Stephen Shanley (a KKR employee) will be the first
KKR DA Nominee Director by KKR DA.
59
The Invoke Shareholders comprise employees (and their respective spouses) of Invoke and its associated
companies, as follows:
Percentage
of issued
Number of
ordinary
Invoke Shareholders
Shares
share capital
(1)
––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Angela Bacares
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321,577
13.42
Michael Lynch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
123,047
5.13
Sushovan Hussain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67,358
2.81
Peter Menell
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43,979
1.83
Vanessa Colomar
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28,620
1.19
Andrew Kanter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23,712
0.99
Philip Pearson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,423
0.48
James Loxam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,377
0.27
Charlotte Golunski
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,325
0.26
Elizabeth Harris
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,230
0.05
Others
(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,762
0.12
––––––––––
––––––––––
TOTAL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
636,410
26.55
––––––––––
––––––––––
Notes:
(1)
The interests in Shares have been stated on a fully diluted basis (including options and growth shares).
(2)
The other shareholders include Maha Kadirkamanathan, Ruth Angus, Ella Mamelok, Adam Guthrie and Graham Sills.
Under the terms of their respective Shareholders’ Agreements, each of the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners
and KKR DA will undertake, for themselves and, so far as they are able to procure, on behalf of each of their
associates (as applicable): (a) that they shall take all steps as may be reasonably requested by the Company to
enable it to carry on an independent business as its main activity and otherwise to operate in full compliance at
all times with the provisions of the Listing Rules; and (b) not to unduly influence or seek to unduly influence the
day-to-day operation of the Group.
In the case of any Nominee Director, such undertaking shall be subject to such
director complying at all times with his or her legal and fiduciary duties.
Unless prohibited by law or regulation, each of the Nominee Directors for the Invoke Shareholders, Summit
Partners and KKR DA shall be entitled to disclose to the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA
respectively, any information provided to such Nominee Director by any member of the Group or which otherwise
comes into his or her possession through his or her role as Director (subject to the Nominee Director complying
with his or her duties as a director), provided that each of Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA
and their respective associates (as applicable) keep all such information received as confidential information.
For so long as each Shareholders’ Agreement is in force, the election of any independent director to the Board
shall be approved by separate resolutions of the independent shareholders of the Company as well as by the
shareholders of the Company as a whole.
Further, each of the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA intend to agree that they shall not, and
shall procure, so far as they are able to, that their respective associates (as applicable) shall not:
1.
take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company and any other member of the Group
from carrying on its business independently of each of them and their respective associates and/or making
decisions for the benefit of the Company’s shareholders as a whole;
2.
take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company or any other member of the Group
from complying with its obligations under the Listing Rules, the Market Abuse Regulation, the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules or other applicable laws and regulations;
3.
take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company and the Board from managing their
affairs in accordance with the principles of good governance set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code
(save as disclosed in the Prospectus or any annual report);
4.
propose or procure the proposal of a shareholder resolution which is intended or appears to be intended to
circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules;
60
5.
exercise any of their voting rights or other rights and powers in a way that would be inconsistent with, or
breach any of the provisions of, their respective shareholder agreement;
6.
take any action that would have the effect of preventing the Company or any other member of the Group
from complying with applicable laws and regulations, including its obligations under the Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the Market Abuse Regulation or other applicable laws and regulations;
7.
conduct any transactions and arrangements with the Company or any other member of the Group, other
than at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms and in accordance with the related party rules set out
in Chapter 11 of the Listing Rules; and
8.
take any action which they know (or should reasonably know) would prejudice either the Company’s status
as a listed company or its suitability for listing
Each of the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA will undertake to the Company that: (a) in the
event it wishes to purchase additional Shares in the Company, it will not discuss its intentions with any other
Shareholder in advance of such purchase; (b) it will not come together with any other Shareholder to act in
concert; and (c) it will not make an offer for the Company, without the consent of the Company. Nothing in this
provision shall prevent a Shareholder from: (a) accepting an offer for the Company’s Shares at any stage; or (b)
agreeing to accept any offer for the Shares either before or after such offer’s announcement.
Further, the Invoke Shareholders will confirm that no Invoke Shareholder will unduly influence any other Invoke
Shareholder to exercise their voting rights at any general meeting of the Company in any way. Nothing in this
confirmation shall prohibit an Invoke Shareholder from appointing a common proxy to exercise their voting
rights, provided that no Invoke Shareholder exercises their vote under any undue influence from another Invoke
Shareholder. The Invoke Shareholders will confirm that they will not unduly influence any other Invoke
Shareholder in respect of the decision of the Invoke Shareholders to nominate a Nominee Director for
appointment. The Invoke Shareholders will also confirm that, other than their Shareholder Agreement and the
Invoke Nominee Director appointment, there is no other agreement, whether formal or informal, between any or
all of the Invoke Shareholders in relation to the Company and the Invoke Shareholders undertake to not enter into
any such agreement (including an agreement to exercise their voting rights in a collective manner (ie ceding
voting rights to a majority of a group) with other Invoke Shareholder. However, nothing in the confirmation shall
prevent any Invoke Shareholder from discussing a shareholder resolution provided that no Invoke Shareholder
unduly influences any other Invoke Shareholder to exercise their voting rights on such shareholder resolution in
any way.
For so long as their respective Shareholders’ Agreements are in force, the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners
and KKR DA shall each, promptly following the request of the Company, confirm to the Company, in writing,
every six months from the date of the respective Shareholders’ Agreement, that it and its associates have complied
with their respective undertakings pursuant to their Shareholders’ Agreement. In the event of non-compliance, the
respective Shareholders shall provide a brief description of the background to and reasons for failing to comply
with the relevant undertaking or procurement obligation to enable the Company and other shareholders of the
Company to evaluate the impact of non-compliance on the Company. Further, the Company shall include in its
annual financial report a statement by the Directors whether the Shareholders and their associates have confirmed
their compliance with the Shareholders’ Agreements and, in the event of a non-compliance, a brief description of
the background to and reasons for failing to comply with the relevant undertaking or procurement obligation that
enables other shareholders of the Company to evaluate the impact of non-compliance on the Company.
The provisions of each Shareholders’ Agreement will remain in full force and effect in respect of the Invoke
Shareholders, Summit Partners or KKR DA for so long as the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR
DA (as applicable), together with their respective associates, continue to exercise, or to control, directly or
indirectly, 10% or more of the voting rights attaching to the issued share capital of the Company (save that the
each Shareholders’ Agreement will be terminated if the Company ceases to be admitted to the premium listing
segment of the Official List).
The Directors believe that the Group is able to carry on its business independently and to ensure that all
transactions and relationships between the Company and/or the members of the Group, on the one hand, and each
of the Invoke Shareholders, Summit Partners and KKR DA, respectively and/or their associates, on the other hand,
are, and will be, conducted at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms.
61
Part 7
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The selected financial information set out below has been extracted without material amendment from Sections B
and C of Part 8: “Historical Financial Information” of this Registration Document, where it is shown with
important notes describing some of the line items.
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
31 Dec 2020
31 Dec 2019
30 June 2020
30 June 2019
30 June 2018
(unaudited)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
126,514
91,076
199,076
137,017
79,415
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,399)
(7,010)
(17,477)
(12,252)
(8,225)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114,115
84,066
181,599
124,765
71,190
Sales and marketing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(86,738)
(86,338)
(163,052)
(130,532)
(91,117)
Administrative expenses
Research and development costs
. . . . .
(10,657)
(5,574)
(12,030)
(9,715)
(7,512)
Other administrative expenses
. . . . . . .
(21,500)
(13,954)
(26,887)
(20,247)
(12,587)
Credit loss charge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(423)
(103)
(5,344)
(1,326)
(587)
Other operating income
. . . . . . . . . . . .
322
424
811
850
–
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Operating loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
Finance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(43,044)
(1,164)
(2,405)
(2,224)
(1,262)
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
453
382
937
250
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Loss before taxation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(47,866)
(22,190)
(26,926)
(37,492)
(41,625)
Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(545)
(580)
(1,746)
2,800
(869)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that are or may be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange difference arising on
presentational currency change . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(1,708)
1,315
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(36,400)
(42,179)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Earnings per share
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic (loss)/earnings per share
. . . . . . .
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.89)
$(19.32)
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share
. . . . . .
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.89)
$(19.32)
All of the results for the periods presented are attributable to equity holders of Darktrace Holdings Limited.
62
Consolidated statement of financial position
31 Dec 2020
31 Dec 2019
30 June 2020
30 June 2019
30 June 2018
(unaudited)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Non-current assets
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,563
5,734
6,049
4,690
3,139
Property, plant and equipment
. . . . . . . . .
48,322
48,180
49,462
42,882
30,066
Right of use (“RoU”) assets . . . . . . . . . . .
32,530
25,150
31,411
27,353
15,205
Capitalised commission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,256
11,738
14,659
9,438
5,225
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,154
5,286
4,895
5,040
3,726
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
110,825
96,088
106,476
89,403
57,361
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
. . . . . . . . . . .
69,005
52,261
60,363
39,867
38,097
Capitalised commission
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,302
9,237
10,890
7,915
4,497
Tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,292
1,221
1,267
4,845
–
Cash and cash equivalents
. . . . . . . . . . . .
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
186,511
109,287
126,464
117,070
71,772
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
297,336
205,375
232,940
206,473
129,133
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Current liabilities
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(108,736)
(81,615)
(96,769)
(72,552)
(42,881)
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(5,233)
(5,347)
(4,903)
(4,438)
(2,197)
Tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
(508)
(257)
(378)
Trade and other payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(59,797)
(45,030)
(50,482)
(37,635)
(25,516)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Non-current liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(173,766)
(131,992)
(152,662)
(114,882)
(70,972)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(30,216)
(24,629)
(25,779)
(22,702)
(21,582)
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(33,478)
(24,457)
(30,643)
(26,857)
(14,995)
Convertible loan, host contract . . . . . . . . .
(98,577)
–
–
–
–
Convertible loan, embedded derivative
. .
(106,895)
–
–
–
–
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
(269,166)
(49,086)
(56,422)
(49,559)
(36,577)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(442,932)
(181,078)
(209,084)
(164,441)
(107,549)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net (liabilities)/assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Equity
Share capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
27
29
33
31
Share premium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43,553
170,367
170,402
181,621
131,533
Capital contribution
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
Stock compensation reserve . . . . . . . . . . .
26,678
15,444
20,868
10,828
4,070
Foreign currency translation reserve
. . . .
(4,398)
(4,398)
(4,398)
(4,398)
(2,690)
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(211,456)
(157,143)
(163,045)
(146,052)
(111,360)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total equity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
63
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Foreign
currency
Share-based
Share
Share
translation
Capital
payments
Retained
capital
premium
reserve contribution
Reserve
earnings
Total equity
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Balance at 30 June 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
181,621
(4,398)
–
10,828
(146,052)
42,032
Effect of change in functional currency . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6)
(11,357)
–
–
(316)
11,679
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
170,264
(4,398)
–
10,512
(134,373)
42,032
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(22,770)
(22,770)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(22,770)
(22,770)
Shares issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
103
–
–
–
–
103
Credit to equity for share based compensation charge.
–
–
–
–
4,932
–
4,932
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Transactions with shareholders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
103
–
–
4,932
–
5,035
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 31 December 2019, unaudited
. . . . . . . .
27
170,367
(4,398)
–
15,444
(157,143)
24,297
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
170,402
(4,398)
–
20,868
(163,045)
23,856
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(48,411)
(48,411)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(48,411)
(48,411)
Shares issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
212
–
–
–
–
212
Share repurchase and cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)
(127,061)
–
–
–
–
(127,063)
Credit to equity for share based compensation charge.
–
–
–
–
5,810
–
5,810
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Transactions with shareholders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)
(126,849)
–
–
5,810
–
(121,041)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 31 December 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
43,553
(4,398)
–
26,678
(211,456)
(145,596)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2017
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
81,783
(4,005)
2,954
1,784
(71,820)
10,726
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(42,494)
(42,494)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign exchange difference arising on translation
to presentation currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
1,315
–
–
–
1,315
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
1,315
–
–
(42,494)
(41,179)
Reserve’s transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(2,954)
–
2,954
–
Shares issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
49,750
–
–
–
–
49,751
Credit to equity for share based compensation charge.
–
–
–
–
2,286
–
2,286
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Transactions with shareholders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
49,750
–
(2,954)
2,286
2,954
52,037
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 30 June 2018
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
131,533
(2,690)
–
4,070
(111,360)
21,584
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net Loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(34,692)
(34,692)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign exchange difference arising on translation
to presentation currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
(1,708)
–
–
–
(1,708)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
(1,708)
–
(34,692)
(36,400)
Shares issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
50,088
–
–
–
–
50,090
Credit to equity for share based compensation charge.
–
–
–
–
6,758
–
6,758
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Transactions with shareholders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
50,088
–
–
6,758
–
56,848
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 30 June 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
181,621
(4,398)
–
10,828
(146,052)
42,032
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Effect of change in functional currency . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6)
(11,357)
–
(316)
11,679
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
170,264
(4,398)
–
10,512
(134,373)
42,032
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(28,672)
(28,672)
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(28,672)
(28,672)
Shares issued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
138
–
–
–
–
140
Credit to equity for share based compensation charge.
–
–
–
–
10,356
–
10,356
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Transactions with shareholders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
138
–
–
10,356
–
10,496
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Balance at 30 June 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
170,402
(4,398)
–
20,868
(163,045)
23,856
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
64
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
31 Dec 2020
31 Dec 2019
30 June 2020
30 June 2019
30 June 2018
(unaudited)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cash generated from operations
Loss for the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and
equipment (“PPE”) and RoU asset . . . .
11,795
9,599
21,055
15,993
9,367
Amortisation of intangible assets . . . . . . .
949
276
1,429
890
875
Amortisation of capitalised commission . .
6,405
4,801
10,441
7,092
3,703
Impairment loss on PPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
–
–
–
–
Loss/(Profit) on disposal of PPE
. . . . . . .
244
71
376
681
93
Foreign exchange differences . . . . . . . . . .
(1,176)
152
(148)
(2,665)
572
Credit loss charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
423
103
5,344
1,326
587
Share based compensation charge
. . . . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
Finance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,382
1,164
2,405
2,224
1,262
Charge for convertible loan (host contract)
14,302
–
–
–
–
Charge for convertible loan
(embedded derivative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27,360
–
–
–
–
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(59)
(453)
(382)
(937)
(250)
Other operating income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(322)
(424)
(811)
(850)
–
Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
545
580
1,746
(2,800)
869
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Operating cash flows before movements
in working capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19,337
(1,969)
23,139
(6,980)
(23,130)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Increase in trade and other receivables . . .
(7,248)
(12,245)
(25,641)
(5,678)
(27,304)
Increase in capitalised commission
. . . . .
(9,414)
(8,850)
(19,064)
(14,915)
(9,224)
Increase in trade and other payables . . . . .
6,960
5,526
10,758
13,302
11,289
Increase in deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . .
16,404
10,990
27,294
34,455
32,331
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net cash flows from operating activities
before tax
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26,039
(6,548)
16,486
20,184
(16,038)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Tax received/(paid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(756)
3,211
2,894
(1,429)
(647)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net cash flow from operating activities
25,283
(3,337)
19,380
18,755
(16,685)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Cash flows from investing activities
Development costs capitalised . . . . . . . . .
(2,473)
(1,320)
(2,788)
(2,621)
(1,945)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(6,137)
(10,523)
(20,389)
(25,106)
(16,476)
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
453
382
937
250
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net cash flow from investing activities
.
(8,551)
(11,390)
(22,795)
(26,790)
(18,171
)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Financing activities
Proceeds from share issues . . . . . . . . . . . .
212
103
140
50,090
49,750
Repurchase of shares
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(127,063)
–
–
–
–
Proceeds from convertible loan/borrowings
162,821
–
–
–
–
Repayment to shareholder (net) . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(1,411)
(3,788)
Repayment of lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . .
(2,642)
(2,085)
(4,519)
(2,947)
(1,288)
Payment of interest on lease liabilities . . .
(1,382)
(1,164)
(2,405)
(2,224)
(1,262)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net cash flow from financing activities
.
31,946
(3,146)
(6,784)
43,508
43,412
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48,678
(17,873)
(10,199)
35,473
8,556
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning
of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53,944
64,443
64,443
29,178
19,623
Exchange difference on cash held (net) . .
1,290
(2)
(300)
(208)
999
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of
period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
65
Part 8
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
This Part 8: “Operating and Financial Review” should be read in conjunction with Part 2: “Presentation of
Financial and Other Information”, Part 4: “Industry Overview”; Part 5: “Business” and Part 9: “Historical
Financial Information”. Prospective investors should read the entire document and not just rely on the summary
set out below. The financial information considered in this Part 8: “Operating and Financial Review” is extracted
from the financial information set out in Part 9: “Historical Financial Information”. Figures at, or for the period
ended, 31 December 2019 are unaudited comparatives.
The following discussion of the Group’s results of operations and financial conditions contains forward-looking
statements. The Group’s actual results could differ materially from those that it discusses in these forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below and
elsewhere in this Registration Document, particularly under Part 1: “Risk Factors” and Part 2: “Presentation of
Financial and Other Information”. In addition, certain industry issues also affect the Group’s results of
operations and are described in Part 4: “Industry Overview”.
1.
COMPANY OVERVIEW
Darktrace is a world leading provider of AI for the enterprise, with the first at scale deployment of AI in cyber
security. Darktrace is a pioneer of self-learning AI and is at the forefront of autonomous response technology.
Created by mathematicians, the Group’s platform uses machine learning and AI algorithms to neutralise cyber
threats across diverse digital estates, including the cloud and networks, IoT and industrial control systems. The
technology learns self and requires minimal set-up, quickly identifying threats that have breached the perimeter,
including threats exploiting previously unknown vulnerabilities, and threats by insiders and cyber attackers. With
deep expertise in mathematics and machine learning, as well as operational experience defending critical
organisational assets, Darktrace seeks to empower organisations to defend their systems against the most silent
and sophisticated cyber threats.
Darktrace’s innovative technology, its current market position and its strong balance sheet leave the Group well
placed to continue to grow in a rapidly expanding market. The Group currently serves over 4,700 customers in
over 100 countries, with more than 1,500 employees globally. Darktrace is headquartered in Cambridge, UK.
The increasing speed and sophistication of cyber attacks has made it more difficult for traditional security
providers to defend against these attacks. Offensive AI and silent attacks have made it more likely that an attacker
will surpass existing security measures. Organisations are increasingly vulnerable to cyber attacks as a result of
increasingly fragmented and complex digital operations that blur the boundary between the inside and outside of
networks; data explosion and proliferation; and overwhelmed security teams. Organisations with traditional
security solutions remain vulnerable to attacks. Approximately 74% of Darktrace’s trial deployments in 2020
detected serious vulnerabilities that very often had evaded other defences and quickly demonstrate to prospective
customers the comprehensive nature of the AI driven technology.
Unlike traditional cyber security methods, Darktrace’s Cyber AI Platform learns the normal operations of an
individual customer and continuously adapts to change. Because the technology understands self, it identifies
when an emerging threat develops in any part of the digital estate and autonomously responds to it by enforcing
normal operations. The Cyber AI Platform utilises self-learning technology, not pre-programmed rules and
signatures, enabling the ability to identify zero day attacks, which exploit vulnerabilities before they can be fixed.
Darktrace’s Cyber AI Platform can protect across an entire organisation and provide holistic visibility with
proportionate responses at machine speed. Beyond the speed of detection and response that the Cyber AI
Platform’s advanced technology employs, from the customer’s perspective the output is displayed simply, in an
easy to understand format. The Cyber AI Platform’s average set up time is one hour and the machine learning
gains visibility through software sensors that analyse raw, real-time data.
Darktrace spans the digital business, providing overarching capabilities critical to a complete, continuous security
platform. The Darktrace Cyber AI Platform can provide protection throughout the workforce, infrastructure and
industrial side of a business, offering a fully automated solution with three main areas of focus: (i) self-learning
detection; (ii) automated investigation; and (iii) autonomous response.
The Enterprise Immune System and Industrial Immune System use self-learning AI technology to spot the subtle
signals of sophisticated attacks and do not rely on traditional rules and signatures to help detect attacks and defend
66
against them. The Cyber AI Analyst product augments human cyber security teams, by automatically triaging,
interpreting and reporting on security incidents. The Directors believe Darktrace Antigena is the first solution to
use autonomous response to interrupt detected attacks.
The Group’s next phase of product development will focus on prevention and cyber compliance using automated
penetration testing and cyber hygiene compliance, as well as self-healing and self-remediating technologies. In
collaboration, these products will offer a closed loop AI platform that can operate at machine speed.
The Group’s revenue increased from $79.4 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to $137.0 million in
the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and $199.1 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, an increase
of 72.5% and 45.3% respectively. The Group’s revenue increased from $91.1 million in the six months ended
31 December 2019 to $126.5 million in the six months ended 31 December 2020, an increase of 38.9%. The
Group’s operating loss decreased from $40.6 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to $36.2 million in
the financial year ended 30 June 2019 and $24.9 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020 as the Group
achieved economies of scale, primarily in sales and marketing. The Group’s operating loss decreased from
$21.5 million in the six months ended 31 December 2019 to $4.9 million in the six months ended 31 December
2020. Over the last year the business has grown substantially. In the six months ended 31 December 2020, the
Group recorded total RPO of $612.3 million, which is an increase of $156.6 million, or 34% over the six months
ended 31 December 2019.
2.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (“KPIs”)
The Group regularly reviews a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate its business,
measure its performance, identify trends affecting its business, formulate financial projections and make strategic
decisions. The presentation of year-over-year growth in net ARR added and ARR, as well as one-year gross ARR
churn and net ARR retention rate, are based on constant currency exchange rates as of 30 June 2020. The
presentation of RPO uses rates as of the last day of the reporting period as the Group believes this more closely
aligns to future revenue value.
In addition to the Group’s results determined in accordance with IFRS, the Directors believe the following
measures are useful in evaluating the Group’s operating performance:
Six months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(unaudited)
ARR ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281,789
202,882
235,676
169,193
103,030
Net ARR added ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,113
33,689
66,483
66,163
2,056
One-Year Gross ARR Churn Rate (%) . . . . .
8.1%
6.9%
6.9%
8.6%
5.9%
Net ARR Retention Rate (%)
. . . . . . . . . . . .
99.7%
100.2%
98.4%
101.4%
100.8%
Average Contract ARR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60,250
62,044
61,088
61,953
62,104
EBIT ($000)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
Adjusted EBIT ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,451
(16,614)
(14,614)
(28,908)
(37,311)
EBITDA ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14,268
(6,803)
8,022
(12,229)
(26,667)
Adjusted EBITDA ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20,797
(6,175)
8,919
(11,251)
(27,019)
Number of Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,677
3,270
3,858
2,731
1,659
RPO ($000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
612,313
455,701
539,929
382,573
232,954
Each of these measures is described more fully below.
ARR:
The Group’s ARR is a non-IFRS financial measure that the Group defines as the sum of all ARR for its customers
as of the measurement date. The ARR for each customer is the annual committed subscription value of each order
booked for which it will be entitled to recognise revenue, assuming the customer continues to renew all contracted
subscriptions. For example, a contract for $3.0 million with a contractual term of three years would have ARR of
$1.0 million, as long as the customer remains contractually committed. In the small number of cases where a
customer has an opt-out within six months of entering a contract, the Group does not recognise ARR on that
contract until after that opt-out period has passed.
67
The distribution of ARR by the size of contract ARR for the referenced periods is as follows:
Six Months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Less than $100,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53.1%
53.5%
53.2%
53.3%
53.5%
Greater than $100,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46.9%
46.5%
46.8%
46.7%
46.5%
Net ARR Added:
Net ARR added is a non-IFRS measure defined as new customer ARR added in a period, plus the net impact of
upsell, down-sell, and churn activity in the existing customer base in that period.
For net ARR added, the relationship to hiring, productive salesforce growth, POV delivery, and conversion rate is
influenced by seasonality factors. Generally, the financial quarter with the highest ARR added is the quarter
ending 31 December, followed closely by the quarter ended 30 June. For the last two financial years, these two
quarters have produced approximately 58% of the year’s net ARR added. The financial quarter ending in
September is usually the lowest, reflecting the impact of slower summer sales months in the Group’s largest
markets.
One-Year Gross ARR Churn Rate:
One-year gross ARR churn rate is a non-IFRS financial measure that the Group defines as the ARR value of
customers lost from the existing customer cohort one year prior to the measurement date, divided by the total ARR
value of that existing customer cohort. This churn rate reflects only customer losses and does not reflect customer
expansions or contractions.
Net ARR Retention Rate:
Net ARR retention rate is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the current ARR value for all customers that
were customers one year prior to the measurement date, divided by their ARR one year prior to the measurement
date. This retention rate does reflect customer losses, expansions, and contractions.
Average Contract ARR:
Average contract ARR is a non-IFRS financial measure that is defined as the total ARR at the measurement date
divided by the number of customers at that measurement date.
EBIT:
EBIT is a non-IFRS measure defined as the Group’s operating profit or loss.
Adjusted EBIT:
Adjusted EBIT is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBIT plus share-based payment charges,
plus certain share option-related employer tax charges. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBIT to operating loss,
the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, see section 4 of Part 2 (
Non-
IFRS financial information
).
EBITDA:
EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBIT plus depreciation and amortisation. For a
reconciliation of EBITDA to operating loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in
accordance with IFRS, see section 4 of Part 2 (
Non-IFRS financial information
).
Adjusted EBITDA:
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure defined as the Group’s EBITDA minus appliance depreciation
attributed to cost of sales, plus share-based payment charges, plus share option-related employer tax charges. For
a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated
in accordance with IFRS, see section 4 of Part 2 (
Non-IFRS financial information
).
68
Number of Customers:
Number of Customers is an operating metric defined as the count of the contracting entities that are generating
ARR at the measurement date. The distribution of customers above and below $100,000 in ARR has remained
consistent as the Company has grown. The distribution of customers by the size of contract ARR for the
referenced periods is as follows:
Six Months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Less than $100,000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86.1%
86.4%
86.1%
86.4%
86.3%
Greater than $100,000
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.9%
13.6%
13.9%
13.6%
13.8%
RPO:
RPO is a non-IFRS financial measure that represents committed revenue backlog. RPO is calculated by summing
all committed customer contract ARR values that have not yet been recognised as revenue, valued at the exchange
rates on the last day of the reporting period. Actual revenue recognised may differ, primarily because of the
application of actual exchange rates at the dates of revenue recognition.
Six months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
(unaudited, in $ thousands)
Due within 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
263,724
188,895
225,782
157,256
96,936
Due within 1-2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
183,592
142,256
162,455
120,250
72,033
Due within 2-3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
109,085
80,816
95,645
69,704
41,901
Due within 3-4 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45,841
31,746
41,846
25,787
15,537
Due over 4 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,071
11,989
14,221
9,576
6,547
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
612,313
455,702
539,949
382,573
232,954
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The Group’s increasing RPO, driven by new customer acquisition under long-term contracts, creates significant
revenue visibility. Over time, the percent of annual revenue in RPO at the start of each year has increased,
reaching 79% for fiscal 2020.
See also Part 2: “
Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Non-IFRS financial information
.”
3.
CURRENT TRADING AND PROSPECTS
In the period since 31 December 2020, the Group has traded in line with management’s expectations, achieving
sales levels as anticipated for the time of year and current size of its productive salesforce. Customer interest in
the Group’s technology and products remains healthy and consistent with achieving its growth objectives for the
current financial year.
Long Term Steady State
In the long term and at a steady state, the Group aims for an Adjusted EBIT margin in the range in the mid-20
percent of revenue range. This is expected to result from cost of sales of 10% to 13% of revenue, sales and
marketing costs of 40% to 43% of revenue, research and development costs of 10% to 13% of revenue and other
administrative expenses of 10% to13% of revenue. This long-term steady state is not anticipated to be achieved
in the foreseeable future or in a linear fashion, if at all, and the Group’s targets may change based on developments
in the Group’s business.
Near Term Financial Guidance
For the financial year ended 30 June 2021, the Group expects a year-over-year increase in ARR in the range of
34.0% to 35.5%. This increase should be the result of 22.5% to 25.5% year-over-year increase in net ARR added,
combined with a net ARR retention rate that is expected to remain in the range of 100%. With respect to net ARR
added, the Group notes that it captured significant pent-up demand late in the first half of the financial year ended
30 June 2021, the result of purchasing decisions that had been delayed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic
finally being made at the end of many customers’ budget and financial years. Because of this outperformance
relative to sales capacity, and because the Group is still rebuilding the productive sales capacity lost to an early
69
pandemic hiring freeze, expected growth in net ARR added for the financial year ended 30 June 2021 is weighted
to the first half of the year.
Resulting from the expected year-over-year ARR increase, the Group now expects year-over-year revenue growth
for the financial year ended 30 June 2021 of between 36.0% and 38.0%.
For the financial year ended 30 June 2022, the Group expects a year-over-year increase in ARR in the range of
26.5% to 28.5%. This increase should be the result of 5.0% to 9.0% year-over-year increase in net ARR added,
combined with a net ARR retention rate that is expected to remain in the range of 100%. With respect to net ARR
added, the Group notes that it is still rebuilding the productive sales capacity lost to an early pandemic hiring
freeze and does not expect the year-over-year growth in its Productive Salesforce (defined below) to approach pre-
pandemic levels until mid-to-late in the financial year ended 30 June 2022. This, along with the expectation that
all pent-up demand was captured in the financial year ended 30 June 2021, is the driver of the expected lower
growth rate in net ARR added. However, as the Group has an accumulating ARR and revenue model, driven by
long-term contracts, year-over-year growth in both ARR and revenue are expected to remain high, with year-over-
year revenue growth for fiscal 2022 in the range of 27.0% to 30.0%.
In the short to medium term, the Group expects that cost of sales remain slightly lower than, or at the low end of,
the Group’s target range for these costs. However, a shift in product mix, or decisions around pricing strategy
made to drive revenue growth, may lead to the Group choosing to absorb more direct costs, either temporarily or
permanently.
The Group expects that its sales and marketing costs will continue to decline as a percent of revenue, driven by
its long-term contracts and accumulating revenue base. However, in the short-to-intermediate term, that
progression will likely be impacted by the return of the travel and entertainment costs that have been largely
eliminated during the COVID-19 pandemic. In the absence of the COVID-19 pandemic-related reductions in sales
and marketing-related travel and entertainment costs, the Group would have expected to incur $6.0 million to
$7.0 million in additional sales and marketing costs in the fourth quarter of the financial year ended 30 June 2020,
with increases in the first two quarters of the financial year ended 30 June 2021. The Group expects sales and
marketing costs to be the last of its operating cost categories to reach its target range, as it continues to invest to
capture market opportunity and drive growth.
The Group expects research and development costs to increase steadily as a percent of revenue, and that it will be
first of the operating cost categories to reach its target range of 10-13% of revenue. This increase will be driven
primarily by increased compensation costs as the Group increases its headcount, and resulting development
capacity, to accelerate new product development.
The Group expects that, as a percent of revenue, other administrative costs are likely to remain in the range seen
in the six months ended 31 December 2020 for the short-to-intermediate term. It saw other administrative costs
rise as a percent of revenue from historic levels in this most recent period, largely as a result of IPO readiness
costs, and it expects those costs to be replaced with public company costs. The Group does not expect to see
economies of scale in other administrative costs until beyond the financial year ended 30 June 2022, as it
continues to scale its infrastructure and absorb the costs of being a larger, listed company.
The presentation of year-over-year growth in net ARR added and ARR above are based on constant currency
exchange rates as of 30 June 2020. The Group will reset these rates on 30 June 2021 and these measures will be
recalculated for prior periods and used as the basis of comparison for the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
Depending on currency movements relative to the rates used for the financial year ended 30 June 2021, the ranges
presented for the financial year ended 30 June 2022 may change.
These targets are forward-looking statements and have been developed based on assumptions with respect to
future business decisions and conditions that are subject to change as well as expected growth in the markets in
which the Group operates. The Group's ability to achieve them will depend on a number of factors, many of which
are outside the Group's control, including uncertainties arising from those risks set out in Part 1: “
Risk Factors
”.
As a result, the Group's actual results may vary from the guidance set out above, and those variations may be
material.
4.
FACTORS AFFECTING THE GROUP’S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Group’s results have been affected, and are expected to be affected in the future, by a variety of factors.
A discussion of key factors that have had, or may have, an effect on the Group’s results is set forth below (for a
further discussion of the factors affecting the Group’s results of operations, see Part 1: “
Risk Factors
”).
70
Acceptance of AI and the Cyber AI Platform
The Directors believe that the cyber security industry is in the early days of a significant evolution, as traditional
security approaches alone can no longer effectively protect organisations from cyber threats. The limitations of
legacy traditional cyber security products, coupled with a dynamic and growing threat landscape, are intensifying
the need for organisations to re-evaluate their approach to cyber security. As organisations grow and become more
diversified, adding more endpoints and workloads, they expand the attack surface available to sophisticated
adversaries targeting their data and IT infrastructure. As security threats multiply, organisations often find
themselves unable to hire sufficient security professionals to address all security gaps and vulnerabilities,
underscoring the need for automated systems to effectively address these threats.
In this context, the Directors believe the Group’s growth opportunities are significant. The Group estimates that
its current bottom-up TAM amounts to approximately $40 billion, reflecting a substantial global greenfield
opportunity for Darktrace to capitalise on in order to sustain its strong growth. See also Part 4: “
Industry Overview
— Capitalise on growth in the overall market
.” The Group’s ability exploit this opportunity and drive revenue
growth is driven by, among other factors, the extent to which potential customers are comfortable with AI in
general and to adopt the Group’s Cyber AI Platform specifically. Many organisations have not yet abandoned the
legacy products in which they have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to design and maintain.
Historically, an increasing acceptance of AI, and adoption of the Group’s Cyber AI Platform, has correlated with
growth in the Group’s historical revenue. The future pace of this acceptance and adoption will be impacted by
factors such as the effectiveness of Darktrace’s marketing, the pace of innovation of the cyber threat landscape,
the ability to scale its salesforce and the education of prospective customers.
Investment in Sales and Marketing
In the period from the financial year ended 30 June 2018 through the current period ended 31 December 2020,
the Group’s revenue growth has been primarily driven by new customer acquisition. New customer acquisition
rates are, in turn, driven by the size of the Group’s Productive Salesforce. Between the financial years ended
30 June 2018 and 2020, the Group’s revenue increased at a 58% compound average growth rate (“
CAGR
”),
which was driven in large part by the growth of the Group’s Productive Salesforce, which grew at a CAGR of
42% over the same period.
In the same period, the Group’s sales and marketing expenses increased from
$91.1 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to $163.1 million in the financial year ended 30 June 2020.
New salespeople start to deliver POVs and sales in their third and fifth months, respectively. Accordingly, the
Group considers a sales person to be part of the “Productive Salesforce” in their fifth month of employment. An
individual sales person starts to be subject to sales performance targets with effect from their fifth month of
employment with such targets ramping up until their twelfth month of employment. The Group incurs sales and
marketing costs in connection with an individual salesperson’s employment and sales activities during this ramp
up period prior to such individual generating sales. The Group therefore expects there to be a lag in any increase
in revenue following an increase in the size of its salesforce and sales and marketing expenses.
The COVID-19 pandemic has had an impact on the investment in sales and marketing activities, and therefore
reduced the Group’s sales and marketing costs, from late in the financial year ended 30 June 2020. Between the
six months ended 31 December 2019 and 2020, the Group’s revenue increased 38.9% with a corresponding 1%
increase in the Productive Salesforce, with the Group’s sales and marketing cost roughly flat. There has been a
significant reduction in travel expenses as a result of government restrictions on travel. The Group also
temporarily paused hiring of sales persons whilst it assessed the impact of the pandemic on its business. The
Directors believe that this pause in hiring will lead to some short term limitation on new business growth until the
Group is able to accelerate hiring to return to historic levels. The return of historic travel and hiring patterns may
result in sales and marketing costs increasing more rapidly than revenue.
To support future sales, the Group has invested, and will continue to invest, in sales and marketing efforts to
increase market and brand awareness, educate prospective customers and drive adoption of the Group’s platform.
Investments the Group makes in sales and marketing occur in advance of realising any benefits from such
investments and cannot be linked to specific new business or sales “wins”. The Group’s marketing efforts are
expected to continue to focus on seeding opportunities and may not lead to an immediate or direct increase in
revenue.
Investment in Research and Development
The Group has historically invested, and intends to continue investing, in the research and development of
AI-based technology to develop new products, both within the Group’s existing Cyber AI Platform and in
tangential areas to provide new products for the Productive Salesforce to monetise. The Group incurred research
71
and development costs of $12.0 million in the year ended 30 June 2020, representing 6.0% of the Group’s revenue.
The Group’s research and development costs were $9.7 million for the year ended 30 June 2019 and $7.5 million
for the year ended 30 June 2018, or 7.1% and 9.5% of revenue, respectively. The Group’s research and
development costs were $10.7 million for the six months ended 31 December 2020 and $5.6 million for the
six months ended 31 December 2019, or 8.4% and 6.1% of revenue, respectively. From 30 June 2018 to
31 December 2020 the number of employees in the Group’s R&D teams has increased from 115 to 205. The
Group has historically been able to maintain costs discipline with respect to research and development because of
its self-learning AI technology. The Group does not need to allocate significant research and development
spending to the maintenance of its existing cyber AI platform or the adaptation of the existing technology to novel
threats as its self-learning AI technology performs these tasks autonomously.
The Group capitalises certain research and development costs, such costs being amortised over time in accordance
with the Company’s accounting policies. The remaining costs, which are recognised in the
statement of
comprehensive income, are primarily made up of labour and related costs.
Given the Group’s rapid growth,
historically, the value of research and development costs being capitalised has been significantly higher than the
value of the research and development-related amortisation recognised in the Group’s statement of comprehensive
income. For example, in the period from the financial year ended 30 June 2018 to 30 June 2020, the value of
research and development costs being capitalised was between two and three times higher than the value of the
amortisation of such costs recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
The Group’s next phase of R&D innovation will focus on prevention and cyber compliance using automated
penetration testing and cyber hygiene compliance, as well as self-healing and self-remediating technologies,
which is expected to lead to higher research and development costs.
Manage Customer Retention and Up-selling
The Group monitors and seeks to maximise customer retention. The Group’s one year gross ARR churn rate was
6.9% and 8.1% as of 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2020, respectively, with the period ending 31 December
2020 reflecting the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly for its smaller customers. This churn rate
reflects only customer losses, and does not reflect customer expansion or contraction, and demonstrates that the
vast majority of the Group’s customers continue to use its platform. However, in the period from the financial year
ended 30 June 2018 to the six months ended 31 December 2020 the Group’s revenue growth has been primarily
driven by new customer acquisition and not to a material extent by customer retention. Similarly, the Directors
believe the Group is a platform business that should aim to sell the products and associated services available via
the Cyber AI Platform to the greatest degree at the outset of the customer relationship. These factors may result
in limitations on net ARR retention rates and upsell opportunities in the short to medium term as the Group
focuses on new business growth. Nonetheless, the Group has recently invested in its Client Success team in order
to focus on customer retention and upselling opportunities over time.
Currency Fluctuations
The Group operates globally, its functional currency is the U.S. Dollar, and its principal currencies of operation
are the U.S. Dollar, the Euro and pounds sterling. The Group is therefore subject to currency exchange risk,
particularly translation risk. To mitigate currency exchange risk, the Group generally seeks to match its invoicing
and expenses for operations in jurisdictions where it has local currency revenue, invoicing customers and paying
local expenses in that local currency. The Group has exposure to currency exchange translation risk because its
functional and reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar and therefore fluctuations in foreign exchange rates impact
the consolidation of non-U.S. Dollar denominated assets, liabilities, and earnings.
To assess its operating performance, the Group evaluates certain key performance indicators in constant currency,
including ARR, net ARR added, one-year gross ARR churn, and net ARR retention rate. To calculate its constant
currency measures, it adopts the exchange rates as of the last day of the prior financial year, recalculates the
metrics for all prior periods and uses those rates throughout the current financial year. In some instances, the
Group prepares metrics on both constant currency and an applicable U.S. Dollar rate to assess potential future
impacts to its U.S. Dollar-based financial statements. For the financial year ended 30 June 2020, 57.0% of the
Group’s invoicing was in U.S. Dollars, with 23.0% in British Pound Sterling, 14.8% in Euros and 5.2% in a range
of other currencies. For example, at the exchange rate on 31 December 2020, the actual ARR expressed in U.S.
Dollar terms was $4.1 million higher than as presented in constant currency.
72
Seasonality
The Group experiences seasonality in its sales to both new and renewing customers. This seasonality leads to
peaks in the Group’s net ARR added in the Group’s second financial quarter, followed closely by the Group’s
fourth financial quarter. In the financial years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020, these quarters have produced
approximately 58% of the year’s net ARR added. The first financial quarter ending in September is typically the
lowest quarter, reflecting the impact of slower summer sales months in the Group’s largest markets.
Significantly, due to the long-term nature of contracts and the fact contracts are almost entirely subscription-based,
with revenue recognised rateably over the contract term, this seasonality in sales and net ARR added does not
translate to seasonal effects in ARR or revenue. Any prolonged downturn in sales, however, may negatively affect
the Group’s revenue in future periods. Accordingly, the effect of downturns in sales and market acceptance of the
Group’s platform, and potential changes in its rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in the Group’s results
of operations until future periods.
Convertible Loan Notes
In July 2020, the Group issued convertible loan notes (“
CLNs
”) to certain existing shareholders for gross cash
consideration of $163 million. $127 million of the proceeds were used to repurchase a portion of shares being
distributed to the individual holders of an existing shareholder of Darktrace Holdings Limited. Were the Company
to seek a listing, the CLNs would be converted to equity immediately before such listing and the Group would
incur no further borrowing costs in connection with the CLNs in respect of the period after such listing.
Accordingly, the Group’s indebtedness and its finance costs would be lower post-listing.
The terms of the CLNs are described in more detail in “
Operating and Financial Review — Group Liquidity and
Capital Resources
.” As a result of the equity conversion and early settlement features of the CLNs they are
classified as hybrid instruments, with both host loan and embedded derivative components. As the CLNs were
issued to related parties, the carrying value of both components must equal the fair value of consideration
received. As a result, the fair value of the embedded derivative was calculated and deducted from the $163 million
of proceeds, with the balance allocated to the initial carrying value of the host loan. The fair value of the derivative
at inception was calculated to be the difference between the value of equity that the Group estimates will be
required to convert the CLNs, including accrued interest, at an expected redemption date, and the transaction
proceeds. As the recorded value of the host loan is significantly lower than the face value of the CLNs, under the
relevant accounting principles, an effective interest rate of 41.6% must be implied even though such rate is
significantly higher than the coupon rate for the CLNs. The CLNs are recorded in the Group’s statement of
financial position at inception and 31 December 2020 as follows:
31 Dec 2020
2 July 2020
$’000
$’000
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Embedded derivative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,895
79,535
Host loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98,577
83,286
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total value of loan notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205,472
162,821
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
For the six months ended 31 December 2020, the Group reported an operating loss of $4.9 million but a net loss
of $48.4 million. This difference was primarily driven by the non-cash borrowing costs of the CLNs.
The Group’s results of operations, as measured by net loss or total comprehensive loss, for the six months ended
31 December 2020, which reflect the impact of the CLNs, are not directly comparable with those of prior periods.
Further, the Group’s results of operations, as measured by net loss or total comprehensive loss, for the financial
year ended 30 June 2021, which will also reflect the impact of the CLNs, will not be directly comparable with
those of prior periods. For reasons mentioned above, the CLNs are not expected to have any further impact on
financial results of the Group thereafter.
5.
COMPONENTS OF THE GROUP’S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenue:
The Group generates revenue almost exclusively from subscription contracts with average terms of approximately
three years. For each of the periods presented, these subscription contracts accounted for more than 99.5% of the
Group’s revenue. As the Group delivers, and the customer receives, the benefit of the purchased products
relatively equally over the contract life, revenue for subscription contracts is recognised rateably over the service
period, from commencement date to termination.
73
In a very small number of cases, the Group sells supplementary training or extra appliances separately from its
software product deployments, but only to customers who have software product deployments. The revenue from
these contracts is recognised when the training is delivered, or the appliance is sold.
Generally, about three-quarters of customers are invoiced annually in advance, with the remainder invoiced,
relatively equally, either full contract value in advance, quarterly in advance or monthly in advance. As
subscriptions that are invoiced as either full contract value in advance or annually in advance represent a
significant portion of the Group’s total invoicing, the Group has substantial short-term and long-term deferred
revenue balances. Deferred revenue balances form part of the Group’s RPO, which represent committed revenue
backlog that, except for any future default amounts, should convert to revenue over the related contract lives.
Cost of Sales:
The Group’s cost of sales are comprised of the costs of deploying its software, whether through physical
appliances or in the cloud, and of providing both customer support and supplementary monitoring and response
capabilities. The largest of the Group’s contract-related deployments costs is the depreciation of contract-deployed
appliances, but it also recognises costs for appliance shipping and cloud hosting. The Group matches the costs of
appliance and cloud deployment mechanisms to the revenue stream.
Appliances are encrypted devices that cannot be used for any purpose other than to run Darktrace software and as
such, have no separate use or value to a customer. The same appliances are used to deliver software for both POVs
and customer contracts. The Group retrieves appliances at the end of each POV or contract and each appliance
may be redeployed multiple times, in multiple situations, over its useful life. As such, except for the rare
exceptions where an appliance is sold, the Group owns all appliances and accounts for them as Darktrace assets.
Appliances are depreciated over five years and the depreciation of the appliance pool is allocated between cost of
sales and sales and marketing, based on where the appliances in that pool are used in each period. All appliance
depreciation related to deployments for customers usage under contracts are in cost of sales.
While direct cloud hosting costs are still relatively small, the Group expects them to grow significantly as more
products are deployed in and from the cloud. There should be a substitution effect in direct costs, with appliance
depreciation and shipping costs growing less quickly as cloud costs increase. For hosted products, all hosting costs
related to customer contracts are recognised in cost of sales in the periods incurred.
All compensation and related costs of providing both customer support and supplementary monitoring and
response capabilities are included in cost of sales.
Sales and Marketing Costs:
Sales and marketing costs are the costs of expanding the market’s recognition of Darktrace and its products,
attracting new customers, and retaining existing customers. The largest component of sales and marketing costs
are for employee compensation and related expenses, including salaries, sales commissions, bonuses, other
benefits costs and share-based compensation charges.
Most sales commissions are paid in two instalments, the first when the sale is made and the second upon the earlier
of payment for the entire contract value or after one year from the date of sale. For the first instalment, the Group
capitalises sales commissions and the associated payroll taxes, and amortises them over the related contract term.
As there are continued employment and customer service obligations required to receive the second instalment,
these commissions are not eligible for capitalisation. The Group accrues them based on the expected twelve-
month period between sale and payment and releases the accrual when the commission is paid.
Sales and marketing costs also includes the depreciation of appliances being used to deliver POVs to prospects.
The Group’s appliance pool is allocated between cost of sales and marketing, based on where the appliances in
that pool are being used in each period. All appliance depreciation related to POV deployments are sales and
marketing costs.
Other significant sales and marketing costs are for brand awareness advertising, lead generation activities
including digital marketing programs and prospect events, and travel and entertainment expenses for sales
meeting and marketing events. Additionally, sales and marketing does contain allocated overhead costs, primarily
rents and other facilities costs that are allocated on employee count.
74
Administrative Expenses:
Research and Development Costs:
Research and development costs are the costs associated with the Group’s efforts to develop new products for its
platform, expand the features of its platform, and ensure the platform’s continuing reliability, availability and
scalability. These costs are primarily made up of the labour and related costs remaining after capitalisation of
allowable labour and related development costs, and the amortisation of such costs capitalised in prior periods.
Given the Group’s rapid growth, for each of the periods presented, the value of costs being capitalised to the
statements of financial position have been between two and three times the value of the amortisation of such costs
capitalised in prior periods recorded as research and development costs in the statement of comprehensive income.
Additionally, research and development does contain allocated overhead costs, primarily rents and other facilities
costs that are allocated on a per employee basis.
Other Administrative Expenses:
Other administrative expenses are the costs associated with the Group’s management and operations functions,
including for the executive finance, and legal functions, the customer success team, and for operations teams such
as partner operations and shipping. The largest cost in this category is employee-related costs, including salaries
and bonuses, share-based compensation charges and employee benefit costs. Other significant administrative
expenses are for professional fees, typically for external legal, accounting and tax services. For the six months
ended 31 December 2020, these professional fees increased significantly as the Group incurred material IPO
readiness costs. These IPO readiness costs are expected to continue into the second half of the financial year ended
30 June 2021 and, at least in part, be replaced by public company costs in the financial year ended 30 June 2022.
Additionally, Other administrative expenses also contains allocated overhead costs, primarily rents and other
facilities costs that are allocated on a per employee basis.
Credit Loss Charge:
Credit loss charge is the charge to the income statement related to movements in the expected credit loss provision
for the Group’s trade receivables.
Other Operating Income:
Other operating income consists of research and development tax credits received through programmes run by the
government of the UK. Prior to 2019, the Group participated in HMRC’s SME tax credit scheme, under which
tax credits are not considered a taxable benefit. In 2019, the Group reached a size that required it to transition to
HMRC’s RDEC programme, which requires the recognition of these tax credits as taxable operating income.
Finance costs:
Finance costs have historically been bank charges for letters of credit and transactional items. However, for the
six-months ended 31 December 2020, finance costs also included the non-cash costs associated with the CLNs
issued by the Group in July 2020. These costs will be recognised until the redemption of the CLNs, which is
expected to be upon the successful completion of the Global Offer. While costs related to the CLNs will
substantially increase the Group’s finance costs for the financial year ended 30 June 2021, these costs will be
lower post-Admission.
Finance income:
Finance income is primarily interest generated from cash deposits that the Group has with banks.
Foreign exchange difference arising on presentational currency change:
The Foreign exchange difference arising on presentational currency change was, prior to the financial year ended
30 June 2019, the charge that arose from the Group having different functional and reporting currencies. As of
1 July 2019, the Group’s functional and reporting currencies became the same, so this charge does not arise for
results after this date.
75
6.
GROUP RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The table below sets forth the Group’s results of operations for the periods presented:
Six months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(audited)
(unaudited)
(in $‘000)
(audited)
Revenue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
126,514
91,076
199,076
137,017
79,415
Cost of sales
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,399)
(7,010)
(17,477)
(12,252)
(8,225)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114,115
84,066
181,599
124,765
71,190
Sales and marketing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(86,738)
(86,338)
(163,052)
(130,532)
(91,117)
Administrative expenses
Research and development costs
. . . . . . . .
(10,657)
(5,574)
(12,030)
(9,715)
(7,512)
Other administrative expenses
. . . . . . . . .
(21,500)
(13,954)
(26,887)
(20,247)
(12,587)
Credit loss charge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(423)
(103)
(5,344)
(1,326)
(587)
Other operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
424
811
850
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Operating loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
Finance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(43,044)
(1,164)
(2,405)
(2,224)
(1,262)
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
453
382
937
250
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Loss before taxation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(47,866)
(22,190)
(26,926)
(37,492)
(41,625)
Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(545)
(580)
(1,746)
2,800
(869)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
Foreign exchange difference arising on
presentational currency change . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(1,708)
1,315
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(36,400)
(41,179)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Six Months Ended 31 December 2020 and 2019
Revenue
Revenue increased by $35.4 million, or 38.9%, to $126.5 million for the six months ended 31 December 2020, as
compared to $91.1 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was primarily attributable
to a 43% net increase in unique customers between 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020.
Revenue accounted for by the United Kingdom decreased to 18.1% for the six months ended 31 December 2020
from 19.8% for the six months ended 31 December 2019. The revenue accounted for by Europe increased to
20.5% for the six months ended 31 December 2020 from 18.6% for the six months ended 31 December 2019. The
revenue accounted for by the United States and Canada decreased to 39.4% for the six months ended 31 December
2020 from 41.5% for the six months ended 31 December 2019. The revenue accounted for by other regions
increased to 22.0% for the six months ended 31 December 2020 from 20.1% for the six months ended
31 December 2019.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased by $5.4 million, or 76.9%, to $12.4 million for the six months ended 31 December 2020,
as compared to $7.0 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was primarily attributable
to the cost of supporting the increase in total customer deployments between the two financial years. Cost of sales
generally scaled in line with revenue growth, resulting in gross margins of 90.2% and 92.3% for the six-month
ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 periods, respectively.
Sales and marketing costs
Sales and marketing costs increased by $0.4 million, or 0.5%, to $86.7 million for the six months ended
31 December 2020, as compared to $86.3 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was
primarily attributable to a 13.8% increase in headcount, largely sales personnel to drive customer acquisition, but
also to a $1.7 million charge for share-based payment-related employer tax obligations that was required to be
recorded when, by formally beginning the listing process, it became probable that the securities underlying certain
option grants vested in prior periods would become readily convertible assets. Direct marketing expense for lead
generation and to build brand and product recognition also increased between the periods. Aggregate Sales and
76
marketing cost increases between the periods were offset by a decrease in travel costs related to governmental
travel restrictions imposed due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Research and development costs
Research and development costs increased by $5.1 million, or 91.2%, to $10.7 million for the six months ended
31 December 2020, as compared to $5.6 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was
attributable to both a $3.1 million charge for share-based payment-related employer tax obligations that was
required to be recorded when, by formally beginning the listing process, it became probable that the securities
underlying certain option grants vested in prior periods would become readily convertible assets, and a 35%
increase in research and development staffing to enhance the Group’s existing product offerings and to expand its
new product development efforts.
Other administrative expenses
Other administrative expenses increased by $7.5 million, or 54.1%, to $21.5 million for the six months ended
31 December 2020, as compared to $14.0 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was
primarily attributable to a more than 100% increase in staffing, especially in the customer success and other
operations teams to support the Group’s growth, and the legal and finance teams to support the Group’s growth
and intended listing, but also to a $1.8 million charge for share-based payment-related employer tax obligations
that was required to be recorded when, by formally beginning the listing process, it became probable that the
securities underlying certain option grants vested in prior periods would become readily convertible assets.
Professional fees also increased by $1.9 million between the periods, largely for work associated with preparing
the Group to list and operate as a listed company.
Credit loss charge
Credit loss charge increased by $0.3 million to $0.4 million for the six-months ended 31 December 2020, as
compared to $0.1 million for the six-months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was primarily attributable
to the Group, in the 2020 financial year, adopting a more in-depth and conservative provision policy. It was also
attributable to an increase in the Group’s trade receivables and changes to the ageing profile of those receivables.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by $41.9 million to $43.0 million for six months ended 31 December 2020, as compared
to $1.2 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to interest
and accretion costs arising from the convertible loan notes the Group issued in July 2020.
Finance income
Finance income decreased by $0.4 million to $0.1 million for the six months ended 31 December 2020, as
compared to $0.5 million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable
to a reduction in interest rates and a more conservative cash holding strategy.
Tax (expense)/benefit
Tax (expense) was largely flat, remaining at $(0.5) million for the six months ended 31 December 2020, as
compared to $(0.6) million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. Tax expense was primarily attributable
to taxes due for a number of the Group’s non-UK subsidiaries.
Financial Years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019
Revenue
Revenue increased by $62.1 million, or 45.3%, to $199.1 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $137.0 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to
a 41% net increase in unique customers between 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2020.
Revenue accounted for by the United Kingdom increased to 19.2% for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 from
18.0% for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. The revenue accounted for by Europe remained constant at
19.1% for the financials years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019. The revenue accounted for by the United States and
Canada increased to 40.8% for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 from 40.7% for the financial year ended
77
30 June 2019. The revenue accounted for by other regions decreased to 20.9% for the financial year ended 30 June
2020 from 22.2% for the financial year ended 30 June 2019.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased by $5.2 million, or 42.6%, to $17.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $12.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to
the cost of supporting the increase in total customer deployments between the two financial years. Cost of sales
scaled in line with revenue growth, resulting in gross margins of 91.2% and 91.1% for the 2020 and 2019 periods,
respectively.
Sales and marketing costs
Sales and marketing costs increased by $33 million, or 24.9%, to $163.1 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2020, as compared to $130.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was
primarily attributable a 36.5% increase in staffing, largely sales personnel to drive customer acquisition. Direct
marketing expense for lead generation and to build brand and product recognition also increased between the
periods. Aggregated Sales and marketing cost increases between the periods were partially offset by a decrease in
travel costs in the Group’s fourth quarter related to governmental travel restrictions imposed due to the COVID-19
pandemic.
Research and development costs
Research and development costs increased by $2.3 million, or 23.8%, to $12.0 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2020, as compared to $9.7 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily
attributable to a 21% increase in research and development staffing to enhance the Group’s existing product
offerings and to expand its new product development efforts.
Other administrative expenses
Other administrative expenses increased by $6.6 million, or 32.8%, to $26.9 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2020, as compared to $20.2 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily
attributable a 61.5% increase in staffing, especially in the customer success and other operations teams to support
the Group’s growth.
Credit loss charge
Credit loss charge increased by $4.0 million to $5.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $1.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to
the Group, in the 2020 financial year, adopting a more in-depth and conservative provision policy. It was also
attributable to an increase in the Group’s trade receivables and changes to the ageing profile of those receivables.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by $0.2 million to $2.4 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as compared to
$2.2 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in
the numbers of letters of credit and bank transactions incurring fees, reflecting the Group’s growth.
Finance income
Finance income decreased by $0.6 million to $0.4 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as compared
to $0.9 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction
in cash balances and a more conservative cash holding strategy.
Tax (expense)/benefit
Tax (expense)/benefit changed by $4.5 million to $(1.7) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $2.8 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. Tax expense was primarily attributable to
taxes due for a number of the Group’s non-UK subsidiaries.
78
Financial Years ended 30 June 2019 and 2018
Revenue
Revenue increased by $57.6 million, or 72.5%, to $137.0 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to $79.4 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to
a 65% net increase in unique customers between 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2019.
Revenue accounted for by the United Kingdom decreased to 18.0% for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 from
29.9% for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. The revenue accounted for by Europe increased to 19.1% for
the financial year ended 30 June 2019 from 13.5% for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. The revenue
accounted for by the United States and Canada increased to 40.7% for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 from
38.9% for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. The revenue accounted for by other regions increased to 22.2%
for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 from 17.7% for the financial year ended 30 June 2018.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased by $4.1 million, or 49.0%, to $12.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to $8.2 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to
the cost of supporting the increase in total customer deployments between the two financial years. Cost of sales
generally scaled in line with revenue growth, resulting in gross margins of 91.1% and 89.6% for the 2019 and
2018 periods, respectively.
Sales and marketing costs
Sales and marketing costs increased by $39.4 million, or 43.3%, to $130.5 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2019, as compared to $91.1 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily
attributable to a 44.4% increase in staffing, largely sales personnel to drive customer acquisition. Direct marketing
expense for lead generation and to build brand and product recognition, as well as sales and marketing event-
related travel and entertainment also increased during the period.
Research and development costs
Research and development costs increased by $2.2 million, or 29.3%, to $9.7 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2019, as compared to $7.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily
attributable to a 13% increase in research and development staffing to enhance the Group’s existing product
offerings and to expand its new product development efforts.
Other administrative expenses
Other administrative expenses increased by $7.7 million, or 60.9%, to $20.2 million for the financial year ended
30 June 2019, as compared to $12.6 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily
attributable to a 45% increase in staffing, especially in the customer success and other operations teams to support
the Group’s growth.
Credit loss charge
Credit loss charge increased by $0.7 million to $1.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to $0.6 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an
increase in the Group’s trade receivables and changes to the ageing profile of those receivables.
Other operating income
Other operating income increased by $0.9 million to $0.9 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to nil for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was attributable to the start of Darktrace’s
participation in an HMRC tax credit scheme that requires these tax credits to be recognised as taxable income.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by $1.0 million, or 76.2%, to $2.2 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to $1.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to an
increase in the numbers of letters of credit and bank transactions incurring fees, reflecting the Group’s growth.
79
Finance income
Finance income increased by $0.7 million, or 274.8%, to $0.9 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019,
as compared to $0.3 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to
an increase in average cash balances between the periods.
Tax (expense)/income
Tax (expense)/benefit changed by $3.7 million, $2.8 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, as
compared to $(0.9) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This change was primarily attributable to
the Group claiming retroactive tax credits for prior year periods in 2019 that more than offset 2019 tax expense.
Tax expense was primarily attributable to taxes due for a number of the Group’s non-UK subsidiaries.
7.
GROUP LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Capital Expenditures
The Group has no material capital commitments.
Cash Flows
The following table shows the major components of the Group’s cash flows for the periods presented:
Six months ended
31 December
Financial Year ended 30 June
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
2020
2019
2020
2019
2018
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(unaudited)
(in $’000)
Net cash flows (used in) / from operating
activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,283
(3,337)
19,380
18,755
(16,685)
Net cash (used in)/from investing activities .
(8,551)
(11,390)
(22,795)
(26,790)
(18,171)
Net cash (used in)/from financing activities .
31,946
(3,146)
(6,784)
43,508
43,412
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48,677
(17,872)
(10,199)
35,475
8,558
Six Months Ended 31 December 2020 and 2019
Cash and cash equivalents were $103.9 million at 31 December 2020, an increase of $48.7 million (exclusive of
a $1.3 million net exchange difference on cash held) over the six months ended 31 December 2020, and an
increase of $57.3 million compared to cash and cash equivalents of $46.6 million at 31 December 2019.
Net cash flows (used in)/from operating activities
Net cash flows (used in) or from operating activities were $25.3 million for the six months ended 31 December
2020, as compared to $(3.3) million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This difference was attributable
to a $16.0 million improvement in net loss adjusted to exclude $41.7 million in non-cash financing costs
associated with the CLN. This improvement was partially driven by a decrease in travel costs in the Group’s fourth
quarter related to governmental travel restrictions imposed due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The difference was
also attributable to timing of working capital movements between the periods, the most significant of these being
a $16.4 million increase in deferred revenue, offset by a $9.3 million increase in trade receivables.
Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities
Net cash flows from investing activities were $(8.6) million for the six months ended 31 December 2020, as
compared to $(11.4) million for the six months ended 31 December 2020. This difference between the periods was
primarily attributable to a decrease of $4.4 million in property, plant and equipment purchases, offset by an
additional $1.1 million in capitalised research and development costs.
Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities
Net cash flows (used in) or from financing activities were $31.9 million for the six months ended 31 December
2020, as compared to $(3.1) million for the six months ended 31 December 2019. This difference was primarily
attributable to the $35.8 million of proceeds from the issue of CLN retained by the Group after funding the
repurchase of shares, offset by small differences in repayment of leases and other items.
80
Financial Years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019
Cash and cash equivalents were $54.0 million at 30 June 2020, a decrease of $(10.5) million (exclusive of a
$(0.3) million net exchange difference on cash held) compared to cash and cash equivalents of $64.4 million at
31 December 2019.
Net cash flows (used in)/from operating activities
Net cash flows from operating activities were $19.4 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $18.8 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This difference was attributable to a
$6.0 million improvement in net loss as well as to timing of working capital movements between the periods, the
most significant of these being a $15.8 million increase in trade receivables and the receipt of $4.3 million in tax
credits related to prior periods.
Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities
Net cash flows used in investing activities were $(22.8) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $(26.8) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This difference between the periods was
primarily attributable to a decrease of $4.7 million in property, plant and equipment purchases in the financial year
2020.
Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities
Net cash flows (used in) or from financing activities was $(6.8) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020,
as compared to $43.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This decrease was primarily attributable
to the fact that the Group did not do a fundraising in the financial 2020 period so proceeds from share issues were
$50.0 million lower in that period.
Financial Years ended 30 June 2019 and 2018
Cash and cash equivalents were $64.4 million at 30 June 2019, an increase of $35.2 million (exclusive of a
$(0.2) million net exchange difference on cash held) compared to cash and cash equivalents of $29.2 million at
31 December 2019.
Net cash flows (used in)/from operating activities
Net cash flows (used in) or from operating activities were $18.8 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019,
as compared to $(16.7) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This difference was attributable to a
$7.8 million improvement in net loss as well as to timing of working capital movements between the periods, the
most significant of these being increases of $6.6 million and $3.4 million in depreciation and capitalised sales
commission, respectively.
Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities
Net cash flows (used in) investing activities were $(26.8) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, as
compared to $(18.2) million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. This difference between the periods was
primarily attributable to an increase of $8.6 million in property, plant and equipment purchases in the financial
year 2019.
Net cash flows (used in)/from financing activities
Net cash flows (used in) or from financing activities was $43.5 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019,
as compared to $43.4 million for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, with the Group having done similar levels
of fundraising in both periods.
8.
BORROWINGS
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had no current borrowings and non-current borrowings of $205.5 million.
The table below sets forth the Group’s total borrowings as at 31 December 2020.
31 December 2020
–––––––––––––––––
(in $’000)
Convertible Loan Notes, host contract
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98,577
Convertible Loan Notes, embedded derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,895
–––––––––––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205,472
–––––––––––––––––
81
In July 2020, the Group issued CLNs to certain existing shareholders in exchange for cash consideration of
$163 million. Pursuant to the Reorganisation, the CLNs will be converted to equity immediately before Admission
and the Group will incur no further borrowing costs in connection with the CLNs in respect of the period after
Admission. Accordingly, the Group’s indebtedness and its finance costs will be lower post-Admission.
Redemption of the CLNs may occur by any of the following four means:
1.
a trade sale of the business (either for cash or equity),
2.
conversion to equity if the Group issues additional shares,
3.
conversion to equity if the Group makes an initial public offering, or
4.
redemption in cash no later than June 2024 if none of the above mechanisms have been triggered.
If the CLNs are converted to equity, the accrued liability due to the holder at that point will be grossed up by a
discount specified in the terms of the CLNs. If redemption occurs prior to 30 June 2021, this discount will be 35%.
The amount of the discount increases by 1% per month up to a maximum of 55%. The equity conversion and early
settlement features included in the CLNs terms constitute an embedded derivative based on the definition set out
in IFRS 9.
The principal and interest components of the CLNs do not meet the criteria for recognition as equity and the CLNs
are recognised as a financial liability.
The equity conversion and early settlement features included in the CLNs’ terms constitute an embedded
derivative and therefore the CLNs are treated as a hybrid instrument.
For a summary of, and additional information regarding, the CLNs, please see note 22 of Part 9: “
Historical
Financial Information
” of this Registration Document.
9.
CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS
The following are the Group’s contractual maturities of financial liabilities as at 31 December 2020 at undiscounted
amounts and based on the future rates forecasted at the reporting date, including estimated interest payments.
Payments due by period
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Less than
More than
1 year
1-2 years
2-5 years
5 years
Total
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
(in $’000)
Financial liabilities
(1)
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,951
7,592
18,753
16,157
50,453
Trade and other payables . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,709
–
–
–
10,709
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,660
7,592
18,753
16,157
61,162
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Notes:
(1)
The CLNs have been excluded as there is an expectation that there will be a conversion into equity prior to Admission. See
“
—Borrowings
.”
The Group leases various offices and equipment under non-cancellable operating and finance lease agreements.
10.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
The Group does not have any material off-balance sheet items.
11.
POST-BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
On 14 January 2021, the Group entered into an agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to provide a $25 million
revolving credit facility for a term of two years.
12.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
For a summary of, and additional information regarding, the Group’s significant accounting policies, please
see note 2 of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” of this Registration Statement.
82
13.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
The principal categories of financial risk to which the Group is exposed are market risk, including foreign
exchange risk, interest rate risk and price risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. For a summary of, and additional
information regarding, the Group’s financial risk management, please see note 5 of Part 9: “
Historical Financial
Information
” of this Registration Statement.
14.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS
For a summary of, and additional information regarding, the Group’s critical accounting estimates and judgments,
please see note 4 of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” of this Registration Statement.
15.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
For a summary of, and additional information regarding, new and amended accounting standards adopted by the
Group and new standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Group, please see note 2 of Part 9: “
Historical
Financial Information
” of this Registration Statement.
83
Part 9
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
SECTION A—ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT RELATING TO HISTORICAL FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square
London
EC2A 1AG
T +44 (0)20 7383 5100
F +44 (0)20 7184 4301
The Directors
Darktrace plc
Maurice Wilkes Building
St John’s Innovation Park
Cowley Road
Cambridge
CB4 0DS
12 April 2021
Dear Sir/Madam
Darktrace Holdings Limited (the Company) and its Subsidiary Undertakings (Together, the Group) –
Accountant’s Report on Historical Financial Information
We report on the Group historical financial information set out in Section B of Part 9 of Darktrace plc’s
registration document dated 12 April 2021 (the
Registration Document
), for each of the three years ended
30 June 2020 and the six month period ended 31 December 2020 (the
Historical Financial Information
).
We have not audited or reviewed the financial information for the six month period ended 31 December 2019,
which has been included in the Historical Financial Information for comparative purposes only, and accordingly
do not express an opinion thereon.
Opinion
In our opinion, the Historical Financial Information gives, for the purposes of the Registration Document, a true
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group as at each of 30 June 2018, 30 June 2019, 30 June 2020 and
31 December 2020 and of its results, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years ended 30 June 2018,
30 June 2019, 30 June 2020 and for the six months ended 31 December 2020 in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union.
Responsibilities
The directors of Darktrace plc are responsible for preparing the Historical Financial Information in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
It is our responsibility to form an opinion on the Historical Financial Information and to report our opinion to you.
84
Chartered Accountants. Grant Thornton UK LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales: No.OC307742.
Registered office: 30 Finsbury Square, London EC2A 1AG. A list of members is available from our registered office. Grant Thornton
UK LLP is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Grant Thornton UK LLP is a member firm of Grant Thornton
International Ltd (GTIL). GTIL and the member firms are not a worldwide partnership. Services are delivered by the member firms.
GTIL and its member firms are not agents of, and do not obligate, one another and are not liable for one another’s acts or omissions.
Please see grantthornton.co.uk for further details.
grantthornton.co.uk
Save for any responsibility that may arise under Prospectus Regulation Rule 5.3.2R(2)(f) to any person as and to
the extent there provided, to the fullest extent permitted by law we do not assume any responsibility and will not
accept any liability to any other person for any loss suffered by any such other person as a result of, arising out
of, or in connection with this report or our statement, required by and given solely for the purposes of complying
with Item 1.3 of Annex 1 of the United Kingdom version of Regulation number 2019/980 of the European
Commission, which is part of United Kingdom law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the
PR Regulation
), consenting to its inclusion in the Registration Document.
Basis of preparation
The Historical Financial Information has been prepared for inclusion in the Registration Document on the basis
of the accounting policies set out in notes 2 and 3 to the Historical Financial Information.
This report is required by Item 18.3.1 of Annex 1 of the PR Regulation and is given for the purpose of complying
with that item and for no other purpose.
Basis of opinion
We conducted our work in accordance with the Standards for Investment Reporting issued by the Financial
Reporting Council in the United Kingdom. We are independent in accordance with relevant ethical requirements,
which in the United Kingdom is the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to Investment Circular Reporting
Engagements, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Our work included an assessment of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the Historical Financial
Information. It also included an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by those responsible
for the preparation of the Historical Financial Information and whether the accounting policies are appropriate to
the entity's circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.
We planned and performed our work so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered
necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Historical Financial
Information is free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error.
Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our conclusions
are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a
going concern for a period of at least twelve months from the date of the Registration Document for which the
Historical Financial Information and this report were prepared.
In forming our opinion on the Historical Financial Information, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the
going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the Historical Financial Information is appropriate.
Declaration
For the purposes of Item 1.2 of Annex 1 of the PR Regulation we are responsible for this report as part of the
Registration Document and declare that, to the best of our knowledge, the information contained in this report is
in accordance with the facts and that this report makes no omission likely to affect its import. This declaration is
included in the Registration Document in compliance with Item 1.2 of Annex 1 of the PR Regulation.
Yours faithfully
GRANT THORNTON UK LLP
85
SECTION B—HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
126,514
91,076
199,076
137,017
79,415
Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,399)
(7,010)
(17,477)
(12,252)
(8,225)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
114,115
84,066
181,599
124,765
71,190
Sales and marketing costs . . . . . . .
(86,738)
(86,338)
(163,052)
(130,532)
(91,117)
Administrative expenses
Research and development costs
(10,657)
(5,574)
(12,030)
(9,715)
(7,512)
Other administrative expenses . .
(21,500)
(13,954)
(26,887)
(20,247)
(12,587)
Credit loss charge
. . . . . . . . . . .
11
(423)
(103)
(5,344)
(1,326)
(587)
Other operating income . . . . . . . . .
9
322
424
811
850
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Operating loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,881)
(21,479)
(24,903)
(36,205)
(40,613)
Finance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(43,044)
(1,164)
(2,405)
(2,224)
(1,262)
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
59
453
382
937
250
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Loss before taxation
. . . . . . . . . .
11
(47,866)
(22,190)
(26,926)
(37,492)
(41,625)
Taxation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
(545)
(580)
(1,746)
2,800
(869)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that are, or may be, subsequently
reclassified to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange difference arising on
consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(1,708)
1,315
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
. . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(36,400)
(41,179)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Earnings per share
Basic loss per share
. . . . . . . . . . .
15
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.49)
$(19.32)
Diluted loss per share
. . . . . . . . .
15
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.49)
$(19.32)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
All of the results for the periods presented are attributable to equity holders of Darktrace Holdings Limited.
86
Consolidated statement of financial position
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Non-current assets
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
8,563
5,734
6,049
4,690
3,139
Property, plant and equipment
(“PPE”)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
48,322
48,180
49,462
42,882
30,066
Right of use (“ROU”) assets . . . . .
18
32,530
25,150
31,411
27,353
15,205
Capitalised commission . . . . . . . . .
19
16,256
11,738
14,659
9,438
5,225
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,154
5,286
4,895
5,040
3,726
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
110,825
96,088
106,476
89,403
57,361
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Current assets
Trade and other receivables . . . . . .
20
69,005
52,261
60,363
39,867
38,097
Capitalised commission . . . . . . . . .
19
12,302
9,237
10,890
7,915
4,497
Tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,292
1,221
1,267
4,845
–
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . .
21
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
186,511
109,287
126,464
117,070
71,772
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total assets
297,336
205,375
232,940
206,473
129,133
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Current liabilities
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
(108,736)
(81,615)
(96,769)
(72,552)
(42,881)
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(5,233)
(5,347)
(4,903)
(4,438)
(2,197)
Tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
(508)
(257)
(378)
Trade and other payables . . . . . . . .
24
(59,797)
(45,030)
(50,482)
(37,635)
(25,516)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(173,766)
(131,992)
(152,662)
(114,882)
(70,972)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Non-current liabilities
Convertible loan, host contract . . .
22
(98,577)
–
–
–
–
Convertible loan, embedded
derivative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
(106,895)
–
–
–
–
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
(30,216)
(24,629)
(25,779)
(22,702)
(21,582)
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(33,478)
(24,457)
(30,643)
(26,857)
(14,995)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
(269,166)
(49,086)
(56,422)
(49,559)
(36,577)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(442,932)
(181,078)
(209,084)
(164,441)
(107,549)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net (liabilities)/assets
. . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Equity
Share capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
27
27
29
33
31
Share premium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
43,553
170,367
170,402
181,621
131,533
Capital contribution . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
–
–
–
–
–
Stock compensation reserve
. . . . .
26
26,678
15,444
20,868
10,828
4,070
Foreign currency translation reserve
(4,398)
(4,398)
(4,398)
(4,398)
(2,690)
Retained earnings
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(211,456)
(157,143)
(163,045)
(146,052)
(111,360)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total equity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
87
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Foreign
currency
Stock
Share
Share
translation
Capital
compensation
Retained
capital
premium
reserve
contribution
reserve
earnings
Total equity
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Balance at 30 June 2019
33
181,621
(4,398)
–
10,828
(146,052)
42,032
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Effect of change in
functional currency . .
(6)
(11,357)
–
(316)
11,679
–
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2019
27
170,264
(4,398)
–
10,512
(134,373)
42,032
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Net loss
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(22,770)
(22,770)
Other comprehensive
(loss)/income
. . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
–
–
–
(22,770)
(22,770)
Shares issued . . . . . . . . .
27
–
103
–
–
–
–
103
Credit to equity for share
based compensation
charge
. . . . . . . . . . . .
26
–
–
–
–
4,932
–
4,932
Transactions with
shareholders
–
103
–
–
4,932
–
5,035
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at 31 December
2019, unaudited
27
170,367
(4,398)
–
15,444
(157,143)
24,297
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2020
29
170,402
(4,398)
–
20,868
(163,045)
23,856
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(48,411)
(48,411)
Other comprehensive
(loss)/income
. . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
–
–
–
(48,411)
(48,411)
Shares issued . . . . . . . . .
27
–
212
–
–
–
–
212
Share repurchase and
cancellation . . . . . . . .
(2)
(127,061)
–
–
–
–
(127,063)
Credit to equity for share
based compensation
charge
. . . . . . . . . . . .
26
–
–
–
–
5,810
–
5,810
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Transactions with
shareholders
. . . . . . .
(2)
(126,849)
–
–
5,810
–
(121,041)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at
31 December 2020
. .
27
43,553
(4,398)
–
26,678
(211,456)
(145,596)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
88
Foreign
currency
Stock
Share
Share
translation
Capital
compensation
Retained
capital
premium
reserve
contribution
reserve
earnings
Total equity
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Balance at 1 July 2017
30
81,783
(4,005)
2,954
1,784
(71,820)
10,726
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net Loss
. . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(42,494)
(42,494)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign exchange difference
arising on translation
to presentation currency
–
–
1,315
–
–
–
1,315
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
1,315
–
–
(42,494)
(41,179)
Reserve’s transfer
. . . . .
–
–
–
(2,954)
–
2,954
–
Shares issued . . . . . . . . .
27
1
49,750
–
–
–
–
49,751
Credit to equity for share
based compensation
charge
. . . . . . . . . . . .
26
–
–
–
–
2,286
–
2,286
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Transactions with
shareholders
. . . . . .
1
49,750
–
(2,954)
2,286
2,954
52,037
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at
30 June 2018
. . . . . .
31
131,533
(2,690)
–
4,070
(111,360)
21,584
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss:
Net Loss
. . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(34,692)
(34,692)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign exchange difference
arising on translation
to presentation currency
–
–
(1,708)
–
–
–
(1,708)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
(1,708)
–
(34,692)
(36,400)
Shares issued . . . . . . . . .
27
2
50,088
–
–
–
–
50,090
Credit to equity for share
based compensation
charge
. . . . . . . . . . . .
26
–
–
–
–
6,758
–
6,758
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Transactions with
shareholders
. . . . . .
2
50,088
–
–
6,758
–
56,848
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at
30 June 2019
. . . . . .
33
181,621
(4,398)
–
10,828
(146,052)
42,032
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
89
Foreign
currency
Stock
Share
Share
translation
Capital
compensation
Retained
capital
premium
reserve
contribution
reserve
earnings
Total equity
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Balance at 30 June 2019
33
181,621
(4,398)
–
10,828
(146,052)
42,032
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Effect of change in
functional currency . .
(6)
(11,357)
–
(316)
11,679
–
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at 1 July 2019
27
170,264
(4,398)
–
10,512
(134,373)
42,032
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
:
Net Loss
. . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(28,672)
(28,672)
Other comprehensive loss
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Total comprehensive loss
–
–
–
–
–
(28,672)
(28,672)
Shares issued . . . . . . . . .
27
2
138
–
–
–
–
140
Credit to equity for
share based
compensation charge .
26
–
–
–
–
10,356
–
10,356
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Transactions with
shareholders
. . . . . .
2
138
–
–
10,356
–
10,496
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Balance at
30 June 2020
. . . . . .
29
170,402
(4,398)
–
20,868
(163,045)
23,856
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
90
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Note
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cash generated from operations
Loss for the period . . . . . . . . . . . .
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant
and equipment (PPE) and
RoU asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17,18
11,795
9,599
21,055
15,993
9,367
Amortisation of intangible assets .
16
949
276
1,429
890
875
Amortisation of capitalised
commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
6,405
4,801
10,441
7,092
3,703
Impairment loss on PPE . . . . . . . .
17
90
–
–
–
–
Loss/(Profit) on disposal of PPE .
244
71
376
681
93
Foreign exchange differences . . . .
(1,176)
152
(148)
(2,665)
572
Credit loss charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
423
103
5,344
1,326
587
Share based compensation charge
26
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
Finance costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
1,382
1,164
2,405
2,224
1,262
Charge for convertible loan
(host contract) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,22
14,302
–
–
–
–
Charge for convertible loan
(embedded derivative) . . . . . . .
10,22
27,360
–
–
–
–
Finance income
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(59)
(453)
(382)
(937)
(250)
Other operating income . . . . . . . .
9
(322)
(424)
(811)
(850)
–
Taxation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
545
580
1,746
(2,800)
869
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Operating cash flows before
movements in working capital
19,337
(1,969)
23,139
(6,980)
(23,130)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Increase in trade and other
receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
(7,248)
(12,245)
(25,641)
(5,678)
(27,304)
Increase in capitalised commission
19
(9,414)
(8,850)
(19,064)
(14,915)
(9,224)
Increase in trade and other payables
24
6,960
5,526
10,758
13,302
11,289
Increase in deferred revenue
. . . .
8
16,404
10,990
27,294
34,455
32,331
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net cash flows from operating
activities before tax
. . . . . . . . .
26,039
(6,548)
16,486
20,184
(16,038)
Tax received/(paid) . . . . . . . . . . . .
(756)
3,211
2,894
(1,429)
(647)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net cash flow from operating
activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,283
(3,337)
19,380
18,755
(16,685)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Cash flows from investing
activities
Development costs capitalised . . .
16
(2,473)
(1,320)
(2,788)
(2,621)
(1,945)
Purchase of property, plant and
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
(6,137)
(10,523)
(20,389)
(25,106)
(16,476)
Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
59
453
382
937
250
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net cash flow from investing
activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(8,551)
(11,390)
(22,795)
(26,790)
(18,171)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
91
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Note
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Financing activities
Proceeds from share issues . . . . . .
27
212
103
140
50,090
49,750
Repurchase of shares . . . . . . . . . .
27
(127,063)
–
–
–
–
Proceeds from convertible loan/
borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28
162,821
–
–
–
–
Repayment to shareholder (net) . .
–
–
–
(1,411)
(3,788)
Repayment of lease liabilities
. . .
18
(2,642)
(2,085)
(4,519)
(2,947)
(1,288)
Payment of interest on lease
liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(1,382)
(1,164)
(2,405)
(2,224)
(1,262)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net cash flow from financing
activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31,946
(3,146)
(6,784)
43,508
43,412
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net increase/(decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
48,678
(17,873)
(10,199)
35,473
8,556
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Cash and cash equivalents at the
beginning of period
. . . . . . . . .
21
53,944
64,443
64,443
29,178
19,623
Exchange difference on cash
held (net) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,290
(2)
(300)
(208)
999
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Cash and cash equivalents at
the end of period
. . . . . . . . . . .
21
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
92
Notes to the historical financial information
1.
General information
Darktrace Holdings Limited (the “Company”) is incorporated, domiciled and registered in England. The
registered number is 08562035 and the registered address is Maurice Wilkes Building, St John’s Innovation Park,
Cowley Road, Cambridge CB4 0DS. The Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) is headquartered in
Cambridge, UK. The Group is a leading provider of cyber security solutions and is at the forefront of deploying
autonomous self-learning technology through its AI immune system approach.
2.
Basis of preparation
The Historical Financial Information comprises the audited consolidated statements of comprehensive income,
financial position, changes in equity, cash flows and notes of the Group for the years ended 30 June 2020, 30 June
2019, 30 June 2018 and the six months ended 31 December 2020, and 31 December 2019 (unaudited).
The Historical Financial Information has been prepared specifically for the purposes of the Registration
Document, in accordance with the requirements of the UK version of Regulation number 2019/980 of the
European Commission, which is part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. They have been prepared under the historical cost
convention except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value. The policies adopted are those
to be applied in the next statutory financial statements for the year ending 30 June 2021.
The policies set out below have been applied consistently throughout all periods presented.
The Historical Financial Information is presented in U.S. Dollars (“USD”), which is the current functional and
presentational currency for year ended 30 June 2020 and the six months ended 31 December 2020 and
31 December 2019. For the years ended 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2019 the functional currency was British Pound
Sterling (“GBP”). All values presented are in thousands ($’000), except where otherwise indicated.
The Historical Financial Information does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434(3)
of the Companies Act 2006. Consolidated financial statements for years ended 30 June 2020, 30 June 2019 and
30 June 2018 have been filed with the Registrar of Companies. Respective relevant audit reports for the years
ending 30 June 2020, 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018, previously filed, were unmodified.
New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has applied the following standards, amendments and interpretations for the first time for their annual
reporting period commencing 1 July 2019. All of the below were applied fully retrospectively to this Historical
Financial Information and periods that impact this Historical Financial Information:
•
Definition of Material – amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8
•
Definition of a Business – amendments to IFRS 3
•
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7
•
Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting
•
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments – IFRIC 23
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for their annual reporting period
commencing 1 July 2018. All of the below were applied fully retrospectively to the periods that impact this
Historical Financial Information:
•
Revenue from contracts with customers – IFRS 15
•
Leases – IFRS 16
•
Financial instruments – IFRS 9
93
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 2021
reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a
material impact on the Group for future reporting periods or foreseeable future transactions:
•
Amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 4, ‘Insurance contracts’, deferral of IFRS 9. These amendments defer
the date of application of IFRS 17 by 2 years to 1 January 2023 and change the fixed date of the temporary
exemption in IFRS 4 from applying IFRS 9, Financial instrument until 1 January 2023. For annual periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2021.
•
Amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of financial statements on classification of liabilities: for annual
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. These narrow-scope amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of
financial statements’, clarify that liabilities are classified as either current or non-current, depending on the
rights that exist at the end of the reporting period. Classification is unaffected by the expectations of the
entity or events after the reporting date (for example, the receipt of a waiver or a breach of covenant). The
amendment also clarifies what IAS 1 means when it refers to the ‘settlement’ of a liability.
•
Amendments to IFRS 3, ‘Business combinations’ update a reference in IFRS 3 to the Conceptual
Framework for Financial Reporting without changing the accounting requirements for business
combinations. For annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.
•
Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ prohibit a company from deducting from the cost
of Property, plant and equipment amounts received from selling items produced while the company is
preparing the asset for its intended use. Instead, a company will recognise such sales proceeds and related
cost in the statement of comprehensive income. For annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.
•
Amendments to IAS 37, ‘Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets’ specify which costs a
company includes when assessing whether a contract will be loss-making. For annual periods beginning
on or after 1 January 2022.
•
Annual improvements make minor amendments to IFRS 1, ‘First-time Adoption of IFRS’, IFRS 9,
‘Financial instruments’, IAS 41, ‘Agriculture’ and the Illustrative Examples accompanying IFRS 16,
‘Leases’. For annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.
•
IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’; This standard replaces IFRS 4, which currently permits a wide variety of
practices in accounting for insurance contracts. IFRS 17 will fundamentally change the accounting by all
entities that issue insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features.
For annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.
Going concern
The Historical Financial Information has been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have formed the
view that the Group will generate sufficient cash to meet its ongoing requirements for at least 12 months from the
date of approval of the Historical Financial Information. Accordingly, the going concern basis has been adopted.
At 31 December 2020, the Group had over $104 million in cash and equivalents on its statement of financial
position, sufficient to support the business for at least the next 12 months. Further, in January 2021, the Company
secured a $25 million revolving credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, the primary purpose of which is to secure
letters of credit for office leases.
The Group has continued to trade successfully throughout the COVID-19 pandemic and has seen its revenue grow
alongside expanding customer and employee numbers. This demonstrates the resilience of the Group in the face
of severe economic pressures on the wider global economy. Management continues to take appropriate action to
monitor, identify, address and mitigate the major uncertainties facing the business arising from the ongoing impact
of COVID-19. From the start of the pandemic, management took the decision that most staff should work from
home or, where necessary, in workspaces that have been equipped for appropriate social distancing and other
measures. Travel and entertainment has been severely reduced and marketing events have, in most instances,
become virtual. The Group has continued to operate effectively in this environment as demonstrated by results for
the six months ended 31 December 2020, which saw customer numbers increase to over 4,600 from over 3,800
at 30 June 2020. The Group has also increased its employees to over 1,300 at 31 December 2020, from over 1,100
at 30 June 2020, further expanding its capacity to grow its customer base and revenues in the future.
94
The Group has considered the impact of Brexit and has developed appropriate contingency plans including the
establishment of its subsidiary, Darktrace Ireland Limited. Due to the global nature of the business and its
historically proven ability to respond quickly to operational challenges, the risk to the Group is expected to be
minimal and has proven to be so in the first months of 2021.
Basis of consolidation
The Historical Financial Information presents the results of the Company and its subsidiaries as the Group.
Intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries are therefore eliminated in full.
Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement
with the subsidiary, and it can affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. The Company can direct
decisions through its ownership and, if applicable, voting rights. To date, all the Company’s subsidiaries have been
created by, rather than acquired by, the Company, and no subsidiaries have been closed or otherwise disposed of.
Were subsidiaries to be acquired during the year, the profit or loss attributable to shareholders would include the
profit or loss of the subsidiary from the date of acquisition. Were subsidiaries to be disposed of during the year,
the profit or loss attributable to shareholders would include the profit or loss of the subsidiary to the date of
disposal.
3.
Summary of significant accounting policies
Segment reporting
The Group has concluded that it operates in one business segment as defined by IFRS 8: Operating Segments
being the development and sale of cyber-threat defence technology. The Chief Operating Decision Makers (the
“CODMs”), which include the Executive Directors and other Senior Managers, make operating decisions for a
single operating unit and operating performance is assessed as a single operating segment. The information used
by the CODMs is consistent with, and prepared on the same basis as, that presented in the Historical Financial
Information. Further, there are no separately identifiable assets attributable to any separate business activity or
business unit.
Revenue recognition
All revenue contracts are entered into with the Company so subsidiaries do not have customer contract revenue
for Group revenue recognition. Subsidiary revenue is solely the result of cost plus-based transfer pricing
transactions with the Company, which are eliminated on consolidation.
The Group does not recognise any revenue until there is a legally binding contract in place with a customer or
partner acting on behalf of a customer, the commencement date of that agreement has passed, and the obligations
to fulfil that contract have been met. It applies the IFRS 15 principles-based, five step model to all contracts as
follows:
•
identify the contract with the customer,
•
identify the distinct performance obligations in the contract,
•
determine the transaction price,
•
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contracts, on a relative stand-alone
selling price basis, and
•
recognise revenue when the entity satisfies its performance obligations.
The Group has only a single performance obligation, that being to deliver interrelated Cyber Security software
and related services to its customers (see note 4). As such the transaction price is the total amount charged to the
Customer over the service period.
Most of the Group’s revenue is derived from multi-period subscription or licence contracts. This revenue is
recognised on a straight-line basis over the subscription or license period, with the customer simultaneously
receiving and consuming the benefits of the products it purchased within the Group’s Cyber AI Platform as the
Group performs them. The Group’s efforts are expended evenly throughout the performance period and therefore,
using the input method under IFRS 15, it is appropriate to recognise revenue on a straight-line basis. The Group
does not have any variable pricing as defined under IFRS 15.
95
In a very small number of cases, the Group sells supplementary training or extra appliances separately from its
software product deployments, but always to customers who have software product deployments. The revenue
from these contracts is recognised when the training or appliance is delivered.
The Group deploys a significant portion of its software on appliances that it delivers to the customer. These
appliances are encrypted devices that can only be used to run the Group’s software. They cannot be used for any
other purpose so have no separate value to the customer, and as the Group retrieves its appliances at the end of
deployments, each appliance may be redeployed multiple times, in multiple situations, over its useful life. The
Group considers that the appliances it deploys are an integral part of delivering software to the customer and
therefore, unless an appliance is sold separately, appliance deployments are recognised as part of the single
performance obligation not as separate performance obligations.
No element of financing is deemed present as sales are typically made on credit terms of 30-60 days, which is
consistent with market practice. Customers are billed in advance, also consistent with market practice.
For further information around critical judgement in revenue recognition and consideration of the single
performance obligation see note 4.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales is made up of two primary cost categories: the cost of software deployment and labour costs for
support or supplemental monitoring and response services.
The largest of the deployment costs is depreciation on appliances used to deliver the software to customers under
contracts. As these appliances are deployed, retrieved and redeployed many times over their useful lives, the
Group maintains ownership of these appliances, and holds them as Property, plant and equipment (see Property,
plant and equipment for additional detail). The depreciation of appliances is apportioned to Cost of sales based on
the proportion of the Group’s appliance pool deployed to customer sites and all appliance depreciation related to
customer contracts is recognised in Cost of sales. Where the Group deploys software to a contracted customer
virtually, the associated hosting costs are also recognised in Cost of sales. Cost of sales also includes shipping
costs and other costs necessary to deploy the Group’s software products.
Where the Group provides support or supplemental monitoring and response services, this work is tracked and the
relevant compensation costs allocated to Cost of sales.
Operating cost apportionment
Wherever possible, operating costs are attributed to either Sales and marketing, Research and development or
Other administrative expenses by the direct method. When costs apply to more than one cost category, they are
apportioned using an allocation methodology based on the most appropriate direct data source.
The Group apportions the depreciation of appliances used to run Proof of Value (“POV”) demonstrations for
prospects (see Note 17 for additional detail) to Sales and marketing. Similarly, for POVs of virtually deployed
products, the associated hosting costs are recognised as Sales and marketing costs. Also, pre-sales support staff,
whose costs are primarily attributed to Sales and marketing, may also perform post-sales support functions. This
work is tracked and the compensation costs associated with that work are allocated to Cost of sales.
Research and development (“R&D”) primarily consists of compensation and other directly attributable costs of
the staff who develop the Group’s software products. The Group capitalises the costs of development work that
meets the criteria for capitalisation and amortises costs once the software is brought into use. The associated
amortisation is also recognized in R&D. Developers and Analysts working in the Group’s R&D function may also
provide supplemental monitoring and response services to customers. This work is tracked and the compensation
costs associated with that work are allocated to Cost of sales.
Commission cost recognition
Commission costs are all recognised as Sales and marketing costs. The Group pays commissions to sales staff and
to referral partners. IFRS 15 requires that certain costs incurred in both obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts
be deferred on the statement of financial position and amortised over the period that an entity expects to benefit
from the customer relationship. The only significant cost falling within the remit of IFRS 15 is the portion of
commission costs classified as a cost of contract acquisition. Sales staff receive the first 50% of commission at
the point of contract signing, which is deemed to meet the criteria of being incurred solely to acquire the contract.
These transaction related commission costs, including related social security and similar contributions, are
96
therefore capitalised and amortised over the contract term, with the amortisation being recognised as a Sales and
marketing cost. Commissions paid to referral partners are also capitalised and amortised to Sales and marketing
costs over the life of the related contracts.
The remaining 50% of sales staff commission is paid on the earlier of the full contract value being paid, or, most
frequently, after one year. Because these commissions have additional service and performance requirements, they
are not eligible to be capitalised under IFRS 15. Instead, the commission and associated social security costs are
accrued based on the expected 12-month period between the sale and payment, then the accrual is released when
the commission is paid or earlier if commission recouped due to customer defaulting on payments.
Research and development
The Group capitalises the costs of development work that meets the criteria for capitalisation and amortises those
costs once the software is brought into use. Research and development expenditures that do not meet the criteria
for capitalisation, are recognised as an expense when incurred. Development costs previously recognised as
expenses are not recognised as assets in any subsequent period. Development costs for features and enhancements
that are available to all customers without additional charge, are expensed as incurred. Amortisation of capitalised
development costs is recognized as R&D cost (see Intangible Assets for additional detail).
Share-based payments
The Group operates an equity settled share-based payment scheme. The equity settled share-based payments are
measured at fair value at the date of grant. Having a graded vesting schedule, the fair value determined is expensed
on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the
award was, in-substance, multiple awards. The charge for each period is allocated to the relevant income statement
categories where the employment costs of the employees granted the equity options are charged.
Employee options
The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee benefit expense, with a corresponding increase in
equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:
•
including any market performance conditions (e.g. the entity’s share price),
•
excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (e.g. profitability,
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period), and
•
including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (e.g. the requirement for employees to save or hold
shares for a specific period of time).
The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting
conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options
that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting and service conditions. It recognises the impact of the
revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. When the options
are exercised, the appropriate number of shares is issued to the employee. The proceeds received, net of any
directly attributable transaction costs, are credited directly to equity.
The share-based payment scheme has been in place since 2013. All awards vest over three years from the grant
date (or contractual commencement date in the case of growth shares) in six-month intervals, (i.e. 1/6 of the
awards will vest every six months over 36 months) subject to continued employment. Grants prior to October
2018 had automatic accelerated vesting on an exit, including on an IPO, whilst subsequent grants excluded this
provision, though the Board retains the discretion to accelerate vesting in the event of an IPO or other scenarios.
Growth shares
Growth shares are equity instruments that allow the holder to participate in the value of an entity only where the
overall equity value exceeds a hurdle rate. Growth shares are therefore economically similar to vanilla share
options where the hurdle acts as a quasi-exercise price. The strike price applying to the options is the same as the
hurdle applying to the growth shares. The Board’s intention has been for the terms of the growth shares to mirror
the terms of the options. As such they are accounted for in the same way as share options.
Growth shares usually crystallise value on an exit where sales proceeds are apportioned to the holders of different
share classes in accordance with a company’s value waterfall. By contrast employee option schemes typically
crystallise value on the exchange of a strike price for the underlying equity.
97
Growth shares issued by the Company are treated as normal shares where there is an exit via a share or asset sale.
In this scenario, proceeds are paid to the growth shareholders where the ordinary shares first receive the hurdle
value.
See note 4 for significant estimates and judgements taken on the share-based payment valuation.
Finance income and costs
The Group earns interest on its cash balances through its deposits with banks but does not currently engage in
forward contracts and complex investments, so has its cash being recognised as cash at hand.
Interest income on financial assets is at amortised cost, calculated using the effective interest method and is
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
Finance costs for the six months ended 31 December 2020 also included costs related to convertible loan notes
issued by the Company in July 2020 (see Convertible loan notes for additional details).
R&D tax credit/Government grants
The Group has made claims for tax credits under the HMRC RDEC scheme since 2019 that is reflected as other
income on the consolidated statement of income. This accounting treatment is in accordance with IAS 20
Government grants.
Income tax
The income tax expense or credit for the period comprises current tax for the year, based on the applicable income
tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary
differences and to unused tax losses, where applicable.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted
or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of
previous periods in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Any uncertain tax
treatments are reviewed, documented, and communicated to the Board as appropriate. The Group’s finance
function monitors any uncertain items on a regular basis, working closely with the local tax advisor to understand
any potential changes to the associated risk. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate
of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise
those temporary differences and losses. As a consequence, a consolidated deferred tax asset has not been
recognised for brought forward tax losses, capital allowances (tax written down value being in excess of the
respective net book value) and estimated tax relief on share-based payments.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets
and liabilities and where the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax
liabilities are offset where the Group entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on
a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by
the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised,
or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Income tax is recognised as an expense or income and included in the income statement for the period, except to
the extent that the tax arises from a transaction or event that is not itself recognised in the income statement, for
example when it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the
tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
Companies within the Group may be entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets
or in relation to qualifying expenditure (e.g. the HMRC SME R&D scheme). The Group accounts for such
allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduces income tax payable and current tax expense.
Where the credit can be claimed as a refund of previously claimed tax payments, it is reflected as tax recoverable
and a current tax credit.
98
Intangible assets
The Group capitalises allowable costs related to the development of new products and related significant
functional enhancements to its Cyber AI platform. The directly attributable costs capitalised are employee costs
including the appropriate portion of relevant compensation-related overheads. Costs are only capitalised when the
following criteria are met:
•
it is technically feasible to complete the software so that it will be available for use,
•
management intends to complete the software and use or sell it,
•
there is an ability to use or sell the software,
•
it can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable future economic benefits,
•
adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the
software are available, and
•
the expenditure attributable to the software during its development can be reliably measured.
These capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the
developed assets are released for use, typically as a part of major version or product releases.
Capitalised development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over a three-year period unless the related
software is removed from service prior to that date, in which case the remaining amortisation related to the
software removed from use would be accelerated. This amortisation is classified as research and development
costs.
Property, plant and equipment
Most of the Group’s Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the appliances used to deploy its software.
Appliances are encrypted with the Group’s software and deployed both to customers for the fulfilment of
contracts, and potential customers for POV demonstrations. These appliances are deployed, retrieved, and
redeployed many times over their useful lives and may be on customer or prospect sites, interchangeably, at any
given time. The Group retains ownership of these appliances and depreciates them over an estimated five-year
life. The depreciation of these assets is apportioned to either Cost of sales or Sales and marketing based on the
proportion of appliances deployed to customers and prospects in each period.
Other assets included within Property, plant and equipment are generally IT equipment for employee use and a
small amount of infrastructure equipment. The Group also has office fit out costs, furniture, and other tangible
property.
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure
that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only
when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of
the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is
derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the
reporting period in which they are incurred.
The depreciation methods and periods used by the Group are as follows:
Appliances
5 years straight line
Equipment
2-5 years straight line
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting
period.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount
is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount and are included in
the statement of comprehensive income.
For more details around the critical judgement and significant estimates around appliances, see note 4.
99
Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that are not subject to amortisation because they are not yet in use are
tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might
be impaired. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value
in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are
separately identifiable cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups
of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible
reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. Reversals of impairment losses are limited such
that the value of the asset cannot exceed the carrying amount it would have had no impairment been recognised.
Leases
The Group leases various offices and equipment. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of six
months to eight years but may have extension options as described below.
Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. Under IFRS 16, the Group allocates the
consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices.
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The
lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held
by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include
the net present value of the following lease payments:
•
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable,
•
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at
the commencement date,
•
amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees,
•
the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and
•
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group’s exercising of that
option.
Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of
the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be
readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is
used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset
of similar value to the right of use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and
conditions.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:
•
uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by
subsidiaries, which do not have recent third-party financing,
•
makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security, and
•
uses a readily observable amortising loan rate that has a similar payment profile to the lease (through recent
financing or market data), if it is available to the individual lessee, as the basis to determine the incremental
borrowing rate.
Right of use assets
Right of use assets are measured at cost considering the following factors:
•
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability,
•
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received,
•
any initial direct costs, and
100
•
any restoration costs.
Right of use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life, typically the first contractual
break clause in the lease expected to be executed, and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is
reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right of use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s
useful life.
Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a
straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of
12 months or less without a purchase option. Low-value assets are generally comprised of IT equipment and small
items of office furniture.
Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in several property and equipment leases across the Group. These
are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. Most
of the extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions Amendment
The Group has not applied the practical expedient as per the IFRS 16 amendment to any rent concession as the
Group did not receive rent concessions from landlords during this period.
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain
significant financing components when they are recognised at fair value. They are subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance.
The Group has adopted the simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables
on a collective basis as there are shared credit risk characteristics, grouped on the basis of geography and days
past due. The amount of the provision is determined as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the
present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted using the original effective interest rate. See note 20 for
a description of the Group’s impairment policies.
Within trades and other receivables and deposits due to either convert to expense or be refunded within twelve
months. These are primarily related to future marketing events.
Capitalised commission
Capitalised commission represent commission costs and partner fees deferred under IFRS 15 as costs of obtaining
a contract with a customer.
Deposits
Deposits are primarily related to leases for the Group’s offices.
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand,
other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily
convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial
year, or any other period, which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of
recognition. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within
12 months after the end of the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Accruals for legal claims, service warranties and make good obligations
Accruals are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events,
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably
101
estimated. Accruals are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar
obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of
obligations as a whole. An accrual is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item
included in the same class of obligations may be small. Accruals are measured at the present value of
management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation as of the end of the
reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the accrual due to
the passage of time is recognised an interest expense.
Commission accruals
The second 50% of sales commission is paid at the earlier of full payment of the contract or most frequently, after
one year. As payment requires additional performance obligations, this cost is not eligible to be capitalised, so is
accrued based on the expected 12-month period between the sale and the payment to the sales staff, with the
accrual released when the commission is paid. Estimation of the effect of leavers has been incorporated into the
commission accrual calculations in line with IAS 19.
Convertible loan notes
In July 2020, the Company issued convertible loan notes (“CLNs”) to certain existing shareholders. The
transaction completed when funds were received in early July 2020. The rate at which interest accrues on the
CLNs is dependent on the mechanism by which it will ultimately be redeemed:
•
18% per annum compounded monthly if the CLNs are settled in cash; or
•
9% per annum compounded monthly if the CLNs are converted to equity plus the discount factor noted
below.
In both cases, interest will be accrued until such time as the notes are redeemed.
If redemption occurs prior to June 2021, this discount will be 35%. If no redemption occurs by that date, the
amount of the discount increases by 1% per month up to a maximum of 55%. The accrued interest is also
converted at the applicable discount rate.
The principal and interest components of the CLNs do not meet the criteria for recognition as equity and therefore,
the CLNs have been recognised as a financial liability.
The equity conversion and early settlement features included in the CLNs’ terms constitute an embedded
derivative. The CLNs have, therefore, been treated as hybrid instruments. Given the embedded derivative is not
closely related to the debt host contract, the derivative must be separated from the host and recorded at fair value
through the statement of consolidated income on initial recognition. The host contract is measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest rate over its expected life.
Host contract – borrowing
The host debt instrument is measured at amortised cost based on the effective interest rate (“EIR”) calculated at
initial recognition. For a financial liability, the EIR is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash
payments to the instrument’s amortised cost. The EIR is calculated by estimating the instrument’s expected
cashflows considering all contractual terms of the instrument.
The calculation of the EIR in the case of an embedded derivative takes into account the presence of a conversion
feature and where that embedded derivative is not closely related to the host debt instrument, the impact and
timing of the cashflows of the conversion feature may be excluded from the estimated cashflows of the host debt
instrument.
In the case of the CLNs, this may lead to a situation where the host debt instrument’s EIR is calculated based on
cashflows up to its contractual maturity in the absence of an expectation that any other contractual feature may
impact the instrument’s estimated future cashflows.
Fair value of embedded derivative
The fair value of the embedded derivative is calculated at initial recognition and the balance of the transaction
proceeds received by the company on issue of the CLNs (after deducting the fair value of the embedded
derivative) is allocated to the host debt instrument.
102
We have considered the approach to the calculation of the EIR as that of an embedded derivative that arises due
to the presence of a conversion feature and where that embedded derivative is not closely related to the host debt
instrument. In this case, the impact and timing of the cashflows of the conversion feature may be excluded from
the estimated cashflows of the host debt instrument, in compliance with IFRS 9. In the case of the CLNs, this leads
to the host debt instrument’s EIR being calculated based on cashflows up to its contractual maturity in the absence
of an expectation that any other contractual feature may impact the instrument’s estimated future cashflows.
The valuation of the embedded derivative considers the following process and factors:
•
determine the cash-based return, and separately the equity-based return, over a spectrum of time between
the expected IPO date as at the Valuation Date and 4 years from initial recognition.
•
discount the cash redemption amount to the expected conversion date at a market yield which assumes
there is no conversion feature.
•
compute the ‘gain’ on the equity conversion, being the additional return over and above the cash-based
return.
•
include the likelihood of the cash repayment after 4 years in the overall assessment.
•
discount the ‘gain’ to its net present value, over the estimated time period using market yield.
•
probability-adjust the outcomes based upon the following expected time horizon of:
–
an IPO or equity event; and
–
cash repayment after 4 years undiscounted.
•
take the weighted average outcome as the fair value of the embedded derivative.
Refer to note 4 for more details on the significant estimates and judgments in the valuation.
Derecognition of borrowings
Borrowings are removed from the statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is
discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been
extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred
or liabilities assumed, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as other income or finance costs.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of
the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period.
Borrowing costs
General and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of
a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its
intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period to get ready for their
intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings, pending their
expenditure on qualifying assets, is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing
costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Since the issuance of the CLNs in July 2020 the
effective interest rate of the CLNs has been applied to the value of research and development costs that have been
capitalised and will continue to be applied for as long as the CLNs remain unredeemed.
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the effective
interest method, with interest-related charges recognised as expense in finance costs in the statement of
comprehensive income. A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished.
103
Employees benefits
Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and accumulating sick leave that
are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the
related service are recognised up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to
be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities are presented as current employee benefit obligations in the
statement of financial position.
Post-employment obligations
Defined contribution plans
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension
insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations
once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they
are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future
payments is available.
The Company operates a stakeholder pension scheme and contributes to several personal pension schemes on
behalf of its employees. The Group also contributes to State-sponsored pension schemes in multiple countries as
legislated.
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the statement
of comprehensive income in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.
The Group operates various post-employment schemes and defined contribution pension plans, and enables post-
employment medical plans where legislated.
Bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses based on management’s best estimate of the expected
payment for discretionary bonuses and will make any appropriate adjustments, if necessary, at the time these
bonuses are paid. The Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice
that has created a constructive obligation.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date,
or when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises
termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates:
•
when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits, or
•
when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the
payment of terminations benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the
termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits
falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value.
Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are
shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Equity is comprised of the following:
•
Share capital: represents the nominal value of equity shares.
•
Share premium: represents the excess over nominal value of the consideration received for equity shares,
net of any transaction costs associated with the issue of shares.
•
Stock compensation reserve: this reserve is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options issued to
employees but not exercised, the grant date fair value of growth shares issued to employees and the grant
date fair value of deferred shares granted to employees but not yet vested.
104
•
Foreign currency translation reserve: arises on consolidation as a result of translating the financial
statement items from the functional currency into the presentational currency using the exchange rate at
the statement of financial position date.
•
Retained earnings: represents retained profits and losses.
Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the Historical Financial Information are measured using the functional currency for the
Company and all of its subsidiaries. The functional currency of the Company is also the functional currency of
the subsidiaries, as they are deemed to be extensions of the Company’s operations. The consolidated Historical
Financial Information is presented in U.S. Dollars (“USD”) which, since 1 July 2019, has been the functional
currency of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. The Company and all of its subsidiaries changed functional
currency from Pound Sterling (“GBP”) to USD when it determined that the preponderance of underlying
transactions had become denominated in USD (See note 4 for additional detail).
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currencies for the Company and all of its
subsidiaries using the exchange rate as at the beginning of the month of transaction. Foreign exchange gains and
losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies at month end exchange rates, are generally recognised in the statement of
comprehensive income. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of
comprehensive income on a net basis within other gains or losses. Translation differences on assets and liabilities
carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:
•
the profit attributable to owners of the company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary
shares, by
•
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period, adjusted for
bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the year.
Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into
account:
•
the after-income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary
shares, and
•
the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the
conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
4.
Critical accounting estimates and significant management judgments
The preparation of consolidated historical financial information in accordance with IFRS requires management to
make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the historical financial information and the reported
amount of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are
recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and for any future periods affected.
105
The areas involving significant estimates or judgements are:
Critical judgement in revenue recognition
The majority of the Group’s revenue is from subscription contracts that meet the 5 step criteria as outlined in
IFRS 15, and are therefore recognised over the term of the contract.
Management considers that these contracts consist of a single performance obligation, which is the ongoing access
to the portions of the Cyber AI platform purchased by the customer. The Cyber AI platform is a single combined
solution, with customers able to choose the appropriate product mix based on their own needs. The key contractual
elements considered by management include the deployment of the software (on appliances or virtually) and the
core software products and subsequent updates. Appliance deployments typically take an hour or less once the
appliance is received by the customer, and virtual deployments can be enabled immediately, so deployment is not
a material performance component of a subscription contract that has, on average, a three-year life. Subsequent
updates to the platform ensure that the latest software is available with the latest capabilities but do not materially
change the functionality of the platform. The products and, to a lesser extent, services, are significantly integrated
to provide a combined output, and services are highly interdependent with (and are not available separately from)
the subscription to product within the Cyber AI platform. Some customers may purchase ancillary services or
training, but these are usually immaterial to the total contract value and are not deemed to impact the assessment
of there being only a single performance obligation.
Appliances
The Group is required to assess if, as part of the assessment of the performance obligations, there is an embedded
lease within the contract relating to the appliances used to deploy its software. Due to the length of the contracts,
averaging approximately three years, and the underlying asset value, it is appropriate to assess if there is an
inherent lease embedded within the contract.
The Group considered its continued ownership of the appliances, the appliances having a useful economic life that
exceeds the typical contract length (appliances are accounted for on an estimated useful life of five years based
on the Group’s experience to date), and the appliances being an immaterial portion of the total contract value, in
determining if there was a lease.
It is management’s judgement that the Group retains control of the appliances throughout the performance period
as the Group directs the use of these assets. It is also management’s judgement that the Group’s contracts do not
contain leases under IFRS 16.
Given the sensitivity around the estimated useful life of the appliances, management has prepared an analysis to
determine the impact on the financial position and in the statement of comprehensive income, from a change in
the estimated useful life considering 3 years and 7 years as follows:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
3 years useful life applied
Variance in appliances net book value
. .
(443)
(5,515)
(5,798)
(10,874)
(6,555)
Variance in depreciation
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,388
2,208
4,514
(4,754)
(3,817)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
7 years useful life applied
Variance in appliances net book value . . .
(175)
2,677
2,412
5,469
2,887
Variance in depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,573)
(1,367)
(2,782)
2,769
1,714
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Significant estimate in the share-based payments
Share based payments are calculated in accordance with IFRS 2 – Share-based Payment. The Company has used
a Black-Scholes valuation model to value the awards. Where an option scheme has no market-based performance
conditions attached to the award, a Black-Scholes model is typically appropriate. The growth shares have a hurdle,
which is a market based performance condition, however this is used as a proxy for exercise price. Therefore
Black-Scholes is still an appropriate model.
106
The Black-Scholes model utilises various inputs, some of these are subject to management judgement as follows:
The price of the underlying shares at the valuation date
As the Group is not listed on an exchange, share price is not an observable input.
For the six-month period ended 31 December 2020, management has used a share price of $716.48 which is based
on the share price achieved at the last fundraising round on 20 September 2018. There is a degree of uncertainty
related to the share price selected as management’s valuation relies on a share price that was paid between
22-25 months before each respective grant date. There is a reasonable possibility that the share price will have
subsequently changed, possibly materially. However, this estimate does not result in a significant risk of a material
adjustment as the grant date fair value estimate for existing awards is not revised in subsequent periods.
Management has considered that proceeds from the convertible loan note issuance, in July 2020, were used to
cancel shares in the Company at a price of $716.48 which could provide a more up-to-date benchmark. In
addition, from March 2020 equity markets saw a period of extreme volatility due to the impact of the Covid-19
pandemic, a trend that continued, through to a lesser extent in the latter months of year. The share price for earlier
periods was based on the most recent fundraise before each period end.
31-Dec-2020
31-Dec-2019
30-Jun-2020
30-Jun-2019
30-Jun-2018
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Average share price at grant date
used by management ($) . . . . . . . . . . . .
716.48
716.48
716.48
690.46
434.62
Change in share price at grant date
+/-10% variance in overall
valuation ($’000)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,518
94
775
1,311
637
The expected volatility of the share price
As the Group is unlisted, management considered the volatility of comparable listed companies, as sourced from
their published accounts, when valuing the awards. Volatility is a relatively subjective input. The Group is at an
earlier stage in its development compared to the listed companies it referenced, so its volatility would therefore
be expected to be in the upper end of the range. Given the average share value at grant has significantly increased
since July 2019, the valuation of the share-based payments is particularly sensitive to the volatility for share
schemes granted after 30 June 2019. Management therefore sensitised the valuation with respect to those periods,
as shown in the table below.
Management has used a range of values to derive a high volatility input for the different periods as follows:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Expected volatility used by management (%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40%
45%
40%
Lower volatility – sensitivity (%)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30%
30%
30%
Variance in the overall valuation ($’000)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,893)
(203)
(1,806)
Significant estimate in the share price used to calculate the accrual for social security costs on share-based
payments
In the U.K., employer national insurance contributions should be accrued on the share-based payment charges
taken on assets deemed to be readily convertible assets (“RCA”). An RCA is one that is listed or likely to be listed
on a recognised exchange. The Group has accounted for the related accrual from October 2020, the point at which
it officially appointed bankers with the aim of listing and when it judged there to be a likelihood of listing in the
foreseeable future.
In most other countries where social security-type obligations arise on share awards, the obligation to accrue
applies irrespective of whether the shares are RCAs or not. The Group has accounted for the liability for social
security-type obligations to be paid for French, German and U.S. employees, in the applicable periods.
Calculation of social security-type contributions can be complex as they involve changing or tiered cost ceilings
and differing percentages applied depending on the salary level of the employees.
107
Given the sensitivity of these accruals to the share price at the end of the period, the Group has prepared the
following sensitivity analysis:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec 19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
+/- 10% share price value – change in value
of accrual ($’000 absolute value) . . . . .
1,193
214
211
230
222
Critical judgement and significant estimate in the capitalisation of development costs
Management has determined that development costs related to the new products added to the Cyber AI platform
have future economic benefits and are economically recoverable. The point at which development costs meet the
criteria for capitalisation is critically dependent on management’s judgement as to whether those costs represent
part of an existing performance obligation or a separate intangible asset. There is also a significant judgement in
the estimation of the expected useful life of the asset.
Development costs attributable to the new products for sale are capitalised as internally generated software.
Development costs not directly attributable to new products for sale are expensed as incurred as they are most
often enhancements and are deemed part of the existing performance obligation to already contracted customers.
The table below presents the amount of platform development costs capitalised and expensed during the periods.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Capitalised Development costs . . . . . . . . .
3,463
1,320
2,788
2,621
1,945
Expensed R&D costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,166
2,100
4,739
3,599
3,375
Estimated useful life of the internally generated software
Due to the nature of the Cyber AI Platform, which is based on unsupervised machine learning, the knowledge
gained in previous versions of the platform will continue to influence, and be embedded in, future products. Each
new release builds on the previous release and utilises the learning and tools from previous version, but also makes
significant new products available for purchase by the customer. Therefore, previous versions of the platform are
not deemed obsolete following future releases. The capitalised development is amortised on a straight-line basis
over a three-year period, which management deems to be reasonable given that it operates in a rapidly evolving
industry.
The amortisation charged in each period has been the following:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Amortisation of development
costs capitalised
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(949)
(276)
(1,429)
(890)
(875)
Significant estimates in the convertible loan note valuation
The key assumptions driving the fair value of the embedded derivative include the timing and likelihood of a
transaction that would lead to its settlement. It is, therefore, highly sensitive to the probability assessments, which
are ultimately a best estimate and clearly an area of judgement.
If a settlement/conversion event occurs, the convertible loan note will result in a variable number of shares being
issued. The number of shares issued will be to the value of a specified amount. The specified amount due to the
holder varies with the timing of a settlement event and is driven by the 9% interest plus the discount factor applied
at the time of the event. The number of shares to be issued will also vary given the number of shares to be issued
will change dependent on the value of this amount.
One of the key estimates that affects the value of the embedded derivative is the current expectation that an IPO,
will be the most likely conversion and that this will occur in May 2021. The value of the embedded derivative has
been weighted towards this outcome. The value of the embedded derivative has been weighted towards this
outcome. If the IPO were to occur on the 15 May 2021 the value of the shares that would be issued to settle the
108
liability would be $268.4 million.
As time passes, the amount that could be payable if a conversion event occurs
will increase, to a maximum of $517.9 million on the 29 June 2024. If no event occurs, the amount due for
repayment on 30th June 2024 would be $332.7 million.
The selection of an appropriate discount rate requirements judgement. There are a number of observable Internal
Rate of Return (“IRRs”) that the holder will achieve depending upon the timing of conversion, ranging from
c.20% to c.80%. The earlier the conversion the higher the return to the holder. To derive an appropriate rate to
discount cash flows, a mid-point of 40% has been used and is considered a reasonable basis for calculating the
discount rate that a market participant would apply to a similar instrument with no conversion feature.
The instrument was negotiated in the expectation of an IPO or equity event and therefore management assessment
takes this fact into consideration and places a relatively high amount of weight on it. Management has considered
the probability of an equity event after ten months and two years and a cash repayment after four years to
determine the appropriate value of the host loan of the embedded derivative at 1 July 2020 and 31 December 2020.
Management is comfortable that a rational market participant as at the Valuation Date would consider an IPO
within a one-to-one-and-a-half-year time horizon to be the most likely outcome.
Management has prepared the following sensitivities, flexing the discount rates and the probability of a May 2021
IPO by 10% up and down:
Actual
Discount*
Discount**
Probability*** Probability****
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
01-Jul-20
Embedded derivative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79,535
85,188
68,970
80,661
78,410
Host loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83,286
77,633
93,851
82,159
84,412
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
162,821
162,821
162,821
162,820
162,822
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
31-Dec-20
Embedded derivative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,895
117,924
90,031
108,227
105,563
Host loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98,577
95,926
112,253
100,523
102,798
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
205,472
213,850
202,284
208,750
208,361
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
*
This is increasing the discount rate by 10%.
**
This is decreasing the discount rate by 10%.
***
This involves increasing the probability of the May 2021 IPO date by 10% and reducing the probability of the December IPO date by
10%. Aggregate 70% probability of IPO (July) and 80% probability (December) unchanged. In December the host loan value is based
upon the July sensitivity adjustment accreted up through the Effective Interest Rate (“EIR”).
****
This involves decreasing the probability of the May 2021 IPO date by 10% and increasing the probability of the December IPO date by
10%. Aggregate 70% probability of IPO (July) and 80% probability (December) unchanged. In December the host loan value is based
upon the July sensitivity adjustment accreted up through the EIR.
Critical judgment in recognition of deferred tax asset for carried-forward tax losses
At 30 June 2020, 30 June 2019, 30 June 2018, 31 Dec 2020 and 31 Dec 2019, the Group has significant tax losses
in the UK available for offset against future taxable profits. The Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset of
approximately $46.8 million at 30 June 2020 (30 June 2019: $38.1 million, 30 June 2018: $33.5 million, 31 Dec
2020: $47.9 million and 31 Dec 2019: $41.5 million) as there is sufficient uncertainty that the losses will be
utilised in the foreseeable future.
Critical judgement in the determination of functional currency
The Company is the parent company of the Group, the trading entity through which all sales are booked and the
employment vehicle for all employees not employed by a local entity. It is the only entity transacting in multiple
currencies, both from a revenue and a cost perspective.
For the periods prior to 1 July 2019, the functional currency was assessed as GBP. Management reassessed the
functional currency of the Company to determine whether there had been a substantial shift in the mix of revenue
and operating costs in multiple currencies and when this shift arose. Based on the primary indicators in IAS 21 –
The Effects of Change in Foreign Exchange Rates – USD was determined to have become the functional
currencies for the Company and the subsidiaries as of 1 July 2019. Management is of the opinion that USD best
109
reflects the current and prospective economic substance of the underlying transactions and circumstances of the
Company, given that:
1.
the largest portion of the revenues of the Company have recently been, and are expected to continue to be,
transacted in USD (although most of the Company’s administrative expenses are expected to continue to
be denominated in GBP),
2.
most of the funding of the Company had been and is expected to continue to be transacted in USD, and
3.
the Company generally retains cash in the currency in which it is received. As recent fundraises have been
in USD, most the company’s cash balances are maintained in USD.
As part of the review of functional currency, it is necessary to consider the different subsidiaries within the Group
to determine which entities should be considered in the functional currency review. There is a significant level of
judgement in determining the appropriateness of functional currency for subsidiaries, which takes into account the
primary, secondary and additional indicators in IAS 21 – The Effects of Change in Foreign Exchange Rates.
Management has considered whether each local entity has a significant degree of autonomy or it is acting under
the direction of the Company, whether it could finance its own activities and service its debt obligations
independently, and the frequency of transactions with the Company. On the basis that the profit of the subsidiaries
is driven by the Company, and the Company is providing significant operating and financial support to the
subsidiaries, management has concluded that the subsidiaries do not have a significant degree of autonomy and
the Company’s functional currency is the appropriate functional currency for the subsidiaries.
The effect of the change in the functional currencies for the Company and all of its subsidiaries from GBP to USD
was applied prospectively from 1 July 2019, as this was the first year with majority of the revenue of the Company
denominated in USD.
There is judgement around the date management applied the change, however, given there is no single event that
determined the shift as there was a gradual increase in reliance on US revenues, management considered it
appropriate to use the start of the accounting period to apply for the change. In conjunction with the change in
functional currency, the Group changed its presentation currency from GBP to USD. This change was applied
retrospectively and the assets and liabilities (including opening balances from the earliest prior period presented)
were translated and re-presented in USD at the closing rate of the respective year end, while income and expenses
were translated at the average exchange rate with all resulting exchange differences recognised in other
comprehensive income.
Critical judgement in determining the Ultimate Controlling Party
The Directors have determined that no entity or party controlled the Company and the Group throughout the
periods covered by this Historical Financial Information. The Company and the Group had no ultimate controlling
party or parent company, and no other entity has financial statements or results included in the results of the
Company or the Group.
In reaching this conclusion, the Directors have applied judgement, specifically in assessing whether a significant
investor, Invoke Capital Partners (“Invoke”), controlled the Company and the Group from 1 July 2017 to
31 December 2020. The table below illustrates the changes in the shareholdings held by Invoke from 1 July 2017
to 31 December 2020.
For the purpose of this disclosure, Invoke means ICP London Limited from 1 July 2017 to 12 February 2018, ICP
Darktrace Holdings Limited from 13 February 2018 to 6 August 2020, and a group of individual shareholders who
acted collectively from 7 August 2020 to 31 December 2020.
110
*
Michael Lynch, the founder of Invoke and his spouse, Angela Barcares, held 23% of the ordinary and preference shares of the Company.
**
ICP London Limited provided management support services to the Company under a supply of services agreement throughout the periods
covered by this Historical Financial Information. The services provided under the agreement included advice on strategy, marketing,
communication, technology, operations, mergers and acquisitions, the supply of secure and reliable data processing and operational
support. These services have been provided primarily by five key employees of ICP London Limited, including Michael Lynch. The
Company paid a monthly fee to ICP London Limited for the provision of these services.
During the period from 1 July 2017 to 31 December 2020, Invoke had three representatives on the Board of
directors. Invoke had affiliations with three of the other Board members.
In assessing whether Invoke controlled the Company and the Group, the Directors considered whether Invoke
directly or indirectly had the ability to make decisions over the relevant activities of the Company and the Group.
Decisions over the relevant activities were made by the Board of directors and the Board representation by Invoke
and the associated voting rights did not provide Invoke power over the relevant activities.
Given the relationships of the other Board members with Invoke, the Directors evaluated different mechanisms,
that could, in isolation or combination, have given Invoke the ability to make decisions over the relevant activities.
The Directors applied judgement in evaluating the nature of the relationships, the interaction of these Board
members with Invoke and whether these Board members could have been acting on behalf of Invoke. The
Directors concluded that these Board members acted independently of Invoke when making decisions about the
Company and the Group.
The Directors also assessed whether the services provided under supply services agreement (see note under table
above) enabled Invoke to direct the relevant activities of the Company and the Group. The Directors concluded
that these services did not translate to power over the relevant activities of the Company and the Group.
After assessing all relevant factors in their totality, the Directors concluded that Invoke did not control the
Company and the Group but was deemed to have had significant influence over the Company and Group during
the period from 1 July 2017 to 31 December 2020.
5.
Financial risk management
The Group’s financial risk management is controlled by a central treasury department (“Group treasury”) under
policies approved by the Board of Directors. Group treasury identifies and evaluates financial risks in close co-
operation with the Group’s CFO and other Executive Directors and Senior Managers. The Board authorises
written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign
exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial
instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.
Invoke
% of ordinary and
preference shares
held by Invoke
Period
Details of changes in the shareholdings held by Invoke
ICP London
Limited**
44%
1 July 2017 –
12 February 2018
44% of ordinary and preference shares of the
Company were held by Invoke
ICP
Darktrace
Holdings
Limited
42%
13 February 2018 –
6 August 2020
On 12th February 2018, the shares of the Company
held by ICP London Limited were transferred to ICP
Darktrace Holdings Limited, an entity set up by the
shareholders of ICP London Limited. ICP London
Limited no longer held shares in the Company.
Group of
individual
shareholders
acting
collectively*
36%
7 August 2020 –
31 December 2020
On 7 August 2020, most of the shares of the
Company held by ICP Darktrace Holdings Limited
were distributed to the individual shareholders of
ICP Darktrace Holdings Limited. The remaining
shares were distributed on 30 November 2020.
Collectively, the individual shareholders held 36%
interest in the Company. The Group of the individual
shareholders acted collectively with respect to the
rights attached to their shareholdings.
111
Market Risk
Foreign exchange risk
The table below details the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk, in currencies different from the Group’s
functional currency, for periods in which the functional currency was USD:
Other
AUD
CAD
EUR
GBP
JPY
Currencies
Total
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 31 December 2020
Trade receivable
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,382
2,473
13,043
10,077
–
1,518
28,493
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
303
54
139
3,975
77
643
5,191
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .
152
79
3,812
13,817
121
1,060
19,041
Trade payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(128)
(145)
(1,740)
(2,566)
(201)
(453)
(5,233)
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,709
2,461
15,254
25,303
(3)
2,768
47,492
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
At 30 June 2020
Trade receivable
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,876
2,075
10,466
10,213
–
1,301
25,931
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277
116
134
3,113
74
628
4,342
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .
416
44
2,841
11,154
398
694
15,457
Trade payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(151)
(164)
(1,634)
(3,802)
(155)
(264)
(6,170)
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,418
2,071
11,807
20,678
317
2,359
39,650
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
At 31 December 2019
(unaudited)
Trade receivable
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
593
1,974
8,400
10,054
12
1,269
22,302
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
286
123
147
3,766
80
787
5,189
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .
153
–
978
4,250
99
9
5,489
Trade payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(213)
(239)
(811)
(1,758)
(140)
(317)
(3,478)
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
819
1,858
8,714
16,312
51
1,748
29,502
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
The table below details the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk, in currencies different from the Group’s
functional currency, for periods in which the functional currency was GBP:
Other
AUD
CAD
EUR
JPY
USD
Currencies
Total
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 30 June 2019
Trade receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,018
1,134
5,947
–
16,759
688
25,546
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
279
54
115
80
1,603
541
2,672
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
148
-
1,431
299
51,360
50
53,288
Trade payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(134)
(61)
(836)
(180)
(6,107)
(249)
(7,567)
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,311
1,127
6,657
199
63,615
1,030
73,939
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
At 30 June 2018
Trade receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
4,275
–
21,994
19
26,288
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
46
76
12
2,000
76
2,229
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
155
–
629
165
25,054
18
26,021
Trade payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(11)
–
(480)
(50)
(3,580)
(80)
(4,201)
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
163
46
4,500
127
45,468
33
50,335
————
————
————
————
————
————
————
The aggregate net foreign exchange (gains)/losses recognised in other administrative expenses are:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss . . . . . . .
691
1,826
448
(1,693)
1,748
112
As shown in the table below, the Group is primarily exposed to changes in USD/GBP and USD/EUR exchange
rates. The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from USD or GBP
denominated financial assets and liabilities.
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
USD/EUR
exchange rate +/- 10%
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,299
792
1,073
605
409
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
USD/GBP
exchange rate +/- 10%
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,223
1,483
1,880
1,880
709
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The Group operates a natural hedging strategy where possible to mitigate its foreign exchange risk. The Group
does not currently utilise currency hedging instruments.
Interest rate risk
Refer to the note regarding CLNs for details around the interest rate risk (note 22).
Price risk
The Group has no significant exposure to equity securities price risk.
Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, contractual cash flows of debt investments carried at amortised
cost deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding
receivables.
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Significant partners are independently rated through credit agencies, if
there is no independent rating an internal review is carried out. The Credit manager assesses the credit quality of
the partner, taking into account its financial position, as well as experience for customers and partners in the same
region. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk, whether through exposure to individual customers
or partners, specific industry sectors or regions.
The Group’s main financial assets that are subject to the expected credit loss model are trade receivables from the
sale of software products and, to a lesser extent, related services. While cash and cash equivalents are also subject
to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, the identified impairment loss was immaterial. Refer to note 20 for a
trade receivable impairment analysis.
Trade receivables are fully provided where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is
no reasonable expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of a debtor to engage in a repayment
plan with the Group, and a failure to make contractual payments for a period of greater than 6 months past due.
The general credit loss provision will begin to be provided from thirty days past due based on the historic default
rates adjusted for regional performance. Impairment losses on trade receivables are presented as net impairment
losses within operating profit. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the
same line item.
At 31 December 2020, the contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were provided for, but that were
still subject to enforcement procedures, was $1.4 million (31 December 2019 $nil, 30 June 2020 $1.4 million,
30 June 2019 $nil, 30 June 2018 $nil).
Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management involve maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, and the
availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities, to meet obligations when due
and to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, Group treasury
maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining both liquid cash and availability under committed credit lines.
113
Maturity of financial liabilities
The table below presents the Group’s financial liabilities by relevant maturity grouping, based on their contractual
maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within
12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.
Less
Between
Between
Over
12 months
1-2 years
2-5 years
5 years
Total
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Contractual maturities for financial
liabilities
At 31 December 2020
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,709
–
–
–
10,709
Convertible loan note (Host contract)
. . .
–
–
332,722
–
332,722
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,951
7,592
18,753
16,157
50,453
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
18,660
7,592
351,475
16,157
393,884
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At 31 December 2019
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,693
–
–
–
9,693
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,448
6,195
14,042
10,325
38,010
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
17,141
6,195
14,042
10,325
47,703
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At 30 June 2020
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,238
–
–
–
13,238
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,397
6,812
16,507
16,057
46,773
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
20,635
6,812
16,507
16,057
60,011
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At 30 June 2019
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,795
–
–
–
9,795
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,681
6,897
14,741
12,179
40,498
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
16,476
6,897
14,741
12,179
50,293
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At 30 June 2018
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,831
–
–
–
7,831
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,374
3,887
7,640
7,103
22,004
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
11,205
3,887
7,640
7,103
29,835
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Terms and conditions of financial instruments
The embedded derivative has been excluded from the above liability maturity analysis as this represents the equity
conversion element of the CLN and has no contractual cashflows. Refer to note 22 for terms and conditions.
6.
Capital management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to:
•
safeguard the ability to continue as a going concern, to provide adequate returns for shareholders, and
•
maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
114
The Group monitors capital based on the carrying amount of the equity less cash and cash equivalents as presented
on the face of the statement of financial position.
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Capital
Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
Less cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
(103,912)
(46,568)
(53,944)
(64,443)
(29,178)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(249,508)
(22,271)
(30,088)
(22,411)
(7,594)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Overall financing
Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(145,596)
24,297
23,856
42,032
21,584
Plus leasing liabilities, borrowings and
other financing liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . .
(244,183)
(29,804)
(35,546)
(31,295)
(17,192)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total financing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(389,779)
(5,507)
(11,690)
10,737
4,392
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Other financing liabilities includes the fair value of the embedded derivative related to the CLNs. See note 22 for
more details.
7.
Operating segments
The Group has concluded that it operates only one operating segment as defined by IFRS 8 Operating Segments
being the development and sale of cyber-threat defence technology. The information used by the Group’s
CODM’s to make decisions about the allocation of resources and to assess performance is presented on a
consolidated Group basis. Accordingly, no segment analysis is presented. Refer to note 8 for disaggregated
analysis on revenue from contract with customers.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in any of the periods presented.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
By geographic market
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36,423
32,765
32,219
31,939
21,487
USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38,873
29,873
38,364
28,315
19,174
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,122
13,004
15,086
10,624
6,878
Rest of world
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19,407
20,446
20,807
18,525
9,822
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
110,825
96,088
106,476
89,403
57,361
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
8.
Revenue from contracts with customers
Disaggregation of revenue
Revenue recognised at a point in time is not significant to the reported results in any period. This includes revenue
generated by separate contracts for training and sale of appliances. As at 31 December 2020 this revenue
amounted to $0.1 million (31 December 2019 $0.2 million, 30 June 2020 $0.2 million, 30 June 2019 $0.4 million,
30 June 2018 $0.3 million).
Management has assessed that the single performance obligation that it is providing to customers is access to
products, primarily software, within the Darktrace Cyber AI platform to protect customers’ digital estates from
the impact of cyber threats. There are no significant contracts with a single customer.
115
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22,907
17,988
38,272
24,708
23,776
USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49,908
37,818
81,207
55,732
30,905
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,961
16,940
37,943
26,120
10,702
Rest of world
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27,738
18,330
41,654
30,457
14,032
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total revenues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
126,514
91,076
199,076
137,017
79,415
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Revenue from customers has been attributed to the geographic market based on contractual location.
Contract assets and liabilities related to contracts with customers
The following table provides information on accrued income and deferred revenue from contracts with customers.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Accrued income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,073
1,107
754
621
218
Total accrued income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,073
1,107
754
621
218
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Current deferred revenue
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
108,736
81,615
96,769
72,552
42,881
Non-current deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . .
30,216
24,629
25,779
22,702
21,582
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total deferred revenue
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
138,952
106,244
122,548
95,254
64,463
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Deferred revenue has increased year on year in line with the increase in revenue.
Contracts are invoiced between one month and more than three years in advance, with the majority of contracts
being invoiced annually in advance. Deferred revenue reflects the difference between invoicing and associated
payment terms, and fulfilment of the performance obligation.
Details of costs to obtain contracts with customers are shown in note 19.
Revenue recognised in relation to deferred revenues (contract liabilities)
The following table shows how much revenue recognised in each reporting period related to brought-forward
contract liabilities:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Revenue recognised that was included
in the deferred revenue balance at
the beginning of the period . . . . . . . . . .
71,205
50,357
72,552
42,881
22,502
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Revenue expected to be recognised
The following are the aggregated amounts of future revenues that relate to contracts that are unsatisfied or
partially unsatisfied:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Due within 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
261,264
192,137
223,481
159,147
100,913
Due within 1-2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
184,585
138,680
159,730
116,217
71,686
Due within 2-3 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
109,575
80,975
95,150
67,448
42,024
Due within 3-4 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,465
31,875
41,493
25,600
15,574
Due over 4 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,036
12,339
14,007
8,822
6,804
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
611,925
456,006
533,861
377,234
237,001
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
116
9.
Other operating income
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
R&D tax credit under HMRC RDEC
scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
424
811
850
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
10.
Finance costs and finance income
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Finance costs
Total interest on financial liabilities
measured at amortised cost
(CLNs – host contract) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,291
–
–
–
–
Fair value movement on derivative
(CLNs – embedded derivative) . . . . . . .
27,360
–
–
–
–
Interest on lease liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1,382
1,164
2,405
2,224
1,262
Capitalised borrowing costs
. . . . . . . . . . .
(989)
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total Finance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43,044
1,164
2,405
2,224
1,262
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Finance income
Interest income from cash and
cash equivalents
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
453
382
937
250
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total Finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
59
453
382
937
250
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
With regard to the CLNs, this transaction was negotiated on the basis of an IPO or equity event in the short to
immediate term. As such the fair value of the embedded derivative on the inception date is a relatively high
proportion of the overall CLNs balance because the value received on an equity event is known and therefore
subject only to timing and the probability of an equity event. As time moves towards the anticipated IPO date, and
absent any information contradicting the likelihood of an IPO, the fair value of the embedded derivative increases
significantly. The fair value movement on derivative represent the increase in value from 1 July 2020 to
31 December 2020 substantially due to the increase in likelihood of IPO and related weight in the calculation of
the fair value.
Capitalised borrowing costs
The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised is the weighted average
interest rate applicable to the entity’s general borrowings during the year, in this case 40%. Prior to the period
ended 31 December 2020 the Group had no material borrowing costs for capitalisation.
117
11.
Material statement of comprehensive income items
The Group has identified a number of items which are material due to the significance of their nature and or
amount. There are listed separately here to provide a better understanding of the financial performance of the
Group.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Research and development expenses . . . .
10,657
5,574
12,030
9,715
7,512
Property lease rentals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,395
1,429
2,997
2,797
2,240
Depreciation & amortisation:
Capitalised development costs . . . . . . .
949
276
1,429
890
875
Right of use assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,919
2,584
5,427
4,639
2,239
Capitalised commission
. . . . . . . . . . . .
6,405
4,801
10,441
7,092
3,703
Property, plant and equipment
. . . . . . .
8,876
7,015
15,628
11,355
7,129
US sales tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,294
1,152
2,304
2,388
2,439
Litigation settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
2,202
–
Legal fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
914
–
–
–
–
Credit loss charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
423
103
5,344
1,326
587
Social security cost on share-based
payments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,522
(67)
(67)
539
1,016
Share-based payment charge
. . . . . . . . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses . . . . .
691
1,826
448
(1,693)
1,748
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Property lease rentals includes the cost for short term lease contracts or low value lease contracts.
Litigation settlement is a non-recurring cost of settlement of class actions related to overtime payments for ex-
employees in certain US States.
US Sales tax is a non-recurring cost related to underpayment of sales taxes in previous years. Darktrace has now
obtained, or is in the process of obtaining, registrations in the relevant US states in which historically an obligation
to collect and remit taxes existed.
The credit loss charge includes the expected credit loss provision in the periods (see note 20).
12.
Employee costs
Expenses recognised for the Group’s employee compensation and benefits is presented below.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Wages and salaries
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57,323
44,727
90,251
62,893
45,031
Social security costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,467
4,598
9,323
7,945
6,898
Pension contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
860
858
2,078
857
497
Share based payment charge (note 26) . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total employee costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76,460
55,115
112,008
78,453
54,712
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The average number of employees, including Executive Directors, during the periods was as follows:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
921
809
849
622
429
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . .
191
142
150
124
110
Administrative and operational . . . . . . . . .
209
103
126
78
54
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total employees
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,321
1,054
1,125
824
593
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
118
13.
Tax expenses
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Current tax (credit)/expense:
Current period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
640
598
1,449
(2,800)
869
Adjustments for prior period
. . . . . . . . . .
(95)
(18)
297
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total current tax (credit)/expense
. . . . . .
545
580
1,746
(2,800)
869
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Deferred tax (credit)/expense
. . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total tax (credit)/expense in income
statement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
545
580
1,746
(2,800)
869
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Loss for the period before taxation . . . . . .
(47,866)
(22,190)
(26,926)
(37,492)
(41,625)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Tax using the UK corporation tax rate
of 19 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(9,094)
(4,216)
(5,116)
(7,123)
(7,909)
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
175
329
359
143
452
Non-deductible expenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
449
876
2,504
1,137
644
Interest non-deductible on CLN
. . . . . . .
7,913
–
–
–
–
Research and development tax credit . . . .
60
80
(3)
–
(1,929)
Refund of R&D tax credit for
earlier years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(4,076)
–
Current year deferred tax asset not
recognised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,064
3,492
3,559
7,119
9,611
Foreign tax deducted at source being
expensed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
58
34
133
–
–
Fixed Asset Differences – Ineligible
depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
3
13
–
–
Under/(over) provided in prior years . . . .
(95)
(18)
297
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total tax (credit)/expense
. . . . . . . . . . . .
545
580
1,746
(2,800)
869
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At the end of all periods presented, the Group had significant tax losses in the UK available for offset against
future taxable profits. The Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset of approximately $46.8 million at 30 June
2020 (30 June 2019: $38.1 million, 30 June 2018: $33.5 million, 31 Dec 2020: $47.9 million and 31 Dec 2019:
$41.5 million) as there is sufficient uncertainty that the losses will be utilised in the foreseeable future. The unused
tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely.
119
14.
Financial assets and liabilities
The following sets forth information about the Group’s financial instruments, including an overview of the
financial instruments held by the Group and information about determining the fair value of the instruments.
The Group holds the following financial instruments:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Financial assets at amortised cost
Trade receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53,407
44,077
47,721
31,970
32,347
Accrued income
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,073
1,107
754
621
218
Cash and cash equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total financial assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
160,392
91,752
102,419
97,034
61,743
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(50,269)
(38,065)
(40,897)
(31,233)
(22,490)
Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(98,577)
–
–
–
–
Lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(38,711)
(29,804)
(35,546)
(31,295)
(17,192)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total liabilities at amortised cost
. . . . . .
(187,557)
(67,869)
(76,443)
(62,528)
(39,682)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Financial liabilities at fair value
CLNs embedded derivative
. . . . . . . . . . .
(106,895)
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total financial liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(294,452)
(67,869)
(76,443)
(62,528)
(39,682)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in note 5. The
maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial
assets mentioned above.
15.
Earnings per share (“EPS”)
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic EPS has been based on the following (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
and weighted-average number of ordinary and preference shares outstanding. Preference shares have been
included in EPS as they rank pari passu with ordinary shares in respect of dividend and voting rights.
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (basic)
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders
(48,411)
(22,770)
(28,672)
(34,692)
(42,494)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Weighted-average number of ordinary shares (basic)
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Issued ordinary shares at the beginning
of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,125,883
2,051,579
2,125,663
2,051,579
1,913,770
Effect of share options exercised
. . . . . . .
96
130
169
2,673
753
Effect of shares issued during the period .
–
–
–
50,143
124,237
Effect of shares bought-back during
the period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(165,196)
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Weighted-average number of ordinary
shares at period ended
. . . . . . . . . . . .
1,960,783
2,051,709
2,125,832
2,104,395
2,038,760
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Basic (loss)/earnings per share
. . . . . . . .
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.49)
$(19.32)
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share
. . . . . . .
$(24.69)
$(11.10)
$(13.49)
$(16.49)
$(19.32)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
120
Diluted earnings per share
The following instruments with future potential equity impact were anti-dilutive at each period end and are
therefore excluded from the basic EPS calculation.
Options and growth shares
The following table indicates potential equity instruments which may have a dilutive effect in the future.
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
Quantity
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Outstanding at year or period end
. . . . . .
291,071
221,509
252,121
220,824
179,047
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Convertible loan notes
Upon a conversion event the conversion of the convertible loan notes will result in a variable number of shares
being issued. The number of shares issued will be to the value of a specified amount. The specified amount due
to the holder varies with the timing of a settlement event and is driven by the 9% interest plus the discount factor
applied at the time of the event. The number of shares to be issued will also vary given the number of shares to
be issued will change dependent on the value of this amount.
One of the key estimates which affects the value of the embedded derivative is the current expectation that an IPO,
will be the most likely conversion and that this will occur in May 2021. The value of the embedded derivative has
been weighted towards this outcome. If the CLN is redeemed in the form of equity, a variable number of shares
will be issued to settle the amount of the principal and accrued interest outstanding at the date of conversion.
Considering the most likely outcome we have calculated the estimated number of shares to be issued as follows:
•
If IPO on 15 May 2020 – 374,546 shares to be issued assuming a price per share of $716.48
•
If IPO on 30 June 2020 – 500,445 shares to be issued assuming a price per share of $716.48
If no event occurs, the amount due for repayment on 30th June 2024 would be $332.7 million. If an event happens
just prior to redemption date then 722,865 shares will be issued assuming a price per share of $716.48.
16.
Intangible assets
Software consists of capitalised development costs being an internally generated intangible asset. The
amortisation expense related to this intangible asset is included as a part of research and development costs. Due
to the future expected revenues of the capitalised development costs, the group has not identified any impairments
to the intangibles.
Version 3 of the Cyber AI Platform and related products were launched in August 2017 when the related cost ($1.6
million) has started to be amortised;
at 31 December 2020 the asset has been fully amortised. Version 4 of Cyber
AI Platform and related products ($5.5 million) was released in December 2019 when the related cost has been
reclassified as software and the amortisation started. Version 5 of Cyber AI Platform and saleable products ($4.9
million) was released in January 2021: as this asset was not in use at 31 December 2020, it is shown as software
under development at that date.
121
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
Unaudited
––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––
Software
Software
Unaudited
under
under
Software
development
Total
Software
development
Total
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Gross book value
. . . . . . .
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,051
1,468
9,519
2,603
4,128
6,731
Additions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
3,463
3,463
–
1,320
1,320
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
At 31 December
. . . . . . . .
8,051
4,931
12,982
2,603
5,448
8,051
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Amortisation
. . . . . . . . . . .
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,470)
–
(3,470)
(2,041)
–
(2,041)
For the period . . . . . . . . . . .
(949)
–
(949)
(276)
–
(276)
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
At 31 December
. . . . . . . .
(4,419)
–
(4,419)
(2,317)
–
(2,317)
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Net book value (Closing)
.
3,632
4,931
8,563
286
5,448
5,734
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Capitalised borrowing costs
$0.9 million borrowing costs have been capitalised for the six-month period ended 31 December 2020. The
interest rate for borrowing costs that was applied was 41.6%, reflecting the effective rate on the host loan portion
of the CLNs.
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––
Software
Software
Software
under
under
under
Software
development
Total
Software
development
Total
Software
development
Total
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’0000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cost:
At 1st July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,603
4,128
6,731
2,720
1,645
4,365
1,150
1,220
2,370
Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
2,788
2,788
–
2,621
2,621
–
1,945
1,945
Reclassification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,448
(5,448)
–
–
–
–
1,554
(1,554)
–
Exchange difference . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(117)
(138)
(255)
16
34
50
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
At 30 June
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,051
1,468
9,519
2,603
4,128
6,731
2,720
1,645
4,365
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
Amortisation:
At 1st July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2,041)
–
(2,041)
(1,226)
–
(1,226)
(351)
–
(351)
Charge for the period
. . . . . . . . .
(1,429)
–
(1,429)
(890)
–
(890)
(875)
–
(875)
Exchange difference . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
75
–
75
–
–
–
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
At 30 June
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,470)
–
(3,470)
(2,041)
–
(2,041)
(1,226)
–
(1,226)
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
Net book value
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,581
1,468
6,049
562
4,128
4,690
1,494
1,645
3,139
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
––––––
––––––––
––––––
122
17.
Property, plant and equipment
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
Unaudited
Equipment
Appliances
Total
Equipment
Appliances
Total
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cost:
At 1 July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,910
76,119
85,029
7,099
56,376
63,475
Additions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,166
6,904
8,070
727
11,657
12,384
Disposals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
(796)
(796)
–
(223)
(223)
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
At 31 December
. . . . . . . .
10,076
82,227
92,303
7,826
67,810
75,636
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Depreciation:
At 1 July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,214
31,353
35,567
2,121
18,472
20,593
Charge for the period . . . . .
1,239
7,637
8,876
744
6,271
7,015
Impairment loss . . . . . . . . .
–
90
90
–
–
–
Disposals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
(552)
(552)
–
(152)
(152)
Effect of movements in
foreign exchange
. . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
At 31 December
. . . . . . . .
5,453
38,528
43,981
2,865
24,591
27,456
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
Net book value
At 31 December
. . . . . . . .
4,623
43,699
48,322
4,961
43,219
48,180
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––––
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Equipment
Appliances
Total
Equipment
Appliances
Total
Equipment
Appliances
Total
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
Cost:
At 1 July
...........................
7,099
56,376
63,475
4,504
37,636
42,140
3,395
20,173
23,568
Additions
..........................
1,827
20,757
22,584
4,365
22,156
26,521
1,017
17,233
18,250
Disposals
..........................
(16)
(1,014)
(1,030)
(1,502)
(1,257)
(2,759)
–
(184)
(184)
Effect of movements
in foreign exchange
.....
–
–
–
(268)
(2,159)
(2,427)
92
414
506
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
At 30 June
.......................
8,910
76,119
85,029
7,099
56,376
63,475
4,504
37,636
42,140
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
Depreciation
:
At 1 July 2019
.................
2,121
18,472
20,593
1,913
10,161
12,074
773
4,196
4,969
Charge for the period
.......
2,093
13,535
15,628
1,663
9,692
11,355
1,131
5,998
7,129
Disposals
..........................
–
(654)
(654)
(1,365)
(713)
(2,078)
–
(90)
(90)
Effect of movements in
foreign exchange
........
–
–
–
(90)
(668)
(758)
9
57
66
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
At 30 June
.......................
4,214
31,353
35,567
2,121
18,472
20,593
1,913
10,161
12,074
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
Net book value
-
At 1 July
...........................
4,978
37,904
42,882
2,591
27,475
30,066
2,622
15,977
18,599
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
At 30 June
.......................
4,696
44,766
49,462
4,978
37,904
42,882
2,591
27,475
30,066
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
—————
Depreciation of appliances is apportioned to Cost of sales based on the proportion of the Group’s appliance pool
deployed to customer sites in each period, and all appliance depreciation related to customer contracts is
recognized in Cost of sales. Depreciation of appliances used to run Proof of Value (“POV”) demonstrations for
prospects is apportioned to Sales and marketing based on the proportion of the Group’s appliance pool deployed
to prospect sites in each period.
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Depreciation in Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . .
5,803
4,236
9,392
6,319
3,654
Depreciation in Sales and marketing . . . .
1,834
2,035
4,143
3,373
2,344
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total appliance depreciation
. . . . . . . . .
7,637
6,271
13,535
9,692
5,998
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
123
18.
Leases
The Group has leases for office space around the world. With the exception of short-term leases and leases of low
value underlying assets, each lease is reflected on the statement of financial position as a right of use asset and a
lease liability.
A limited amount of office space is subleased to related parties, see note 29 for further details.
The Group must keep the offices it leases in a good state of repair and return the offices in as good as their original
condition at the end of the lease. Further, the Group must insure any leasehold improvements made to the offices
and incur servicing fees in accordance with the lease contracts.
The table below describes the nature of the Group’s leasing activities by type of right of use asset recognised on
the statement of financial position:
No. of
No. of
No. of
Average
leases with
leases with
Right of use
right of use
Range of
remaining
extension
early
Period
asset
assets leased
remaining term
lease term
options
break clause
–––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
–––––––––
June 2018
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office space
8
1-12 Years
6 Years
2
1
June 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office space
16
1-12 Years
5 Years
7
3
June 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office space
20
1-12 Years
4 Years
7
3
Dec 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office space
19
1-12 Years
5 Years
7
3
Dec 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office space
21
1-12 Years
4 Years
7
4
The lease liabilities are secured by the related underlying assets.
Right of use assets
Right of use assets capitalised on the statement of financial position are as below:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cost:
At beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45,083
35,598
35,598
19,097
13,738
Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,038
381
9,485
17,779
4,992
Effect of movements in foreign
exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(1,278)
367
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At end of period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49,121
35,979
45,083
35,598
19,097
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Depreciation
: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,672
8,245
8,245
3,892
1,630
Charge for the period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,919
2,584
5,427
4,639
2,239
Effect of movements in foreign
exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
(286)
23
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
At end of period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,591
10,829
13,672
8,245
3,892
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Net book value at end of period
. . . . . .
32,530
25,150
31,411
27,353
15,205
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(5,233)
(5,347)
(4,903)
(4,438)
(2,197)
Non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(33,478)
(24,457)
(30,643)
(26,857)
(14,995)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total lease liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(38,711)
(29,804)
(35,546)
(31,295)
(17,192)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
124
Amounts recognised in the Statement of comprehensive income
The Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term of
12 months or less) or for leases of low value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed as incurred.
The expense relating to payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability is disclosed in note 10.
The future minimum rentals under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Office space
Within one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,263
1,749
2,309
1,389
880
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The Group also holds leases for office equipment such as photocopiers for which it has taken the small value
exemption.
Amounts recognised in statement of cash flows
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cash outflow for leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,642
2,085
4,519
2,947
1,288
Cash outflow for interest on leases . . . . . .
1,382
1,164
2,405
2,224
1,262
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total cash outflow
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,024
3,249
6,924
5,171
2,550
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Lease maturity analysis
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Lease liabilities, short term . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,233
5,347
4,903
4,438
2,197
1-2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,277
4,498
4,692
5,031
2,913
2-5 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14,045
10,776
12,142
11,092
5,812
Over 5 years
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14,156
9,183
13,809
10,734
6,270
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total lease liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38,711
29,804
35,546
31,295
17,192
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
19.
Capitalised commissions
Capitalised commission by geography
Capitalised commissions, which primarily represent approximately 50% of commissions paid to the Group’s
salesforce, are deemed to be a cost of obtaining a contract and are spread over the expected contact term.
125
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––
––
–––––––––
–––––––––––
––
–––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
By geographic market
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,218
4,057
4,827
3,644
2,847
USA and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,618
7,410
8,854
6,415
3,903
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,347
5,326
6,819
4,063
1,651
Rest of world
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,375
4,182
5,049
3,231
1,321
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
28,558
20,975
25,549
17,353
9,722
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,302
9,237
10,890
7,915
4,497
Non-current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,256
11,738
14,659
9,438
5,225
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
28,558
20,975
25,549
17,353
9,722
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Amortisation in period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,405
4,801
10,441
7,092
3,703
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
20.
Trade and other receivables
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Current
Trade receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53,407
44,077
47,721
31,970
32,347
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,949
2,002
1,361
1,992
1,681
Prepayments and accrued income
. . . . . .
13,649
6,182
11,281
5,905
4,069
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total trade and other receivables
. . . . .
69,005
52,261
60,363
39,867
38,097
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The carrying value of trade receivables is considered a reasonable approximation of fair value due to the short-
term nature of the balance.
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses that uses a lifetime
expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have
been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based
on the payment profiles of receivables over a period of 12-24 months before 31 December 2020 and 31 December
2019, and 30 June 2020, 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2018, and the corresponding historical credit losses
experienced within these periods. Historic loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking
information on macroeconomic and other factors affecting the ability of customers to settle the receivables. The
Group has identified the Covid pandemic to be the most relevant factor and has accordingly adjusted the historic
loss rate.
The expected credit loss provision for accrued income is nil due to the short-term nature of the balances and their
respective carrying values.
The Group has recorded an expected credit loss provision for trade receivables as determined under the
requirements of IFRS 9, at 30 June 2020 of $4.6 million (30 June 2019: $1.0 million and 30 June 2018:
$0.5 million) and at 31 December 2020 of $4.8 million (31 December 2019 of $1.0 million).
126
The movement in the credit loss provision is as follows:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Expected credit loss provision
At the beginning of the period . . . . . . . . .
4,605
968
968
525
–
Charge for the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
44
4,605
968
525
Provision brought forward utilised . . . . . .
–
–
(968)
(525)
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Expected credit loss provision at the
end of the period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,832
1,012
4,605
968
525
Receivables written off during the
period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
196
59
1,707
883
62
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The expected credit loss for trade receivables at 30 June 2020, 30 June 2019, 30 June 2018, 31 December 2020
and 31 December 2019 was determined as follows:
more
up to 30 days
up to 60 days
up to 90 days
than 90 days
Total
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
31 December 2020
Expected credit loss rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.3%
6.8%
7.1%
44.2%
8.3%
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39,726
4,936
4,377
9,199
58,239
Lifetime expected credit loss . . . . . . . . . .
(136)
(346)
(259)
(4,091)
(4,832)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
31 December 2019 (unaudited)
Expected credit loss rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.3%
1.4%
2.9%
15.6%
2.2%
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33,920
4,155
1,990
5,026
45,091
Lifetime expected credit loss . . . . . . . . . .
(116)
(57)
(57)
(782)
(1,012)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
30 June 2020
Expected credit loss rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.5%
6.9%
5.2%
40.8%
8.8%
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32,870
6,696
3,402
9,357
52,325
Lifetime expected credit loss . . . . . . . . . .
(171)
(436)
(177)
(3.821)
(4,605)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
30 June 2019
Expected credit loss rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.7%
4.7%
17.7%
20.0%
2.9%
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26,751
2,966
469
2,753
32,939
Lifetime expected credit loss . . . . . . . . . .
(194)
(140)
(83)
(551)
(968)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
30 June 2018
Expected credit loss rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.1%
0.2%
1.9%
12.7%
1.6%
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,311
3,011
883
3,667
32,872
Lifetime expected credit loss . . . . . . . . . .
(37)
(5)
(17)
(466)
(525)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The movement on the provision for impaired receivables has been included in other administrative expenses in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
21.
Cash and cash equivalents
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Cash and cash equivalents
. . . . . . . . . . . .
103,912
46,568
53,944
64,443
29,178
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
The debentures were secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the parent entity.
127
22.
Convertible loan notes (“CLNs”)
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Non-current liabilities
Convertible loan notes (host contract) . . .
98,577
–
–
–
–
Convertible loan notes (embedded
derivative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,895
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total non-current borrowings
. . . . . . . .
205,472
–
–
–
–
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
On 1 July 2020, the company issued CLNs to investors for a cash consideration of $163 million (before
transaction costs of c. $1 million).
The rate at which interest accrues on the CLNs is dependent on the mechanism by which it will ultimately be
redeemed:
•
18% per annum compounded monthly if the CLNs are settled in cash; or
•
9% per annum compounded monthly if the CLNs are converted to equity plus the discount factor noted
below.
In both cases, interest will be accrued until such time as the notes are redeemed.
If redemption occurs prior to June 2021, this discount will be 35%. If no redemption occurs by that date, the
amount of the discount increases by 1% per month up to a maximum of 55%. The accrued interest is also
converted at the applicable interest rate.
In both cases, interest will be accrued until such time as the note is redeemed and accrued interest amounts are
eligible to be converted to equity at the applicable conversion discount.
Redemption may occur by any of the following four means:
1.
a trade sale of the business (either for cash or equity),
2.
conversion to equity if the company issues additional shares,
3.
conversion to equity if the Company makes an Initial Public Offering, or
4.
redemption in cash no later than June 2024 if none of the above mechanisms have been triggered.
If the CLNs are converted to equity, the accrued liability due to the holder at that point will be grossed up by a
discount specified in the terms of the CLNs. If redemption occurs prior to 30 June 2021, this discount will be 35%.
The amount of the discount increases by 1% per month up to a maximum of 55%.
The equity conversion and early settlement features included in the CLN’s terms constitute an embedded
derivative based on the definition set out in IFRS 9.
The CLNs are therefore treated as a hybrid instrument.In such cases, where the embedded derivative is not
‘closely related’ to the debt host contract, the derivative must be separated from the host and recorded at fair value
through the statement of comprehensive income.
IFRS 9 does not define the term ‘closely related’ but the standard states that, for the embedded derivative to be
closely related to the host, its exercise price should broadly equal the amortised cost of the debt host contract.
Given the holder is entitled to a minimum discount on conversion that significantly exceeds the interest rate on
the debt, the amortised cost of the debt host contract will not equal the exercise price. The embedded derivative
and the host contract are therefore separated at initial recognition.
As the instrument is not with an independent 3rd party, the maximum carrying value of all of the components of
a hybrid instrument cannot exceed the fair value of consideration received. As a result, the fair value of the
embedded derivative is calculated and deducted from the $163 million cash proceeds, with the balance allocated
to the initial carrying value of the debt host contract.
The fair value of the derivative at inception is be calculated based on the difference between the amount of equity
management estimate will be required to be issued to settle the CLNs at the expected redemption date and the
transaction proceeds. The debt host contract will be measured at amortised cost and the effective interest rate is
established at inception to accrete the host instrument back to its redemption amount due on 30 June 2024. As a
128
consequence, the effective interest rate is therefore significantly higher than the coupon rate set out in the terms
of the CLNs, reflecting the value allocated to the embedded derivative representing the early repayment feature
and discount granted to the holder on the occurrence of a settlement event. There are a number of observable IRRs
depending upon the time period, ranging from c.20% to c.80%. Taking a mid-point of 40% is considered a
reasonable market participant yield on a straight-debt position.
The CLNs are recorded in the statement of financial positions as follows:
31 Dec 2020
1 July 2020
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
Value of derivative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,895
79,535
–––––––––
–––––––––
Host loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98,577
83,286
–––––––––
–––––––––
Total loan note value
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
205,472
162,821
–––––––––
–––––––––
Interest expense is calculated by applying the effective interest rate of 41.6% to the liability component.
23.
Recognised fair value measurement
Fair value hierarchy
The following details the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair value of the CLN embedded
derivative that is recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements. To provide an indication about
the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the Group classifies financial instruments into the three
levels prescribed under the accounting standards.
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting
period.
•
Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded
derivatives, and equity securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The
quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price.
•
Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example,
over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques that maximise the use of observable
market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to
fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.
•
Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is
included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities.
Valuation techniques used to determine fair value
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:
•
for other financial instruments – discounted cash flow analysis.
Valuation inputs and relationships to fair value
The following table summarises the quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in
measuring the value of the CLN embedded derivative that is classified at level 3:
01 -Jul-20
31 -Dec-20
————––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
————––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Discount
Discount
IPO Time period
Probabilities
rate (Ke)
IPO Time period
Probabilities
rate (Ke)
——————
————–
———————
——————
————–
———————
10.5 months
60%
40%
4.5 months
65%
40%
1.5 years
10%
Discount rate
1 year
10%
Discount rate
(Cash loan)
(Cash loan)
2 years
0%
40%
1.5 years
5%
40%
2.5 years
0%
EIR (Cash loan)
2 years
0%
EIR (Cash loan)
4 years
30%
41.60%
3.5 years
20%
41.60%
129
Valuation techniques used to determine fair value
The specific valuation techniques used to value the CLN embedded derivative is a discounted cash flow analysis.
Valuation process used
•
Determine the cash-based return, and separately the equity-based return, over a spectrum of time between
10.5 months from the July Valuation Date (i.e. the expected IPO date as at the Valuation Date) and 4 years
from the July Valuation Date,
•
Discount the cash redemption amount ($332.7 million) to the expected conversion date at a market yield
that assumes there is no conversion feature. There are a number of observable IRRs depending upon the
time period, ranging from c.20% to c.80%. Taking a mid-point of 40% is considered a reasonable market
participant yield on a straight-debt position,
•
Compute the notional gain on the equity conversion, being the additional return over and above the cash-
based return. This notional gain is a function of
–
the lower interest rate (9%) accrued on an equity-conversion (compared to 18% on a cash-
conversion), and
–
the gross-up of 35% on an equity-conversion (that beyond one year increases by 1% per month to
a maximum gross-up of 55%),
•
Discount the notional gain to its net present value, over the estimated time period using the discount rate
noted above,
•
Probability-adjust the outcomes based upon the following time horizon: IPO or equity event after
10.5 months to 2 years; and Cash repayment after 4 years undiscounted, and
•
Take the weighted average outcome as the fair value of the embedded derivative.
24.
Trade and other payables
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Trade payables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(10,709)
(9,693)
(13,238)
(9,795)
(7,831)
Social security and other taxes . . . . . . . . .
(9,528)
(6,965)
(9,585)
(6,402)
(3,025)
Accruals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(39,560)
(28,372)
(27,659)
(21,438)
(13,249)
Amounts owed to shareholders . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
(1,411)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(59,797)
(45,030)
(50,482)
(37,635)
(25,516)
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Accruals includes:
•
$7.9 million national insurance or social security accrual ($1.4 million at 31 December 2019 and 30 June
2020, $1.5 million at 30 June 2019 and $1 million at 30 June 2018) related to the share-based payments
for UK, US, France and Germany employees.
•
$8.4 million US sales tax ($4.8 million at 31 December 2019, $7.1 million at 30 June 2020, $4.8 million
at 30 June 2019 and $2.4 million at 30 June 2018).
25.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
At the reporting dates, the Group had significant tax losses in the UK available for offset against future taxable
profits. The Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset of approximately $46.8 million at 30 June 2020 (30 June
2019: $38.1 million, 30 June 2018: $33.5 million, 31 Dec 2020: $47.9 million and 31 Dec 2019: $41.5 million)
as there is sufficient uncertainty that the losses will be utilised in the foreseeable future.
130
This unrecognised deferred tax asset is comprised of:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Fixed Asset timing differences . . . . . . . . .
2,200
800
2,200
(200)
(400)
Short term temporary differences . . . . . . .
600
1,400
300
1,600
300
Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26,900
24,000
26,900
21,600
19,400
Share based payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,200
15,300
17,400
15,100
14,200
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47,900
41,500
46,800
38,100
33,500
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
26.
Share based payments
The Company has growth shares and a share option scheme for certain employees. Share options are exercisable
at prices determined at the date of grant. All awards vest over three years from the grant date (or contractual
commencement date in the case of growth shares) in six-month intervals, (i.e. 1/6 of the Awards will vest every
six months over 36 months) subject to continued employment.
Growth shares are equity instruments that allow the holder to participate in the value of a business only where the
overall equity value exceeds a hurdle rate. Growth shares are therefore economically similar to vanilla share
options where the hurdle acts as a quasi-exercise price. The strike price applying to the options is the same as the
hurdle applying to the growth shares. Management’s intention is for the terms of the growth shares to mirror the
terms of the options.
The valuation model treats the growth shares in a manner identical to options for valuation purposes, assuming an
exercise date of four years from grant.
The share option scheme is accounted for as an equity settled share-based payment transaction.
Share based payment charges have been made in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income within the
following functional areas.
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,767
2,247
4,762
2,839
919
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . .
940
1,332
2,522
1,739
774
Other administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,103
1,353
3,072
2,180
593
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total share-based payment expense . . . . .
5,810
4,932
10,356
6,758
2,286
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices
(“WAEP”) are as follows:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
Unaudited
WAEP
Options
WAEP
Options
WAEP
Options
WAEP
Options
WAEP
Options
$
Number
$
Number
$
Number
$
Number
$
Number
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
Outstanding at 1 July
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
296.74
252,121
234.51
220,824
234.51
220,824
100.67
179,047
38.52
159,600
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
716.48
42,450
716.48
4,000
716.48
37,325
703.87
51,925
411.90
33,000
Lapsed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
635.80
(3,275)
657.44
(3,175)
622.46
(5,808)
454.86
(5,850
179.82
(9,509)
Exercised
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
543.77
(225)
706.96
(140)
449.89
(220)
29.55
(4,298)
1.44
(4,044)
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
Outstanding at year or period end . . .
353.95
291,071
236.85
221,509
296.74
252,121
234.51
220,824
100.67
179,047
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
Exercisable at period end . . . . . . . . . .
188.53
197,142
111.80
180,615
145.34
180,684
73.21
154,330
28.67
133,902
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
The table below presents the weighted average remaining contractual life (‘WACL’) and the price range for the
options outstanding at each period end:
131
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
(unaudited)
Options
Options
Options
Options
Options
WACL
number
WACL
number
WACL
number
WACL
number
WACL
number
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
Range of exercise prices
$0.01 to $57.01
3.62
113,220
4.62
113,300
4.12
113,220
5.13
113,300
6.13
116,806
$102.49 to $166.41
5.59
29,941
6.60
30,624
6.10
30,191
7.11
30,624
8.10
32,166
$363.15 to $342.10
7.00
16,150
8.00
16,650
7.50
16,400
8.51
16,650
9.51
18,950
$522.19 to $553.52
7.41
10,975
8.42
11,400
7.92
11,275
8.92
12,300
9.88
11,125
$690.77 to $716.48
8.97
120,785
9.26
49,535
9.09
81,035
9.73
47,950
–
–
––––––––––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
6.38
291,071
6.38
221,509
6.35
252,121
6.87
220,824
7.07
179,047
––––––––––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
The fair value of share-based payments has been calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Expected volatility was determined based on the historic volatility of comparable companies. The expected life is
the expected period from grant to exercise based on management’s best estimate. The following assumptions were
used in the model for options granted during the financial years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the
six-month periods ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019.
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
Unaudited
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Average share price at grant date ($)
716.48
716.48
716.48
690.46
434.62
Exercise price ($) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
716.48
716.48
716.48
690.46
434.62
Fair value per option ($)
. . . . . . .
228.67
241.69
241.69
319.99
211.94
Expected life in years . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
5-8
8
Expected volatility (%)
. . . . . . . .
40%
40%
40%
45%-50%
50%
Risk-free interest rate range (%) .
0.35%-0.43%
1.25%-1.785%
0.35%-1.785%
2%
1.50%
Cancellation rate (%) . . . . . . . . . .
17%
15%
17%
15%
10%
Dividend yield (%) . . . . . . . . . . . .
–%
–%
–%
–%
–%
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
27.
Share capital and share premium
Number of
Number of
Number of
Number of
ordinary
preference
deferred
growth
Total
Share
Share
shares of
shares of
shares of
shares
number of
capital
premium
Share capital
£0.01 each
£0.01 each
£0.01 each
£0.01 each
shares
$’000
$’000
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1 July 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,619
364,264
119,288
32,225
2,277,396
29
170,402
Share cancellation . . . . . . . . . .
(177,343)
–
–
–
(177,343)
(2)
(127,061)
Shares issued in the period . . .
225
–
–
37,100
37,325
–
212
Transfers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
575
(575)
–
–
–
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 31 December 2020 . . . . . . .
1,584,501
364,264
119,863
68,750
2,137,378
27
43,553
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1 July 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,399
364,264
118,888
–
2,244,551
27
170,264
Shares issued in the period . . .
140
–
–
3,000
3,140
–
103
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 31 December 2019 (unaudited) 1,761,539
364,264
118,888
3,000
2,247,691
27
170,367
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1 July 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,399
364,264
118,888
–
2,244,551
27
170,264
Shares issued in the year . . . . .
220
–
–
32,625
32,845
2
138
Transfers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
400
(400)
–
–
–
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 30 June 2020
. . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,619
364,264
119,288
32,225
2,277,396
29
170,402
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1 July 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,757,101
294,478
118,888
–
2,170,467
31
131,533
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Shares issued in the year . . . . .
4,298
69,786
–
–
74,084
2
50,088
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 30 June 2019
. . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,399
364,264
118,888
–
2,244,551
33
181,621
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Effect of change in functional
currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
(6)
(11,357)
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1 July 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,761,399
364,264
118,888
–
2,244,551
27
170,264
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 1st July 2017
. . . . . . . . . . .
1,753,057
160,713
118,888
–
2,032,658
30
81,783
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Shares issued in the year . . . . .
4,044
133,765
–
–
137,809
1
49,750
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
At 30 June 2018
. . . . . . . . . . .
1,757,101
294,478
118,888
–
2,170,467
31
131,533
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
132
The preference shares are not redeemable. The holders of preference shares are not entitled to receive preferential
dividends and are entitled to one vote per share.
All shares rank pari passu in all respects except:
•
growth shares hold no voting rights or rights to distribution and, on a liquidation, are entitled to receive the
amount above the hurdle set on them pari passu with the amount payable to each ordinary share,
•
deferred shares hold no voting rights or rights to distribution and are entitled to receive £1.00 for the entire
class in preference to any payment to the ordinary shares on liquidation, and
•
preference shares have a liquidation preference up to their subscription price.
Reconciliation of number of shares reserved for issue under share options’ scheme:
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Unvested options outstanding . . . . . . . . . .
197,601
168,948
180,684
154,330
133,902
Vested options outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . .
93,470
52,561
71,437
66,494
45,145
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total options outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . .
291,071
221,509
252,121
220,824
179,047
Shares available for grant . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,244
44,216
13,614
44,884
77,400
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total shares reserved for stock
incentive plans
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
292,315
265,725
265,735
265,708
256,447
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Ordinary shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,584,501
1,761,539
1,761,619
1,761,399
1,757,101
Preference shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
364,264
364,264
364,264
364,264
294,478
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
Total shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,948,765
2,125,803
2,125,883
2,125,663
2,051,579
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
28.
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
The changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities are classified as follows:
Convertible
Convertible
loan
loan
Lease
(host
(embedded
liabilities
contract)
derivative)
Other
Total
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
At 1 July 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(31,295)
–
–
–
(31,295)
Changes from financing
cash flow
Repayment of lease liabilities . . .
18
2,085
–
–
–
2,085
Interest payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
1,164
–
–
–
1,164
Other changes
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(1,164)
–
–
–
(1,164)
New leases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(381)
–
–
–
(381)
Foreign exchange movements . . .
(213)
–
–
–
(213)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 31 December 2019
(unaudited)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(29,804)
–
–
–
(29,804)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 1 July 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(35,546)
–
–
–
(35,546)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
133
Convertible
Convertible
loan
loan
Lease
(host
(embedded
liabilities
contract)
derivative)
Other
Total
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Notes
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Changes from financing
cash flows
Proceeds from issue of
convertible bonds
. . . . . . . . . .
22
–
(83,286)
(79,535)
–
(162,821)
Repayment of lease liabilities . . .
18
2,641
–
–
–
2,641
Interest payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
1,383
–
–
–
1,383
Other changes
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(1,383)
–
–
–
(1,383)
New leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(4,038)
–
–
–
(4,038)
Change in fair value
. . . . . . . . . .
22
–
–
(27,360)
–
(27,360)
Effective interest rate on
host loan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
–
(15,291)
–
–
(15,291)
Foreign exchange movements . . .
(1,768)
–
–
–
(1,768)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 31 December 2020
(unaudited)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(38,711)
(98,577)
(106,895)
–
(238,984)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 1 July 2017
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(13,408)
–
–
(5,199)
(18,607)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Changes from financing
cash flows
Repayment of lease liabilities . . .
18
1,288
–
–
–
1,288
Repayment to shareholder . . . . . .
-
–
–
–
(1,411)
(1,411)
Interest payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
1,262
–
–
–
1,262
Other changes
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(1,262)
–
–
–
(1,262)
New leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(4,993)
–
–
–
(4,993)
Foreign exchange movements . . .
(79)
–
–
–
(79)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 30 June 2018
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(17,192)
–
–
(1,411)
(18,603)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 1 July 2018
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(17,192)
–
–
(1,411)
(18,603)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Changes from financing
cash flows
Repayment of lease liabilities . . .
18
2,947
–
–
–
2,947
Repayment to shareholder . . . . . .
–
–
–
1,411
1,411
Interest payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
2,224
–
–
–
2,224
Other changes
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(2,224)
–
–
–
(2,224)
New leases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(17,778)
–
–
–
(17,778)
Foreign exchange movements . . .
728
–
–
–
728
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 30 June 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(31,295)
–
–
–
(31,295)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 1 July 2019
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(31,295)
–
–
–
(31,295)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
Changes from financing
cash flows
Repayment of lease liabilities . . .
18
4,519
–
–
–
4,519
Interest payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
2,405
–
–
–
2,405
Other changes
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
(2,405)
–
–
–
(2,405)
New leases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
(9,178)
–
–
–
(9,178)
Foreign exchange movements . . .
408
–
–
–
408
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
At 30 June 2020
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
(35,546)
–
–
–
(35,546)
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
–––––––––––
134
29.
Related party transactions and controlling related party
There were no related party transactions with Directors to disclose in any of the periods presented.
Key management remuneration
The Group considers there to be five key management personnel, two of whom are or will be executive directors
of the Group, who exert control over the strategy and direction of the Group. Their costs in the period were as
follows:
For the 6 months ended
For the year ended
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Unaudited
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Waves and salaries
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
918
488
1,063
798
792
Social security costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
42
99
84
77
Pension costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
10
27
16
10
Share based payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,049
81
639
43
108
Short term employee benefits of the Group's key management personnel include salaries and non-cash benefits.
Long term benefits include payments to defined contribution pension scheme only.
On 7 August 2020, four of the Directors of the Company received shares in the Company from ICP Darktrace
Holdings Limited (see note 4 for further details).
The interest of these Directors in the share capital of the Company on both 7 August 2020 and 31 December 2020
were as follows:
Ordinary
Preference
shares
shares
Number
Number
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
Directors
$’000
$’000
Vanessa Colomar
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28,620
–
Andrew Kanter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23,712
–
Philip Pearson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,423
–
Poppy Gustafsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,816
–
In addition, two members of the Group’s Key management personnel who are not Directors of the Company
received a total of 60,431 shares in the Company from the distribution of shares from ICP Darktrace Holdings
Limited.
Other related party disclosures
The Company has made payments to ICP London Limited for management support services provided under the
supply of services agreement (see note 4 above). The Company has sublet part of its office space to ICP London
Limited, its subsidiaries and its affiliated company Luminance Technologies Ltd, for a number of years. The other
income received from these subletting arrangements are set out in the table below.
ICP London Limited has been determined to have had significant influence over the Company and to have been
a related party from 1st July 2017 to 12th February 2018. ICP London Limited was not a related party from
13 February 2018 to 31 December 2020.
Management has disclosed details of all transactions with ICP London Limited, its subsidiaries and its affiliated
company, Luminance Technologies Ltd, for all the periods covered by this Historical Financial Information.
135
Transaction value
Balances outstanding
For the period ended
For the period ended
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
Unaudited
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Fees paid to ICP London Limited for
Management support services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,559
1,502
–
–
Recharge of staff expenditure from ICP
London Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
205
–
–
Income from recharge of office space to
ICP London Limited, its subsidiaries and
affiliated company
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(92)
(91)
–
–
Recharge of marketing expenditure from
ICP London Limited
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
Recharge of CLNs legal fees from
ICP Darktrace Holdings Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
326
–
–
–
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
1,893
1,616
–
–
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
Transaction value
Balances outstanding
For the year ended
For the year ended
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Fees paid to ICP London Limited for
Management support services . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,028
2,110
2,406
–
–
–
Recharge of staff expenditure from ICP
London Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
318
350
235
–
–
–
Income from recharge of office space to
ICP London Limited its subsidiaries and
affiliated company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(188)
(324)
(660)
–
–
–
Recharge of marketing expenditure from ICP
London Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
108
203
–
–
–
Recharge of CLNs legal fees from ICP
Darktrace Holdings Limited
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
–
–
–
–
–
–
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
3,158
2,244
2,184
–
–
–
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
The group has earned the following revenues from investors and affiliated companies.
Transaction value
Balances outstanding
For the period ended
For the period ended
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
31-Dec-20
31-Dec-19
Unaudited
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Revenues received from investors
113
33
–
–
Revenues received from affiliated entities of investors
14
13
–
–
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
127
46
–
–
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
–––––––––––––
Transaction value
Balances outstanding
For the year ended
For the year ended
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
30-Jun-20
30-Jun19
30-June-18
30-Jun-20
30-Jun-19
30-Jun-18
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
–––––––––
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
$’000
Revenues received from investors
67
53
28
–
3
7
Revenues received from affiliated entities
of investors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
17
–
–
–
–
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
94
70
28
–
3
7
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
All outstanding balances with these parties are expected to be settled in cash within 2 months of the reporting date.
None of the balances are secured. No expense for bad or doubtful debts in respect of amounts owed by these
136
parties has been recognised in the periods covered by this Historical Financial Information. No guarantees have
been provided to or received from these parties.
30.
Capital commitments
The Group had no capital commitments at any of the presented reporting periods.
31.
Group information
The historical financial information is the consolidation of the below subsidiaries:
Country of
Year of
Class of share
Proportion held
Subsidiary
registration
incorporation
capital held
by the Company
Nature of business
––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––
––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––
Darktrace, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . .
USA
2013
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Singapore Pte Ltd.
Singapore
2015
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Australia Pty Ltd.
Australia
2015
Common shares
100%
Darktrace South Africa Ltd.
South Africa
2016
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Japan KK
. . . . . .
Japan
2017
Common shares
100%
Darktrace SAS . . . . . . . . . . .
France
2019
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Ireland Limited . .
Ireland
2019
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Hong Kong Ltd . .
Hong Kong
2019
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Colombia SAS
. .
Colombia
2019
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Mexico,
SA De CV . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mexico
2020
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Germany GmbH .
Germany
2020
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Canada, Inc . . . . .
Canada
2020
Common shares
100%
Darktrace Holdings Limited has also had a Branch office in Dubai, since 2019.
32.
Subsequent events
The Group entered into a multi-currency $25 million Revolving Credit Facility agreement with Silicon Valley
Bank on 15 January 2021 with a maturity of 15 January 2023. Interest charged is subject to an all-in floor of 3.75%
and the facility contains a letter of credit sublimit of $10 million equivalent.
Other than for letters of credit
primarily securing office lease obligations, as and when drawn, uses are for general corporate and working capital
purposes.
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology and
building and
shipping of
appliances
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
Sales and marketing
of cyber defence
technology
137
Part 10
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1.
RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
The Directors (whose names and functions appear on page 31 of this Registration Document), and the Company,
accept responsibility for the information contained in this Registration Document. To the best of the knowledge
of the Directors and the Company, the information contained in this Registration Document is in accordance with
the facts and makes no omission likely to affect the import of such information.
2.
INCORPORATION AND SHARE CAPITAL
2.1
Incorporation
The Company was incorporated and registered in England on 12 March 2021 as a public company limited
by shares with registered number 13264637 and legal entity identifier 213800PC5S5P9CSNFC89. On
30 March 2021, the Company was re-registered with the name Darktrace plc.
The Company’s registered office and its principal place of business is at Maurice Wilkes Building St John’s
Innovation Park, Cowley Road, Cambridge, United Kingdom, CB4 0DS. The Company’s telephone
number is +44 1223 394 100 and its website is www.darktrace.com. The contents of the Company’s
website do not form part of this Registration Document, unless that information is specifically incorporated
by reference into the Registration Document.
The principal laws and legislation under which the Company operates and the Shares have been created is
the Act and regulations made thereunder.
2.2
Share capital
On incorporation, the share capital of the Company was £50,000.01, comprised of one share of £0.01 par
value, which was issued and outstanding, and 50,000 redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each in the
Company. It is expected that, following Admission, all the redeemable preference shares will be redeemed
out of the distributable reserves of the Company.
As at the date of this Registration Document, the issued and outstanding ordinary share capital of the
Company is comprised of one Share of £0.01 (fully paid) and 50,000 redeemable preference shares of
£1.00 each.
The Company is proposing to undertake an initial public offering of the Shares and in connection with
Admission, the Company intends to undertake certain steps as part of a reorganisation of the Company’s
share capital and other corporate actions as outlined below (the “
Reorganisation
”).
As of the date of this Registration Document, the shareholding and corporate structure of the Company, the
companies involved in the Reorganisation and the companies referred to in this Registration Document, is
as follows:
Darktrace
Holdings Limited
Overseas
Subsidiaries
Shareholders
138
In connection with Admission, Darktrace Holdings Limited (which is currently the ultimate holding
company of the Group) intends to undertake a reorganisation of its share capital and certain other actions
pursuant to which
Darktrace
plc will become the new holding company of the Group (the
“
Reorganisation
”).
On 12 March 2021, Darktrace plc was incorporated as a public company limited by shares, with one
ordinary share of £0.01 and 50,000 redeemable preference shares of £1.00 each. Richard Eaton, the
General Counsel of the Group (the “
Initial Subscriber
”) was the sole shareholder of Darktrace plc upon
incorporation.
Prior to Admission: (i) Darktrace Holdings Limited will re-designate its existing classes of shares (other
than the redeemable preference shares to be issued to the Initial Subscriber) as ordinary shares; and (ii) the
senior unsecured convertible loan notes with an aggregate principal amount of $162,821,388 issued by
Darktrace Holdings Limited in July 2020 will be converted into ordinary shares of Darktrace Holdings
Limited.
As part of the Reorganisation, Darktrace plc intends to enter into a share exchange agreement with
Darktrace Holdings Limited and each shareholder of Darktrace Holdings Limited (the “
Share Exchange
Agreement
”). Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, immediately prior to Admission, each
shareholder of Darktrace Holdings Limited will transfer its shares to the Darktrace plc in consideration for
the allotment and issue of new shares in Darktrace plc. The new Shares to be allotted and issued under the
Share Exchange Agreement will be allotted on the basis of an agreed number of Shares for each one
existing ordinary share in Darktrace Holdings Limited.
In addition, the options over shares in Darktrace Holdings Limited granted to certain directors, employees
and former employees of the Group under the Darktrace Holdings Limited Company Discretionary Share
Option Scheme 2013 will be amended such that the option holders in Darktrace Holdings Limited will
instead become entitled to options over such number of Shares as they currently hold options over with
respect to Darktrace Holdings Limited, pursuant to the Darktrace Holdings Limited Company
Discretionary Share Option Scheme 2013.
Immediately following the completion of the Reorganisation and prior to and subject to Admission, the
shareholding and corporate structure of Darktrace plc and the companies and shareholders involved in the
Reorganisation will be as follows (reflecting the addition of the Company to the holding structure):
Darktrace plc
Shareholders
Darktrace Holdings
Limited
Overseas
Subsidiaries
139
3.
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Articles of the Company at the date of this Registration Document are customary for a public company
incorporated in England.
The Company intends to amend or replace its Articles with provisions to the following effect:
3.1
Objects
The objects of the Company, in accordance with section 31(1) of the Act, are unrestricted.
3.2
Limited liability
The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in the Company
respectively held by them.
3.3
Rights attaching to shares
Voting rights of members
Subject to the Articles and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to
any shares (as to which there are none at present) the provisions of the Act shall apply in relation to voting
rights. On a show of hands, every member or authorised corporate representative present has one vote and
every proxy present has one vote except if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member
and has been instructed by (or exercises his discretion given by) one or more of those members to vote for
the resolution and has been instructed by (or exercises his discretion given by) one or more other of those
members to vote against it, in which case a proxy has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On
a poll, every member present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he is a holder.
In the case of joint holders, the vote of the person whose name stands first in the register of members and
who tenders a vote is accepted to the exclusion of any votes tendered by any other joint holders.
Dividends
Subject to the rights attached to any shares issued on any special terms and conditions (as to which there
are none at present), dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares
in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls should be
treated for these purposes as paid up on the share.
Return of capital
If the Company is in liquidation, the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution of the
Company and any other authority required by any applicable statutory provision (A) divide among the
members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company, and for that purpose, value any
assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of
members; or (B) vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of
members as the liquidator, with the necessary authority, shall think fit, but no member shall be compelled
to accept any assets upon which there is any liability.
Capitalisation of reserves
The Board may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company: (A) resolve to capitalise any
sum standing to the credit of any reserve account of the Company (including the share premium account
and capital redemption reserve) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account not required
for the payment of any preferential dividend (whether or not it is available for distribution); and (B)
appropriate that sum as capital to the holders of shares in proportion to the nominal amount of the share
capital held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in paying up in full any shares or
debentures of the Company of a nominal amount equal to that sum and allot the shares or debentures
credited as fully paid to those members, or as they may direct, in those proportions or in paying up the
whole or part of any amounts which are unpaid in respect of any issued shares in the Company held by
them respectively, or otherwise deal with such sum as directed by the resolution provided that the share
premium account, the capital redemption reserve, any redenomination reserve and any sum not available
for distribution in accordance with the applicable statutory provisions may only be applied in paying up
shares to be allotted credited as fully paid up.
140
3.4
Issue of shares
The Company may from time to time pass an ordinary resolution authorising, in accordance with
section 551 of the Act, the Board to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company
or to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company up to the maximum
nominal amount specified in the resolution. The authority shall expire on the day specified in the resolution
(not being more than five years from the date on which the resolution is passed) but any authority given
under this article shall allow the Company, before the authority expires, to make an offer or agreement
which would or might require shares to be allotted or rights to be granted after it expires. Subject (other
than in relation to the sale of treasury shares) to the Board being generally authorised to allot shares and
grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company in accordance with
section 551 of the Act, the Company may from time to time resolve, by special resolution, that the Board
be given power to allot equity securities for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to the allotment
but that power shall be limited: (i) to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue;
and (ii) to the allotment (other than in connection with a rights issue) of equity securities having a nominal
amount not exceeding in aggregate the sum specified in the special resolution. Unless previously revoked,
that power shall (if so provided in the special resolution) expire on the date specified in the special
resolution of the Company but the Company may before the power expires make an offer or agreement
which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after it expires.
3.5
Alteration of share capital
The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the applicable statutory provisions to increase its
share capital by allotting new shares; reduce its share capital; sub-divide or consolidate and divide all or
any of its share capital; redenominate all or any of its shares and reduce its share capital in connection with
such redenomination; issue redeemable shares and purchase all or any of its shares of any class including
any redeemable shares.
3.6
Variation of class rights
Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the
rights for the time being attached to any class of shares in issue may from time to time (whether or not the
Company is being wound up) be varied in such manner as those rights may provide or (if no such provision
is made) either with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the issued
shares of that class or with the authority of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the
holders of those shares.
3.7
Transfer of Ordinary Shares
A member may transfer all or any of his shares in any manner that is permitted by any applicable statutory
provision and is from time to time approved by the Board. The Company shall maintain a record of
uncertified shares in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions.
A member may transfer all or any of his certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form,
or in such other form as the Board may approve. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf
of the transferor and, except in the case of a fully paid share, by or on behalf of the transferee. The Board
may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any instrument of transfer of any certificated share which
is not fully paid up but, in the case of a class of shares which has been admitted to the Official List of the
FCA, not so as to prevent dealings in those shares from taking place on an open and proper basis or on
which the Company has a lien. The Board may also refuse to register any instrument of transfer of a
certificated share unless it is left at the registered office, or such other place as the Board may decide, for
registration, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be transferred and such other evidence (if any)
as the Board may reasonably require to prove title of the intending transferor or his right to transfer the
shares; and it is in respect of only one class of shares. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of a
certificated share it shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which
the instrument was lodged, give to the transferee notice of the refusal together with its reasons for refusal.
The Board shall provide the transferee with such further information about the reasons for the refusal as
the transferee may reasonably request. Unless otherwise agreed by the Board in any particular case, the
maximum number of persons who may be entered on the register as joint holders of a share is four.
141
3.8
Disclosure of interests in Ordinary Shares
If the holder of, or any person appearing to be interested in, any share has been given a notice requiring
any of the information mentioned in section 793 of the Act (the “
Section 793 Notice
”) and, in respect of
that share (a “
Default Share
”), has been in default for a period of 14 days after the Section 793 Notice has
been given in supplying to the Company the information required by the Section 793 Notice, the following
restrictions shall apply: (a) if the Default Shares in which any one person is interested or appears to the
Company to be interested represent less than 0.25% of the issued shares of the class, the holders of the
Default Shares shall not be entitled, in respect of those shares, to attend or to vote, either personally or by
proxy, at any general meeting of the Company; or (b) if the Default Shares in which any one person is
interested or appears to the Company to be interested represent at least 0.25% of the issued shares of the
class, the holders of the Default Shares shall not be entitled, in respect of those shares (i) to attend or to
vote, either personally or by proxy, at any general meeting of the Company or (ii) to receive any dividend
or other distribution or (iii) to transfer or agree to transfer any of those shares or any rights in them.
The above restrictions shall continue for the period specified by the Board, being not more than seven days
after the earlier of (i) the Company being notified that the Default Shares have been sold pursuant to an
exempt transfer; and (ii) due compliance, to the satisfaction of the Board, with the Section 793 Notice. The
Board may waive these restrictions, in whole or in part, at any time. The restrictions shall not prejudice the
right of either the member holding the Default Shares or, if different, any person having a power of sale
over those shares to sell or agree to sell those shares under an exempt transfer.
3.9
Forfeiture of shares
If the whole or any part of any call or instalment remains unpaid on any share after the due date for
payment, the Board may give a notice to the holder requiring him to pay so much of the call or instalment
as remains unpaid, together with any accrued interest.
If the requirements of a notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which it was given may
(before the payment required by the notice is made) be forfeited by a resolution of the Board. The forfeiture
shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited share and not
actually paid before the forfeiture.
Every share which is forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and (subject to
the applicable statutory provisions) may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, upon such terms and
in such manner as the Board shall decide either to the person who was before the forfeiture the holder of
the share or to any other person and whether with or without all or any part of the amount previously paid
up on the share being credited as so paid up.
3.10
Uncertificated shares—general powers
In relation to any uncertificated share, the Company may utilise the relevant system in which it is held to
the fullest extent available from time to time in the exercise of any of its powers or functions under any
applicable statutory provision or the Articles or otherwise in effecting any action. Any provision in the
Articles in relation to uncertificated shares which is inconsistent with (i) any applicable statutory provision
or (ii) the exercise of any powers or functions by the Company or the effecting by the Company of any
actions by means of a relevant system, shall not apply. The Company may, by notice to the holder of an
uncertificated share, require the holder to change the form of that share to certificated form within such
period as may be specified in the notice. For the purpose of effecting any action by the Company, the Board
may determine that shares held by a person in uncertificated form shall be treated as a separate holding
from shares held by that person in certificated form but shares of a class held by a person in
uncertificated form shall not be treated as a separate class from shares of that class held by that person in
certificated form.
3.11
Communications by the Company
Subject to the applicable statutory provisions and other rules applicable to the Company, a document or
information may be sent or supplied by the Company to any member in electronic form to such address as
may from time to time be authorised by the member concerned or by making it available on a website and
notifying the member concerned (in accordance with the applicable statutory provisions and other rules
applicable to the Company) that it has been made available. A member shall be deemed to have agreed that
the Company may send or supply a document or information by means of a website if the applicable
statutory provisions have been satisfied.
142
3.12
General meetings
An annual general meeting shall be held in accordance with the statutory provisions. Other general
meetings shall be held whenever the Board thinks fit or on the requisition of shareholders in accordance
with the applicable statutory provisions.
Subject to the applicable statutory provisions, an annual general meeting shall be called by at least 21 clear
days’ notice and all other general meetings shall be called by not less than 14 clear days’ notice or by not
less than such minimum notice period as is permitted by the applicable statutory provisions.
The requisite quorum for general meetings of the Company shall be two qualifying persons, representing
different members and entitled to vote on the business to be transacted at the meeting. A qualifying person
is an individual who is a member of the Company, a corporate representative or a proxy.
3.13
Directors
Election, Retirement and Removal of Directors
The Directors (other than alternate directors) shall not, unless otherwise determined by an ordinary
resolution of the Company, be less than two nor more than 15 in number.
A Director need not be a member of the Company.
Subject to the Articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act to
be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director, but so that the total number of directors
shall not exceed any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles.
Every resolution of a general meeting for the election of a director shall relate to one named person and a
single resolution for the election of two or more persons shall be void, unless a resolution that it shall be
so proposed has been first agreed to by the meeting without any vote being cast against it. The Board may
appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or by way of addition to
their number, but so that the total number of directors shall not exceed any maximum number fixed by or
in accordance with the Articles.
No person (other than a director retiring in accordance with the Articles) shall be elected or re-elected a
director at any general meeting unless (i) he or she is recommended by the Board or (ii) not less than 14
nor more than 42 days before the date appointed for the meeting there has been given to the Company, by
a member (other than the person to be proposed) entitled to vote at the meeting, notice of his intention to
propose a resolution for the election of that person, stating the particulars which would, if he or she were
so elected, be required to be included in the Company’s register of directors and a notice executed by that
person of his willingness to be elected.
At each annual general meeting every director shall retire from office. A retiring director shall be eligible
for re-election, and a director who is re-elected will be treated as continuing in office without a break. A
retiring director who is not re-elected shall retain office until the close of the meeting at which he retires.
If the Company, at any meeting at which a director retires in accordance with the Articles, does not fill the
office vacated by such director, the retiring director, if willing to act, shall be deemed to be re-elected,
unless at the meeting a resolution is passed not to fill the vacancy or to elect another person in his place or
unless the resolution to re-elect him or her is put to the meeting and lost.
The Company may by special resolution, or by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given
in accordance with the applicable statutory provisions, remove any director before his period of office has
expired notwithstanding anything in the Articles or in any agreement between him or her and the Company.
A director may also be removed from office by giving him notice to that effect signed by or on behalf of
not less than three quarters of the other directors (or their alternates). Any such removal of a director shall
be without prejudice to any claim which such director may have for damages for breach of any agreement
between him or her and the Company.
Conflicts of interest
If a situation (a “
Relevant Situation
”) arises in which a director has, or can have, a direct or indirect
interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (including, without
limitation, in relation to the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity, whether or not the
Company could take advantage of it but excluding any situation which cannot reasonably be regarded as
143
likely to give rise to a conflict of interest) the following provisions shall apply if the conflict of interest
does not arise in relation to a transaction or arrangement with the Company: (i) if the Relevant Situation
arises from the appointment or proposed appointment of a person as a director of the Company, the
Directors (other than the director, and any other director with a similar interest, who shall not be counted
in the quorum at the meeting and shall not vote on the resolution) may resolve to authorise the appointment
of the director and the Relevant Situation on such terms as they may determine; (ii) if the Relevant
Situation arises in circumstances other than in paragraph (i) above, the Directors (other than the director
and any other director with a similar interest who shall not be counted in the quorum at the meeting and
shall not vote on the resolution) may resolve to authorise the Relevant Situation and the continuing
performance by the director of his duties on such terms as they may determine. Any terms of such
authorisation may be imposed at the time of the authorisation or may be imposed or varied subsequently
and may include (without limitation):
(a)
whether the interested directors may vote (or be counted in the quorum at a meeting) in relation to
any resolution relating to the Relevant Situation;
(b)
the exclusion of the interested directors from all information and discussion by the Company of the
Relevant Situation; and
(c)
(without prejudice to the general obligations of confidentiality) the application to the interested
directors of a strict duty of confidentiality to the Company for any confidential information of the
Company in relation to the Relevant Situation.
Any authorisation of a Relevant Situation may provide that, where the interested director obtains (other
than through his position as a director of the Company) information that is confidential to a third party, he
will not be obliged to disclose it to the Company or to use it in relation to the Company’s affairs in
circumstances where to do so would amount to a breach of that confidence.
If a director is in any way, directly or indirectly, interested in a proposed or an existing transaction or
arrangement with the Company, he must declare the nature and extent of that interest to the other directors.
Subject to any applicable statutory provisions and to having declared his interest to the other directors, a
director may:
(a)
enter into or be interested in any transaction or arrangement with the Company, either with regard
to his tenure of any office or position in the management, administration or conduct of the business
of the Company, or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise;
(b)
hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of auditor) in conjunction
with his office of director for such period (subject to applicable statutory provisions) and upon such
terms as the Board may decide and be paid such extra remuneration for so doing (whether by way
of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may decide, either in
addition to or in lieu of any remuneration under any other provision of the Articles;
(c)
act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (except as auditor) and be
entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a director;
(d)
be or become a member or director of, or hold any other office or place of profit under, or otherwise
be interested in, any holding company or subsidiary undertaking of that holding company or any
other company in which the Company may be interested. The Board may cause the voting rights
conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company or exercisable by
them as directors of that other company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as it thinks
fit (including the exercise of voting rights in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or
any of them as directors or officers of the other company or voting or providing for the payment of
any benefit to the Directors or officers of the other company); and
(e)
be or become a director of any other company in which the Company does not have an interest if
that cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest at the time of his
appointment as a director of that other company.
144
Remuneration
The Non-Executive Directors shall be paid such fees not exceeding in aggregate £2 million per annum (or
such larger sum as the Company may, by ordinary resolution, determine) as the Board may decide to be
divided among them in such proportion and manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, equally. Any
such fee shall be distinct from any remuneration or other amounts payable to a director under other
provisions of the Articles and shall accrue from day to day.
The Board may grant special remuneration to any director who performs any special or extra services to
or at the request of the Company. Such special remuneration may be paid by way of lump sum, salary,
commission, participation in profits or otherwise as the Board may decide in addition to any remuneration
payable under or pursuant to any other of the Articles.
A director shall be paid out of the funds of the Company all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly
incurred by him in and about the discharge of his duties, including his expenses of travelling to and from
Board meetings, committee meetings and general meetings. Subject to any guidelines and procedures
established from time to time by the Board, a director may also be paid out of the funds of the Company
all expenses incurred by him in obtaining professional advice in connection with the affairs of the
Company or the discharge of his duties as a director.
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to:
(a)
pay, provide, arrange or procure the grant of pensions or other retirement benefits, death, disability
or sickness benefits, health, accident and other insurances or other such benefits, allowances,
gratuities or insurances, including in relation to the termination of employment, to or for the benefit
of any person who is or has been at any time a director of the Company or in the employment or
service of the Company or of any corporate body which is or was associated with the Company or
of the predecessors in business of the Company or any such associated body corporate, or the
relatives or dependants of any such person. For that purpose the Board may procure the
establishment and maintenance of, or participation in, or contribution to, any pension fund, scheme
or arrangement and the payment of any insurance premiums;
(b)
establish, maintain, adopt and enable participation in any profit sharing or incentive scheme
including shares, share options or cash or any similar schemes for the benefit of any director or
employee of the Company or of any associated body corporate, and to lend money to any such
director or employee or to trustees on their behalf to enable any such schemes to be established,
maintained or adopted; and
(c)
support and subscribe to any institution or association which may be for the benefit of the Company
or of any associated body corporate or any directors or employees of the Company or associated
body corporate or their relatives or dependants or connected with any town or place where the
Company or an associated body corporate carries on business, and to support and subscribe to any
charitable or public object whatsoever.
Indemnity
As far as the applicable statutory provisions allow, the Company may:
(a)
indemnify any director of the Company (or of an associated body corporate) against any liability;
(b)
indemnify a director of a company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme for
employees (or former employees) of the Company (or of an associated body corporate) against
liability incurred in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of the scheme;
(c)
purchase and maintain insurance against any liability for any director referred to in paragraphs (a)
or (b) above; and
(d)
provide any director referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with funds (whether by loan or
otherwise) to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in defending any criminal,
regulatory or civil proceedings or in connection with an application for relief (or to enable any such
director to avoid incurring such expenditure).
145
Proceedings of the Board
A director may at any time, and the secretary may at the request of a director, call a meeting of the Board.
The Board may meet for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meeting as it thinks
fit. This includes at a meeting which consists of a conference between directors some or all of whom are
in different places provided that each director may participate in the business of the meeting by any means
which allows him both to hear each of the other participating directors (or receive real time
communications made by them), and, if he so wishes, to address all of the other participating directors
simultaneously (or otherwise communicate in real time with them).
The quorum for Board meetings, unless fixed by the Board at any other number, shall be two. A Board
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and
discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board.
The Board may appoint a chair and one or more deputy chairs and may at any time revoke such an
appointment. The chair, or failing him/her, any deputy chair (the longest in office taking precedence, if
more than one is present), shall, if present and willing, preside at all Board meetings but, if no chair or
deputy chair has been appointed, or if he/she is not present within five minutes after the time fixed for
holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one
of their number to act as chair of the meeting.
Questions arising at a Board meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes and, in the case of equality
of votes, the chair of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote. A resolution which is signed or
approved by all the Directors entitled to vote on that resolution shall be valid and effectual as if it had been
passed at a Board meeting duly called and constituted.
All acts bona fide done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee, or by any person acting as a director
or committee member, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in
the appointment of any member of the Board or committee or of the person so acting, or that they or any
of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such
person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a director and had continued to be a director or member
of the committee and had been entitled to vote.
3.14
Borrowing powers
There is no requirement on the Directors to restrict the borrowing of the Company or any of its subsidiary
undertakings.
3.15
Dividends
Declaration of dividends
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the members, according to their
respective rights and interests in the profits, and may fix the time for payment of such dividend, but no
dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board.
Fixed and interim dividends
The Board may pay such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the financial position
of the Company and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the Board
whenever the financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the Board, justifies its payment. If the
Board acts in good faith, none of the Directors shall incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring
preferred rights for any loss such holders may suffer in consequence of the payment of an interim dividend
on any shares having non-preferred or deferred rights.
Calculation and currency of dividends
Except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide: (a) all
dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which
the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid up on
the share; (b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the
shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; and (c)
dividends may be declared or paid in any currency and the Board may agree with any member that
dividends which may at any time or from time to time be declared or become due on his shares in one
146
currency shall be paid or satisfied in another, and may agree the basis of conversion to be applied and how
and when the amount to be paid in the other currency shall be calculated and paid and for the Company or
any other person to bear any costs involved.
Dividends not to bear interest
No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest as
against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.
Calls or debts may be deducted from dividends
The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any person (either alone or jointly
with another) on or in respect of a share all such sums as may be due from him (either alone or jointly with
another) to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in relation to shares of the Company.
Dividends in specie
With the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company and on the recommendation of the Board,
payment of any dividend may be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in
particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company.
Scrip dividends
The Board may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer any holders of shares
the right to elect to receive further shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of all (or some
part) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution (a scrip dividend) in accordance with the
provisions of the relevant provisions of the Articles.
Unclaimed dividends
Any dividend unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having been declared shall be forfeited and cease
to remain owing by the Company.
4.
DIRECTORS’ AND SENIOR MANAGERS’ INTERESTS
None of the Directors or Senior Managers has any interests in the share capital of the Company as at the date of
this Registration Document.
No Director has or has had any interest in any transactions that are or were unusual in their nature or conditions
or are or were significant to the business of the Group or any of its subsidiary undertakings and that were effected
by the Group or any of its subsidiaries during the current or immediately preceding financial year or during an
earlier financial year and that remain in any respect outstanding or unperformed.
There are no outstanding loans or guarantees granted or provided by any member of the Group to or for the benefit
of any of the Directors.
5.
MAJOR INTERESTS IN SHARES
As at the date of this Registration Document, insofar as is known to the Company, the following persons are
interested in 3% or more of the Company’s share capital:
Percentage
of issued
Number of
ordinary
Major Shareholders
Shares
share capital
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––––
Richard Eaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
100
147
Following the Reorganisation as described in section 2 of Part 10 of the Registration Document, it is intended that
the following persons will be interested in 3% or more of the Company’s share capital:
Percentage
of issued
Number of
ordinary
Major Shareholders
Shares
(1)
share capital
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––––
Summit DT Equity Holdings 3 LP and Summit
DT CLN Holdings 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
527,126
21.99
Angela Bacares
(2)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
321,577
13.42
KKR DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283,940
11.85
Deep Defence S.à.r.l.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127,367
5.31
Michael Lynch
(3)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
123,047
5.13
Notes:
(1)
The interests of Shares have been stated on a fully diluted basis (including options and growth shares).
(2)
Angela Bacares and Michael Lynch are deemed to be acting in concert with each other, as they are married to each other.
Save as disclosed above, in so far as is known to the Company, there is no other person who is directly or
indirectly, interested in 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company, or of any other person who can,
will or could, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, exercise control over the Company. The Directors have no
knowledge of any arrangements the operation of that may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the
Company.
All shareholders in the Company have the same voting rights attached to the shares they hold in the Company.
6.
DIRECTORS’ TERMS OF SERVICE
The Directors and their functions are set out in Section 1 of Part 6: “
Directors, Senior Managers and Corporate
Governance
”. Prior to Admission, the Company will enter into appropriate service agreements with each of the
Executive Directors.
6.1
Letters of Appointment
Gordon Hurst has been appointed as the chair and Non-Executive Director and Vanessa Colomar, Stephen
Shanley, Johannes Sikkens, Lord Willetts, Paul Harrison and Sir Peter Bonfield have each been appointed
as Non-Executive Directors pursuant to appointment letters entered into with effect from 1 April 2021. The
Non-Executive Directors will be appointed for an initial term of three years. Continuation of their
appointment is dependent upon satisfactory performance and re-election by Shareholders at each annual
general meeting of the Company.
The Company may terminate a Non-Executive Director’s appointment immediately in certain
circumstances, in accordance with the letter of appointment, including where the Non-Executive Director
commits a material breach of its obligations under the appointment letter or where the Director has been
disqualified from acting as a director or ceases to be a director in accordance with the Articles or the Act.
The Chair will receive a fee of £200,000 per annum for carrying out his duties as chair and Non-Executive
Director of the Company (including for serving as a chair or member of any committee).
Each Independent Non-Executive Director receive:
•
an annual fee of £60,000 each for carrying out their duties as Directors of the Company, payable
quarterly in arrears; and
•
a fee of £7,500 per annum for serving as a member of any committee constituted by the board, an
additional fee of £7,500 per annum for serving as a chair of the audit committee and the
remuneration committee, and an additional fee of £3,750 per annum for serving as a chair of the
nomination committee.
Pursuant to sections 439 and 439A of the Act, the Chair’s and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration will
be subject to shareholder approval. In the event that such approval is not obtained when required, the
appointment letters provide that they will have no entitlement to compensation or damages in respect of
loss suffered as a consequence.
148
The Company shall reimburse the Non-Executive Directors for any reasonable travel and other expenses
incurred in connection with the carrying out of their duties pursuant to the letters of appointment. In
addition, each letter of appointment contains obligations of confidentiality and restrictions on conflicts.
Each Non-Executive Director is required to allocate sufficient time to discharge his or her responsibilities
effectively.
In addition, the Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of the Non-Executive
Directors, under which the Company has undertaken to indemnify and exculpate the Non-Executive
Directors to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.
6.2
Directors’ and Senior Managers’ Remuneration
Directors
The following table sets out the pre-tax remuneration for the Executive Directors for the financial year
ended 30 June 2020:
Share based
Wages and
Social
Pension
payment
Name
salary
security costs
costs
charge
Total
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
––––––––
In USD
Poppy Gustafsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
304,328
37,947
9,593
2,348
354,218
Catherine Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
149,670
19,157
5,004
330,462
504,294
The following table sets out the remuneration for the Non-Executive Directors for the financial year ended
30 June 2020:
Name
Fees
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––
Gordon Hurst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$70,181
Senior Managers
The aggregate remuneration paid (including salary and other benefits) to the Senior Managers of the Group
for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 was $965,222, all of which comprised salaries, pension, bonus,
share based payments, Private medical insurance, social security and medicare.
There is no arrangement under which any Director has waived or agreed to waive future emoluments nor
has there been any waiver of emoluments during the financial year immediately preceding the date of this
Registration Document.
6.3
Directors’ and Senior Managers’ current and past directorships and partnerships
Set out below are the directorships and partnerships held by the Directors and Senior Managers (other than,
where applicable, directorships held in the Company and/or any other company in the Group), in the five
years prior to the date of this Registration Document:
Name
Current directorships/partnerships
Past directorships
–––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––
Featurespace Limited
Marston Holdings Limited
Azets
Motorpoint Group plc
Gordon Hurst . . . .
University of Cambridge Library
–
Poppy
Gustafsson . . . . .
Plated, Inc
Affirmed Networks, Inc
Catherine
Graham . . . . . . .
Luminance Technologies Ltd
–
Vanessa
Colomar . . . . . . .
149
Name
Current directorships/partnerships
Past directorships
–––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––––––––––
Save as described below, within the period of five years preceding the date of this Registration Document,
none of the Directors or Senior Managers:
(a)
has had any convictions in relation to fraudulent offences;
(b)
has been a member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies or director or senior
manager (who is relevant in establishing that a company has the appropriate expertise and
experience for management of that company) of any company at the time of any bankruptcy,
receivership, liquidation or administration of such company; or
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Partners
LLP
Zwift Inc.
ReliaQuest, LLC
KnowBe4, Inc.
OutSystems Holdings S.A.
Girona Lux Aggregator S.à r.l.
Girona TopCo S.à r.l.
GYG S.à r.l.
KKR Click Investors Limited
Feedzai – Consultadoria e Inovação
Tecnológica, S.A.
Ivalua S.A.S.
ClickTale (UK) Limited
GetYourGuide AG
Omega Luxco S.à r.l.
Valeur Investors S.à r.l.
Stephen Shanley . .
Summit Partners (UK) Advisory
Limited
MUBI Inc
Red Points
Syncron
LEIA 1 Limited
Siteimprove
Flow Traders
OnRobot
Relex Solutions
Avast Holdings
Masternaut Holdings Limited
Masternaut Group Holdings Limited
Masternaut Bidco Limited
Advance Holdco Limited
Acturis Group Limited
Acturis International Limited
Welltec International
Johannes
Sikkens
. . . . . . .
Lord Willetts . . . . .
The Biotech Growth Trust Plc
Marchmount Executive Services Ltd
Sirius Constellation Ltd
Genome Research Limited
The Francis Crick Institute Limited
The Council For Industry and Higher
Education
Ascential plc
Hungryhouse.com Ltd
Orogo Limited
Just Eat plc and certain of its
subsidiaries
Everyday Ventures Limited
Flyt Limited
Practi Technologies Ltd
City Pantry Ltd
Nifty Nosh Limited
Paul Harrison . . . .
Imagination Technologies Group
Limited
NXP Semiconductors
TSMC
Truchas Associates Limited
Mentor Graphics
Ericsson
Sir Peter Bonfield .
–
–
David Palmer . . . .
–
–
Nicole Eagan
. . . .
–
–
Jack Stockdale
. . .
150
(c)
has received any official public incrimination and/or sanction by any statutory or regulatory
authorities (including designated professional bodies) or has ever been disqualified by a court from
acting as a member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies of a company or from
acting in the management or conduct of affairs of a company.
7.
EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN
Were the Company to undertake a listing, there has been a review of the approach to remuneration for Executive
Directors and other members of the senior management team to ensure it continues to support the strategic
ambitions of the Company following Admission. A summary of the approach to remuneration following
Admission is provided below and further details will be provided in the Company’s first Directors’ Remuneration
Report.
Talent is key to the success of the Company and the remuneration framework needs to continue to attract and
retain executives of the right calibre to execute the Group’s business strategy successfully. The Company is a
unique business, operating with few comparators. Overall remuneration packages for the Executive Directors and
other members of the senior management team have been set at levels that are considered appropriate taking into
account a number of factors including role, responsibilities, skills and experience, market rates, internal
relativities, talent and criticality of the individuals to continued growth of the business. Our remuneration
philosophy is to set below market salaries with above market incentives providing strong alignment to
performance and investor return.
Pay practices in the listed environment are different from those typically seen in a private company. The
remuneration policy has been designed to comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code and aligned to market
best practice and the guidelines of UK institutional shareholders and advisory bodies.
Pay for performance and rewarding sustainable success delivered over the longer term have always been central
to the Company’s remuneration philosophy and they will continue to be as the Company moves to the listed
environment. The proposed approach incentivises management to deliver the Company’s key goals and continue
to generate longer term shareholder value.
The information below, together with the details of the share-based incentive plans set out in paragraph 8
(
Employee Share Plans
) of this Part 10: “
Additional Informatio
n”, summarises the key components of the
Executive Director and Non-Executive Director remuneration arrangements that will apply from Admission were
the Company to undertake a listing.
The Company intends to formally propose a remuneration policy for approval by Shareholders at the first annual
general meeting of the Company following Admission, in accordance with the regulations set out in the Large and
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Report) Regulations 2008 (as amended).
That policy will provide the framework for implementation of the remuneration strategy through a combination
of base salary, benefits including pension, an annual bonus and share based long-term incentive awards. The
policy will be designed to ensure that the Board can operate with sufficient flexibility to respond appropriately to
market developments and changes in talent.
The policy has been tested against the six factors listed in Provision 40 of the UK Corporate Governance Code:
•
Clarity
– the policy is clearly stated and full details will be described in straightforward concise terms to
shareholders and the workforce in the first Directors’ Remuneration Report.
•
Simplicity
– remuneration structures are simple and market typical.
•
Risk
– the remuneration policy has been shaped to discourage inappropriate risk taking by including
elements such as financial and non-financial performance metrics, bonus deferral, a higher weighting
towards long term incentives, recovery provisions and in employment and post-employment shareholding
requirements. In addition, no Executive Director or other member of management is present when their
own remuneration is under discussion.
•
Predictability
– elements of the policy will be subject to caps and dilution limits. The Remuneration
Committee has the discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome of the incentives if the Remuneration
Committee believes it is not a fair and accurate reflection of business performance or wider stakeholder
considerations.
151
•
Proportionality
– there is an appropriate balance between fixed pay and variable pay and incentive pay is
weighted towards long-term performance. Incentive plans are subject to performance conditions. The link
between strategy and performance conditions will be highlighted in the first Directors’ Remuneration
Report.
•
Alignment to culture
– Company culture and wider workforce policies is considered when shaping and
developing Executive Director and group remuneration policies to provide coherence, fairness and
alignment across the organisation.
An overview of the key elements of the directors’ remuneration policy that will operate from Admission is
provided below.
Base salary
On Admission, the base salaries will be £475,000 and £375,000 for the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer respectively.
Base salaries will typically be reviewed annually taking into account several factors including but not limited to,
the Director’s role, responsibilities, experience and skills, the remuneration policies, practices and philosophy of
the Company, the pay conditions in the group, business performance, market data for similar roles in comparable
companies and the economic environment. Salary increases will normally be in line with increases to the wider
workforce. Higher increases may be appropriate where, for example, there are additional responsibilities or
complexity or where individuals are recruited or promoted to the Board with salaries set below the targeted policy
level until they become established in role.
Pension and benefits
Executive Directors will be eligible to receive a contribution to a pension arrangement or a cash payment in lieu,
which is in line with the contribution available to the majority of the workforce in the country of appointment.
The current Executive Directors receive 3 per cent. of their basic salary as an employer contribution, which is
aligned to the UK workforce.
Executive Director benefits are currently aligned to the UK workforce and include private health insurance, life
assurance, a cycle to work scheme and employee assistance programme and under the policy may include (but are
not limited to) family private medical insurance, life assurance, a cycle to work scheme and employee assistance
programme, car allowance and expenses in connection with relocation.
Annual bonus
The current Executive Directors’ performance based annual bonus for the year to 30 June 2021 will continue and
be unaffected by Admission.
For the year ended 30 June 2022, the Executive Directors will participate in annual bonus arrangements subject
to appropriate performance criteria being met. For the year ended 30 June 2022, the maximum bonus opportunity
is 150 per cent. of base salary for each of the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer.
One third of the bonus earned will be paid in Shares with a two year holding period (during which time the Shares
cannot be sold and the Shares are subject to clawback) and the remainder will be paid in cash. The approach to
performance measurement is still being considered; however the majority of the bonus will be based on financial
measures. It is currently intended that for the year ended 30 June 2022, 80 per cent. will be based on Annual
Recurring Revenue and 20 per cent. on a range of individual and/or strategic measures.
The performance measures and weightings will be set out prospectively in the relevant Directors’ Remuneration
Report. Retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance against them will be included in the relevant
Directors’ Remuneration Report. Discretion to adjust the formulaic bonus outturn may be exercised in cases where
the Remuneration Committee believes that such outcome is not a fair and accurate reflection of business
performance.
2021 Award Incentive Plan
It is expected that the Shareholders will approve the adoption of the 2021 Award Incentive Plan (the “
AIP
”)
conditional upon Admission. Under the AIP, awards can be structured as share options (including U.S. tax
qualifying incentive stock options or “
ISOs
”), conditional awards, restricted shares, share appreciation rights or
“
SARs
” and other share and cash based awards (the “
AIP Awards
”). The AIP is designed to encourage sustainable
152
long-term performance and provides the flexibility to grant different incentive awards taking into account market
practice in the different countries where the Company operates.
The maximum aggregate value of AIP Awards that an Executive Director may be granted in respect of any
financial year will be no higher than as specified in the Company’s directors’ remuneration policy, as approved by
Shareholders from time to time.
Conditional awards with performance conditions will be granted annually under the AIP to the Executive
Directors with vesting subject to stretching long-term performance conditions and share retention requirements
after vesting. The normal maximum grant level for Executive Directors will be 250 per cent. of salary (based on
the face value of Shares at grant) with an exceptional limit of 300 per cent. of salary.
Awards granted to Executive Directors under the AIP will have a three year performance period and a further post-
vesting holding period such that the period from grant of an award to the end of the holding period is no less than
five years.
It is expected that the first AIP Awards to the Executive Directors will be granted soon after Admission (the
“
Initial Awards
”). Conditional awards with performance conditions will be granted to the Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer over Shares with a face value of 250 per cent. of salary for the Chief Executive
Officer and 200 per cent. of salary for the Chief Financial Officer. The face value of the award will be calculated
using the Offer Price. These Initial Awards will vest subject to the achievement of Relative Total Shareholder
Return (“
TSR
”) compared to the FTSE 350 excluding investment trusts with threshold vesting for 25% of the
award for median performance and maximum vesting for upper quartile and above.
Performance will be assessed from the date of Admission to the end of the year ended 30 June 2024. Awards will
vest once performance has been determined and, upon vesting, the post-tax number of Shares will be subject to a
holding period such that the period from grant of the award to the end of the holding period is five years. The
Executive Directors will also receive dividend equivalents equal to the value of dividends that would have accrued
on vested Shares.
Discretion to adjust the formulaic vesting outturn may be exercised in cases where the Remuneration Committee
believes that such outcome is not a fair and accurate reflection of business performance.
All-employee share plans
The Executive Directors will be eligible to participate in any all-employee share plan operated by the Company.
Participation will be capped by any HMRC and other relevant limits in the relevant plan.
Malus and clawback
Consistent with best practice, malus and clawback provisions will be operated at the discretion of the
Remuneration Committee in respect of both the annual bonus awards and AIP Awards within three years of AIP
Awards vesting and annual bonus payment. These provisions may be applied without limitation where it considers
that there are exceptional circumstances. Such exceptional circumstances for malus or clawback include serious
reputational damage, negligence or gross misconduct by the participant, corporate failure, a failure of risk
management, material financial misstatement, an error in available financial information or misleading data which
led to the grant of an award or vesting of an award being greater than it would otherwise have been or personal
misconduct.
Share ownership requirement and holding periods
During their employment the Executive Directors will be required to build and maintain a shareholding equivalent
to 200 per cent. of their base salary. Where the requirement has not been met, Executive Directors will be required
to retain 50 per cent. of the net of tax Shares they receive under the incentive plans until the requirement is met.
After termination of employment, Executive Directors will be expected to retain the lower of the Shares held at
cessation of employment and Shares to the value of 200 per cent. of salary for a period of two years post
termination of employment with the Remuneration Committee retaining the discretion in exceptional
circumstances to adjust the requirement. The holding periods for the annual bonus and conditional awards subject
to performance conditions also continue post-employment with the Remuneration Committee retaining the
discretion in exceptional circumstances to adjust the requirement.
153
Recruitment policy
Consistent with best practice, new senior management hires (including those promoted internally) will be offered
packages in line with the remuneration policy in force at the time.
The Company recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts
forfeited from a previous employer (“
Buyout Awards
”). To the extent possible, Buyout Awards will be made
broadly on a like-for-like basis in terms of both value, incentive vehicle and timing of receipt and shall be no more
generous than the terms of the awards they are replacing.
Termination policy
Payment under the annual bonus will be subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria tested at
the normal date and, ordinarily, the outcome will be calculated on a time pro-rata basis.
Treatment of AIP Awards will vary depending on whether an Executive Director is defined as a “good” or “bad”
leaver. “Bad” leavers’ AIP Awards will lapse. However, in certain circumstances, at the discretion of the
Remuneration Committee, “good” leaver status may be applied. “Good” leavers’ AIP Awards will be subject to
the satisfaction of the relevant performance criteria tested at the normal date and, ordinarily, the outcome will be
calculated on a time pro-rata basis.
The Company may, at its sole discretion, terminate the contract immediately, at any time after notice is served, by
making a payment in lieu of notice equivalent to salary, benefits and pension. Any such payments will normally
be paid in monthly instalments over the remaining notice period and be reduced to offset earnings from other
employment.
In addition, and consistent with market practice, the Company may pay a contribution towards the Executive
Director’s legal fees for entering into a statutory agreement, may pay a contribution towards fees for outplacement
services as part of a negotiated settlement, or may make a payment to compromise or settle claims the Executive
Director may have. Payment may also be made in respect of accrued benefits, including untaken holiday.
Non-Executive Directors
The Chair of the Board and independent Non-Executive Directors are appointed by letters of appointment with an
initial three-year term. Details of the Non-Executive Directors terms of service are set out in paragraph 6.1
(
Directors’ Terms of Service
) of this Part 10: “
Additional Information
”.
8.
EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS
Legacy Growth Shares and Option Schemes
The Group currently operates an employee share option scheme, the Amended and Restated Darktrace Limited
2013 Company Discretionary Share Option Scheme (the “
Legacy Option Scheme
”), under which it has granted
options over Shares in Darktrace Holdings Limited (the “
Outstanding Options
”). The Outstanding Options were
granted subject to time based vesting. The unvested Outstanding Options will continue to vest after Admission.
When vested Outstanding Options are exercised (which includes both vested and unvested Outstanding Options
at the date of Admission), they will be satisfied, in the jurisdictions where local laws permit, by Shares held by
the employee benefit trust described below such that the exercise of the Outstanding Options will not require a
material number of additional Shares to be issued.
The Group currently operates certain growth share arrangements pursuant to which employees of the Group held
restricted shares with the lifting of the restrictions subject to service. For the holders of restricted Shares in most
jurisdictions the restricted Shares issued remain subject to restrictions and are held subject to a nominee
arrangement until the time based restrictions cease to apply. The lifting of the restrictions on these restricted
Shares does not require the issue of any Shares. In certain jurisdictions the unvested portion of the growth shares
as at the date of Admission will be replaced by conditional awards over newly issued Shares under the AIP.
The Company’s employee benefit trust
The Company intends to establish an employee benefit trust (the “
Darktrace Employee Benefit Trust
” or
“
EBT
”) which will be constituted by a trust deed entered into between the Company and a trustee. The EBT can
be used to benefit employees and former employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and certain members of
their families. The trustee of the EBT will have the power to acquire Shares. Any Shares acquired may be used
154
for the purposes of the Legacy Option Scheme and the AIP or other employee share plans established by the Group
from time to time.
The Group may fund the EBT by loan or gift to acquire Shares either by market purchase or by subscription. Any
awards to subscribe for Shares granted to the EBT or Shares issued to the EBT will be treated as counting against
the dilution limits that apply to the relevant plan. If the EBT holds more than 5 per cent. of the Company’s
ordinary share capital (after deducting any Shares held as nominee for beneficiaries under the EBT), the trustees
will be required to vote the Shares in excess of 5 per cent. by appointing the Chairperson at a general meeting as
a proxy to vote those Shares pro rata to the other votes cast for and against the relevant resolutions at the meeting,
to ensure that the voting power of the EBT does not disproportionately impact on shareholder voting. The EBT
will not hold more than 10% of the Company’s ordinary share capital, without prior shareholder approval.
2021 Award Incentive Plan
Following Admission, the Company will operate a discretionary share based award incentive plan, the 2021
Award Incentive Plan (“
AIP
”). The AIP will be available for the Company to operate in its discretion, on the
recommendation of the Board. References to the Board include any designated committee of the Board, being the
Remuneration Committee.
It is expected that the Shareholders will approve the adoption of the AIP conditional upon Admission. The material
terms of the AIP are summarised below. In recognition of the Company’s global workforce, the AIP has been
designed to offer flexibility as to the type of award that the Company can offer its employees. This is intended to
help attract and retain the best talent across all relevant jurisdictions.
Eligibility
All employees and executive directors of the Group are eligible to receive awards under the AIP at the
Remuneration Committee’s discretion.
Administration
The AIP is administered by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee will have the authority
to make all determinations and interpretations under, and adopt rules for the administration of, the AIP, subject to
its express terms and conditions. The Remuneration Committee will also set the terms and conditions of all awards
under the AIP, including any vesting and performance conditions.
Limitation on Awards and Shares Available
The AIP together with any other discretionary or employees’ plans operated by the Company may operate over
newly issued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased in the market.
Shares to satisfy incentive awards that have not vested or are vested but not exercised at the time of Admission
are part of the Company’s pre-Admission incentive arrangements and as such are excluded from the dilution limits
in the AIP.
The rules of the AIP will provide that no award may be granted under the AIP to the extent that the result of that
grant would be that the aggregate number of Shares which could be issued on the realisation of that award and
any other award granted at the same time, when added to the number of Shares that:
•
could be issued on the realisation of any subsisting awards which were granted after Admission or options
granted after Admission during the preceding ten years under the AIP or any other employees’ or
discretionary share plan established by the company; and
•
have been issued on the realisation of any awards granted after Admission or options granted after
Admission during the preceding ten years under the AIP or any other employees’ or discretionary share
plan established by the company,
would exceed 10 per cent of the ordinary share capital of the company for the time being in issue.
Treasury shares will be treated for this purpose as if they were issued shares and will count towards the above
limits for as long as institutional shareholder guidance recommends such treatment. The AIP limits outlined above
will begin to be calculated at the point of Admission.
155
Awards
The AIP will provide for the grant of share options, including US tax qualifying incentive stock options or “ISOs”,
conditional awards, restricted shares, share appreciation rights or “SARs” and other share or cash based awards
(“
AIP Awards
”). Certain awards under the AIP may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject
to Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code 1986, which may impose additional requirements on the terms
and conditions of such awards. All AIP Awards will be detailed in award agreements, which will detail all terms
and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post termination exercise
limitations. AIP Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in Shares but the Remuneration
Committee may provide for cash settlement of any AIP Award. A brief description of each award type follows.
•
Share Options
. Share options provide for the purchase of Shares in the future at an exercise price set on
the grant date which may be nil (to the extent that there are no adverse tax consequences). ISOs may
provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain
holding period and other requirements of the US Internal Revenue Code 1986 are satisfied. Performance
conditions can be attached to nil cost options to create performance share awards.
•
Conditional Awards
. Conditional awards are contractual promises to deliver Shares in the future, which
may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Performance conditions can be
attached to conditional awards to create performance share awards.
•
Restricted Share Awards
. Restricted share awards are an award of nontransferable Shares that remain
forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price.
•
SARs
. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount equal to the appreciation in value of
the Shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date.
•
Other Share or Cash Based Awards
. Other Share or Cash Based Awards are awards other than those
enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from Shares or value metrics
related to the Shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Cash awards
are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.
Vesting
Vesting conditions determined by the Remuneration Committee may apply to each award and may include
continued service, performance and/or other conditions. Conditional awards subject to performance conditions
granted to Executive Directors under the AIP will have at least a three year performance period and a further post-
vesting holding period such that the period from grant of an award to the end of the holding period is no less than
five years.
Holding period
The Board may grant AIP Awards subject to a holding period following vesting, unless it decides not to impose a
holding period in any particular circumstance. The Remuneration Committee may amend the holding period or
determine that it shall cease to apply to all of some of the AIP Award in its discretion. During this holding period
a participant must retain and may not transfer, assign, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Shares or AIP Awards
that are subject to the holding period (other than to satisfy any tax liabilities in connection with the AIP Award).
Malus and Clawback
Under the AIP, the Board may decide, at any time prior to the end of the applicable holding period (or, if no
holding period applies, the vesting date), that the number of Shares subject to a AIP Award shall be reduced
(including to nil) on such basis that the Board in its discretion considers to be fair, reasonable and proportionate
where, in its opinion, there are exceptional circumstances. Such exceptional circumstances include serious
reputational damage, negligence or gross misconduct by the participant, corporate failure, a failure of risk
management, material financial misstatement, an error in available financial information or misleading data which
led to the grant of an AIP award or vesting of an AIP Award being greater than it would otherwise have been or
personal misconduct.
The Board may decide, within three years of the end of the vesting date, that a AIP will be subject to clawback in
substantially the same circumstances as apply to malus (as described above). Clawback may be effected, among
other means, by requiring the transfer of Shares, payment of cash or reduction of awards.
156
Corporate events
In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement, or winding-up of the Company, the AIP Awards may, at the
discretion of the Remuneration Committee, vest early. The proportion of the AIP Awards that vest shall be
determined by the Remuneration Committee taking into account, the extent to which any applicable performance
conditions have been satisfied at that time with AIP Awards ordinarily reduced to reflect the period of time the
AIP Award has been held by the participant.
To the extent that Options granted under the AIP vest in the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement, or
winding-up of the Company they may usually be exercised for a period of one month measured from the relevant
event and will otherwise lapse at the end of that period. In the event of a demerger, distribution or any other
corporate event, the Remuneration Committee may determine that AIP Awards shall vest, to the extent determined
by the Remuneration Committee taking into account the same factors as set out above.
If there is a corporate event resulting in a new person or company acquiring control of the Company but where
ultimate control of the Company is expected to be held by substantially the same persons who were previously
the shareholders in the Company, the Remuneration Committee may (with the consent of the acquiring company)
alternatively decide that AIP Awards will not vest in full or lapse but the unvested portion of the AIP Awards will
be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in the new acquiring company.
Cessation of employment
Except in certain circumstances, set out below, a AIP Award will lapse immediately upon a participant ceasing to
be employed by or holding office with the Group.
If a participant so ceases because of his ill-health, death, injury, disability, redundancy, retirement with the
agreement of his employer, the participant being employed by a company which ceases to be a Group Company
or being employed in an undertaking which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Company or in other
circumstances set forth in the AIP Award or other circumstances determined at the discretion of the Remuneration
Committee (each a “
Good Leaver Reason
”), however, his AIP Award will ordinarily vest on the date when it
would have vested if he had not so ceased to be a Group employee or director, subject to the satisfaction of any
applicable performance conditions measured over the original performance period and the operation of malus or
clawback.
In addition, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise, vesting will be pro-rated to reflect the reduced
period of time between grant and the participant’s cessation of employment as a proportion of the normal vesting
period.
If a participant ceases to be a Group employee or director for a Good Leaver Reason, the Board can alternatively
decide that his AIP Award will vest early when he leaves. The extent to which a AIP Award will vest in these
situations will be determined by the Remuneration Committee at its absolute discretion taking into account,
among other factors, the period of time the AIP Award has been held and the extent to which any applicable
performance conditions have been satisfied at the date of cessation of employment and the operation of malus or
clawback. In addition, unless the Board decides otherwise, vesting will be pro-rated to reflect the reduced period
of time between grant and the participant’s cessation of employment as a proportion of the normal vesting period.
Foreign Participants and Transferability
The Remuneration Committee may modify AIP Award terms, establish sub-plans, schedules or procedures under
the AIP and/or adjust other terms and conditions of AIP Awards, subject to the share limits described above, in
order to introduce tax qualifying awards (including in the United Kingdom), facilitate grants of awards subject to
the laws, rules regulations or customs of countries outside of the United Kingdom. With limited exceptions for
estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and
distribution, awards under the AIP are generally non transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant.
Plan Amendment and Termination
The Remuneration Committee may amend the rules of the AIP at any time, provided that the provisions governing
(i) eligibility requirements; (ii) the limitations on the number of Shares subject to the AIP; (iii) the maximum
entitlement of a participant under the AIP; (iv) the basis for determining a participant’s entitlement to Shares under
the AIP; (v) the terms of the Shares to be provided under the AIP; and (vi) the adjustment provisions of the AIP,
cannot be altered to the advantage of eligible employees or participants without the prior approval of shareholders
in a general meeting (except for minor amendments to benefit the administration of the AIP, to take account of a
157
change in legislation or developments in the law affecting the AIP or to obtain or maintain favourable tax,
exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in the AIP or for any member of the Group).
No award may be granted pursuant to the AIP after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which the
Board adopts the AIP and (ii) the date on which the Company’s shareholders approve the Plan.
9.
PENSIONS
The Company does not operate a defined benefit pension scheme for the benefit of its Directors or Senior
Managers. However, the Company complies with its statutory obligations in each jurisdiction with respect to
contributing to defined contribution and government sponsored pension plans for its employees. No amounts have
been set aside or accrued by the Group to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits.
10.
SUBSIDIARIES, INVESTMENTS AND PRINCIPAL ESTABLISHMENTS
The Company is the principal operating and holding company of the Group. The principal subsidiaries and
subsidiary undertakings of the Company are as follows:
Country of
Percentage of
Subsidiary
Principal activity
incorporation
ordinary shares held
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
––––––––––––––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––
–––––––––––––––
Darktrace Holdings Limited . . . . .
Support and marketing services
England & Wales
100%
Darktrace, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
United States of
America
100%
Darktrace Japan K.K. . . . . . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
Japan
100%
Darktrace Australia Pty Ltd . . . . .
Support and marketing services
Australia
100%
Darktrace South Africa Proprietary
Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
South Africa
100%
Darktrace Singapore Pte Ltd
. . . .
Support and marketing services
Singapore
100%
Darktrace Ireland Limited
. . . . . .
Support, marketing and shipping
services
Ireland
100%
Darktrace Colombia S.A.S . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
Colombia
100%
Darktrace Hong Kong Limited . . .
Support and marketing services
Hong Kong
100%
Darktrace SAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
France
100%
Darktrace Canada, Inc. . . . . . . . . .
Support and marketing services
Canada
100%
Darktrace Mexico SA De CV
. . .
Support and marketing services
Mexico
100%
Darktrace Germany GmbH
. . . . .
Support and marketing services
Germany
100%
11.
STATUTORY AUDITORS
The auditor of the Group for the financial years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018 was Grant Thornton UK LLP,
whose registered address is at 30 Finsbury Square, London EC2A 1AG. Grant Thornton UK LLP has provided an
accountant’s report on the historical financial information of the Group for the years ended 30 June 2018, 2019
and 2020 and the six months ended 31 December 2020 (as set out in Section A of Part 9: “
Historical Financial
Information
”). Grant Thornton UK LLP has been appointed as auditor of the Company for the period from
incorporation on 12 March 2021 to the present. Grant Thornton UK LLP is registered to carry out audit work by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
12.
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
Other than as set out below, there are no contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business) that have been entered into by the Company or another member of the Group: (a) within the two years
immediately preceding the date of this Registration Document which are, or may be, material to the Company or
any member of the Group, and (b) at any time and contain provisions under which the Company or any member
of the Group has an obligation or entitlement which is, or may be, material to the Company or any member of the
Group as at the date of this Registration Document.
Amended and restated Shareholders’ Agreement
In July 2020, Darktrace Holdings Limited issued senior unsecured convertible loan notes with an aggregate
principal amount of approximately $163 million to certain financial investors. In connection with the issue of such
convertible loan notes, Darktrace Holdings Limited entered into a deed of termination, restatement and adherence
to the subscription and shareholders’ agreement dated 2 July 2020 (the “
SHA
”) with all the existing shareholders
158
of Darktrace Holdings Limited as well as the convertible loan note holders. Under the terms of the SHA, certain
shareholders of Darktrace Holdings Limited have a right to nominate non-executive directors to the board of
Darktrace Holdings Limited as well as customary information rights. The SHA shall terminate upon admission of
all or any of the ordinary shares or securities of a member of the same Group as Darktrace Holdings Limited
(including without limitation depositary interests, American depositary receipts, American depositary shares
and/or other instruments) on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or the Official List of the FCA or on the
AIM Market operated by London Stock Exchange Plc.
The SHA is governed by English law.
13.
BANKING FACILITIES
On 15 January, 2021 (the “
Closing Date
”), Darktrace Holdings Limited (the “
Parent
”) and Darktrace, Inc.
(together with the Parent, the “
Original Borrowers
” and the “
Original Guarantors
”), entered into a facility
agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (the “
Lender
”) (the “
Facility Agreement
”). The Facility Agreement
comprises a multi-currency revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount which does not exceed the lower of
$25,000,000 and 80% of the Eligible Receivables (as defined in the Facility Agreement), minus the aggregate
amount of outstanding loans advanced (the “
Revolving Facility
”). A Borrower (being an Original Borrower and
any company that accedes as a Borrower in accordance with clause 23 (
Accession of Obligors
) of the Facility
Agreement) may also request the Lender to issue or have issued letters of credit denominated in U.S. dollars or
sterling for such Borrower's account; the aggregate amount so utilised shall at all times reduce the amount
otherwise available for advances under the Revolving Facility.
Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are secured by the Obligors (being the Borrowers, the Original
Guarantors and any company that accedes as a Guarantor in accordance with clause 23 (
Accession of Obligors
)
of the Facility Agreement) pursuant to various security agreements, mortgages and other collateral granted to the
Lender. This includes an English law governed debenture and a New York law governed intellectual property
security agreement covering, inter alia, various trademarks and patents held by the Parent. The Revolving Facility
is jointly and severally guaranteed by the Obligors. The Obligors also irrevocably and unconditionally undertake
to immediately pay on demand any amount that another Obligor does not pay when due and indemnify the Lender
for any cost, loss or liability incurred as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount due to the obligation
becoming unenforceable, invalid or illegal.
The Revolving Facility used to fund the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Borrowers. As of
31 March 2021, $1 million was outstanding under the Revolving Facility.
The principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility shall accrue interest depending on the currency
of the advance but subject, at all times, to an all-in floor of 3.75%. Interest shall accrue on each issued letter of
credit at the rate of 3.75% per annum of the face value and shall be payable in the same currency.
The Facility Agreement requires the Obligors to observe certain customary affirmative and negative covenants.
The Obligors shall ensure that a minimum of the following percentages of the Receivables (as defined in the
Facility Agreement) of the Parent and its subsidiaries from time to time shall be paid by the relevant account
debtors: 50% for the first year after the Closing Date; and 65% after the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
The Facility Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, as well as event of default
provisions. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Facility Agreement) that is
continuing and upon written notice from the Lender, the obligation of the Obligors to pay when due any amounts
owed to the Lender shall bear interest at 3% above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default.
The Revolving Facility matures on the date falling 24 calendar months following the Closing Date (the
“
Revolving Facility Maturity Date
”) and any amount still outstanding on such maturity date will become
immediately due and payable.
The Borrowers may voluntarily cancel and prepay the Revolving Facility in whole (but not in part) by giving five
business days’ prior notice to the Lender. Amounts repaid or prepaid under the Revolving Facility may be
reborrowed.
In addition, the Facility Agreement requires mandatory prepayment in certain circumstances, including: (A) if it
becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations under the Facility
Agreement; and (B) following a change of control i.e. a transfer that results in a person obtaining control of the
Parent (excluding any newly incorporated holding company that owns 100% of the legal and beneficial interest
in the Parent). Upon the occurrence of a flotation, the Lender may (but is not obliged to) cancel the Revolving
159
Facility by written notice and declare all outstanding amounts due and payable within three business days. On
1 March 2021, the Parent and the Lender entered into a loan agreement amendment pursuant to which the Lender
has confirmed that it will not exercise this right to cancel the Revolving Facility, provided the flotation occurs on
or before 21 May 2021.
The Facility Agreement is governed by English law.
14.
LITIGATION
There are no governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including such proceedings which are pending or
threatened of which the Company is aware) during the twelve months preceding the date of this Registration
Document, which may have, or have had in the recent past, a significant effect on the Company’s and/or the
Group’s financial position or profitability.
15.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
For each of the financial years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the six months ended 31 December 2020,
the Company has not entered into any transactions with related parties save as disclosed in Note 29 of the financial
information set out in Section B of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
”.
The Company has not entered into any related party transactions since 31 December 2020 up until the date of this
Registration Document.
16.
NO SIGNIFICANT CHANGE
There has been no significant change in the financial position or financial performance of the Group since
31 December 2020, the date to which the Historical Financial Information of the Group was prepared.
17.
CONSENTS
Grant Thornton UK LLP has given and has not withdrawn its written consent to the inclusion of its report dated
12 April 2021 which is set out in Section A of Part 9: “
Historical Financial Information
” of this Registration
Document. This consent is included in the Registration Document in compliance with Annex 1 (1.3) of the
Prospectus Delegated Regulation and for no other purpose.
A written consent under the Prospectus Rules is different from a consent filed with the SEC under section 7 of the
US Securities Act. As the Offer Shares have not been and will not be registered under the US Securities Act, Grant
Thornton UK LLP has not filed a consent under section 7 of the US Securities Act.
18.
GENERAL
The financial information contained in this Registration Document does not amount to statutory accounts within
the meaning of section 434(3) of the Act.
19.
DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION
Copies of the following documents will be available and may be inspected at the Company’s website at
www.darktrace.com and at the Company’s registered office, for a period of 12 months following Admission.
Inspection of these documents in person may only take place in accordance with the measures imposed by the UK
Government in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic:
(a)
the Articles; and
(b)
the accountant’s report from Grant Thornton UK LLP in respect of the audited historical consolidated
financial information of the Group in respect of the financial years ended 30 June 2018, 2019 and 2020
and for the six months ended 31 December 2020, which is set out in Section A of Part 9: “
Historical
Financial Information
”.
Dated: 12 April 2021
160
Part 11
DEFINITIONS AND GLOSSARY
The following definitions apply throughout this Registration Document unless the context requires otherwise:
“
Act
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the UK Companies Act 2006, as amended;
“
Admission
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the admission of the Shares to the premium listing segment of the
Official List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main
Market for listed securities;
“
Adjusted EBIT
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Group’s EBIT plus share-based payment charges, plus certain share
option-related employer tax charges;
“
Adjusted EBITDA
” . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Group’s EBITDA minus appliance depreciation attributed to cost of
sales, plus share-based payment charges, plus share option-related
employer tax charges;
“
APAC
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asia-Pacific;
“
API
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
application programming interface;
“
AWS
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amazon Web Services;
“
AI
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
artificial intelligence;
“
ARR
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
annual recurring revenue;
“
Articles
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the articles of association of the Company;
“
Board
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the board of directors of the Company;
“
Brexit
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union, officially on
31 December 2020;
“
CAGR
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
compound annual growth rate;
“
CEO
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
chief executive officer;
“
CISA
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Swiss Collective Investment Schemes Act;
“
CLN
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
convertible loan notes;
“
Company
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Darktrace plc;
“
customers
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a customer is a single logo which is contributing to ARR in the month,
as verified in ARR summary reports;
“
Customer Success Team
”
. . . . . . . .
the team established in 2018 to help maintain Darktrace’s customer
relationships;
“
Directors
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the directors of the Company from time to time;
“
DTRs
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the FCA;
“
EBIT
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Group’s operating profit or loss;
“
EBITDA
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Group’s EBIT plus depreciation and amortisation;
“
EU
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the European Union;
“
Executive Directors
” . . . . . . . . . . . .
the executive Directors of the Company;
“
FCA
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the UK Financial Conduct Authority;
161
“
FSMA
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended;
“
Group
” or “
Darktrace
” . . . . . . . . . .
Darktrace Holdings Limited and each of its consolidated subsidiaries
and subsidiary undertakings prior to the completion of the
Reorganisation, and thereafter, the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings from time to time;
“
ICP
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ICP London Limited;
“
ICPDH
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ICP Darktrace Holdings Limited;
“
IFRS
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the
European Union;
“
Independent Directors
” . . . . . . . . . .
the independent directors appointed to the Board;
“
Invoke
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Invoke Capital Partners;
“
IoT
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
internet of things;
“
IRS
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United States Internal Revenue Service;
“
KKR
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and/or one or more of its affiliates,
including funds advised by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., as the
context may require;
“
KKR DA
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KKR Dark Aggregator L.P.;
“
KPIs
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
key performance indicators;
“
LATAM
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin America;
“
LIBOR
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
London Interbank Offered Rate;
“
Listing Rules
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the listing rules of the FCA made under section 74(4) of the FSMA;
“
London Stock Exchange
” . . . . . . . .
London Stock Exchange plc;
“
Market Abuse Regulation
” . . . . . . .
the UK version of Regulation (EU) 596/2014 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse
(market abuse regulation) and repealing Directive 2003/6/EC of the
European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Directives
2003/124/EC, 2003/125/EC and 2004/72/EC, which is part of UK law
by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended
from time to time;
“
Member State
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
member state of the EEA;
“
Non-Executive Directors
” . . . . . . . .
the non-executive Directors of the Company;
“
Official List
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the Official List of the FCA;
“
OT
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Technology;
“
PCAOB
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States);
“
POV
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
proof of value;
“
Prospectus Delegated Regulation
” . .
the UK version of the Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU)2019/980 supplementing the UK Prospectus Regulation as regards
format, content, scrutiny and approval of the prospectus to be published
when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading on a
regulated market, which is part of UK law by virtue of the European
Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended from time to time;
“
Prospectus Rules
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the prospectus regulation rules of the FCA;
162
“
Prospectus
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the final prospectus approved by the FCA as a prospectus prepared in
accordance with the Prospectus Rules made under section 73A of the
FSMA;
“
Registration Document
” . . . . . . . . .
this registration document;
“
Rule 144A
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act;
“
SaaS
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
software as a service;
“
Senior Manager
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
each member of the senior management team of the Company;
“
SIEM
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
security information and event management;
“
Shares
” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the ordinary shares of £0.01 each, of the Company;
“
SMB
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
server message block;
“
SOAR
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
security orchestration, automation, and response;
“
TAM
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
total addressable market;
“
U.S. GAAS
”
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America;
and
“
U.S. Securities Act
” . . . . . . . . . . . . .
the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
“
UK Corporate Governance Code
”
.
the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting
Council, as amended from time to time;
“
UK Prospectus Regulation
” . . . . . .
the UK version of Regulation (EU) No 2017/1129 as amended by The
Prospectus (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 2019, which is
part of UK law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act
2018, as amended from time to time; and
“
US$
”; “
USD
”; “
$
”; “
dollar
” . . . . . . .
the lawful currency of the United States of America.
163
sterling 174516